Merge branch 'master' into stephenwunrow-tc-create-1

# Conflicts:
#	en_tn_59-HEB.tsv

en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ MAT	1	22	c1vw	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δι
 MAT	1	22	p39k	figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	1	22	e8ld	writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1		In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 MAT	1	23	sln1	translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Immanuel	**Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT	1	23	wlft	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	1	23	wlft	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	1	23	lm6t	grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	which is translated, “God with us.”	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MAT	1	24	iue3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Joseph took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MAT	1	25	i7p5	figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	he did not know her	Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He did not have sexual with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ MAT	3	2	hvx8	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐ
 MAT	3	3	fl4v	figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one who Isaiah spoke about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	3	3	yhe7	figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight	Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MAT	3	3	hxb6	writing-quotations	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The voice of one calling out in the wilderness	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-MAT	3	3	s62r	figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος	1		Here, a voice figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	3	3	s62r	figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος	1		Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	3	3	n7lh	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1		**Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	3	3	j99i	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MAT	3	4	j647	writing-background	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον	1	Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate, and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -88,18 +88,18 @@ MAT	3	7	c4cl	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν
 MAT	3	7	h7ac	figs-personification	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	to flee from the coming wrath	The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MAT	3	8	s8ac	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance	The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	3	9	anyf	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1		They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgement. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	3	9	s4og	figs-metaphor	πατέρα	1		Here, the word father figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	3	9	s4og	figs-metaphor	πατέρα	1		Here, the word father means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	3	9	k843	figs-hyperbole	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MAT	3	9	eedc	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word children figuratively means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	3	9	eedc	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word children means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	3	10	d4j5	figs-activepassive	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire.	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	3	10	a8m8	figs-metaphor	πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1		**every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	3	11	c1xf	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι	1	is mightier than I	**carrying…sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	3	11	gtm7	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	3	12	gcq8	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	3	11	gtm7	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	3	12	gcq8	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	3	12	sq4p	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	3	12	b5m4	translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	winnowing fork	A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	3	12	r2ua	translate-unknown	τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	his threshing floor	The **threshing floor** was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with this place, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “The place where food is prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MAT	3	12	av8l	figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up.You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	3	12	av8l	figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up.You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	3	13	vl93	writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MAT	3	13	zbj9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	3	14	cl7t	figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me?	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ MAT	3	15	wdcu	figs-idiom	πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1
 MAT	3	16	inf6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	But having been baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	3	16	jh1v	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	the heavens were opened to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	coming down like a dove	The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
-MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-personification	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice from the heavens saying	Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
+MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-personification	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice from the heavens saying	Mark speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
 MAT	3	17	myz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		# Matthew 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Devil<br><br>The devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God's people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>
+MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		# Matthew 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Devil<br><br>The devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God's people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
 MAT	4	1	k51m	writing-newevent	τότε	1	General Information:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MAT	4	1	aq3s	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Jesus was led up by the Spirit	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	4	1	wy4b	figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	to be tempted by the devil	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ MAT	4	12	v7p4	writing-background	δὲ	1	General Information:	This is the beginn
 MAT	4	12	d1vi	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	John had been arrested	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	4	13	hpm4	figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali	**Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	4	14	tj7c	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	what was spoken	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	4	15	egx6	figs-synecdoche	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles!	Jesus refers figuratively to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	4	15	egx6	figs-synecdoche	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles!	Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	4	15	se2r		ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1		**the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
 MAT	4	16	fsl6	figs-explicit	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ	1		**the people** being referred to here are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	4	16	h2xr	figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα…ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς	1	The people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light	Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ MAT	5	34	u7su	figs-metaphor	μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρό
 MAT	5	35	e7z8	translate-unknown	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	it is the footstool for his feet	Here, **footstool** is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	5	35	mvcd	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1		God does not need **a footstool for his feet**, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	5	36	l9c8	figs-you	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν	1	Neither may you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	5	36	z5vu		μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς	1	may you swear	To **swear by your head** figuratively means to swear by your own authority. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	5	36	z5vu		μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς	1	may you swear	To **swear by your head** means to swear by your own authority. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	5	38	zar1	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	5	38	w53l	figs-explicit	ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth	This passages is speaking of the punishment of injuring someone’s **eye** or **tooth**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	5	39	qrx1	figs-nominaladj	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil person	Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -271,11 +271,11 @@ MAT	6	intro	jrj2			0		# Matthew 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
 MAT	6	1	zvn1	figs-you	ὑμῶν…μὴ ποιεῖν…οὐκ ἔχετε…ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	6	1	bgc7	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	6	1	vvm4	figs-activepassive	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	6	1	p335	figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MAT	6	1	p335	figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MAT	6	1	juj5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	6	1	x9wq	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	6	2	d8kw	figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	do not sound a trumpet before yourself	Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not blow your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “do not bring much attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	6	2	bc9b	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταὶ	1		**hypocrites** is a generic noun phrase. This is not referring to a specific person, but to people who behave this way in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MAT	6	2	d8kw	figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	do not sound a trumpet before yourself	Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not blow your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “do not bring much attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	6	2	bc9b	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταὶ	1		**hypocrites** is not referring to a specific person, but to people who behave this way in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MAT	6	2	dk6u	figs-activepassive	ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Truly I say to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	6	2	q6dq	figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1		Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way that their reward is not with God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	6	3	z4c1	figs-yousingular	σοῦ…σου…σου	1		All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ MAT	6	3	vca2	figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί π
 MAT	6	5	m54u	figs-you	προσεύχῃ…ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	6	5	d6t7	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταί	1		See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MAT	6	5	rzpj	figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	6	5	ub7u	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MAT	6	5	ub7u	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MAT	6	6	dqv4	translate-unknown	εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου	1	enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door	The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If your readers would not understand this, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	6	6	kkn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	6	7	z0v4	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ἐθνικοί	1	If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Consider fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])	Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ MAT	6	8	nv9i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** i
 MAT	6	9	mq4x	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be sanctified	Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	6	9	sxsy	figs-explicit	οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς	1		Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray similar to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	6	9	sc3d	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	6	9	knx7	figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glory your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 
+MAT	6	9	knx7	figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glory your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	6	9	tqm4	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1		Here, **your name** refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with who it belongs to. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “May people honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	6	10	n67c	figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Let your kingdom come	See how your translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	6	10	pdc5	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	Let your will also be done on earth as it is in heaven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -302,11 +302,11 @@ MAT	6	12	yi9s	figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα…τοῖς ὀφειλ
 MAT	6	13	l8u6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	do not bring us into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	6	13	r6v6	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1		Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	6	13	zfsy	translate-textvariants		1		Most important manuscripts do not include "For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen." See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-MAT	6	14	xvfv	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MAT	6	14	xvfv	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])	See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MAT	6	14	z79a	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	their trespasses	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	6	14	v7ne	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	6	15	pi3z	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	those of men … your trespasses	See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MAT	6	15	lk8a	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MAT	6	15	lk8a	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		See the note in the introduction Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MAT	6	16	xv6b	figs-explicit	ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	they disfigure their faces	The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they…make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	6	16	ix6h	figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	6	17	c20j	figs-yousingular	σὺ…σου…σου	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ MAT	6	22	hvrq	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου
 MAT	6	23	dl86	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	But if your eye … how great is that darkness	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 MAT	6	24	z5ol	figs-genericnoun	οὐδεὶς	1		Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MAT	6	24	ijn3	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	6	24	zt2u	figs-personification	οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	You are not able to serve God and wealth	Here, **money** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone could serve. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+MAT	6	24	zt2u	figs-personification	οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	You are not able to serve God and wealth	Here, **money** is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MAT	6	25	s5uy	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…φάγητε…πίητε…ὑμῶν…ἐνδύσησθε	1		Here the instances of **you** and **your** are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	6	25	nt96	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Is not life more than food, and the body more than clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	6	26	a9w6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ MAT	7	intro	bz7e			0		# Matthew 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
 MAT	7	1	xk6w	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Do not judge	It is implied here that **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	7	1	bk8y	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may not be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	7	2	kj24	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	with the judgment you judge, you will be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	7	2	ifm3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
+MAT	7	2	ifm3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	7	2	tbi8	figs-explicit	κρίνετε…μετρεῖτε	1		Here, Jesus leaves out that **you judge** and **you measure** is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you judge other people…you measure other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	7	2	wmxo	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1		To **measure** someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If your readers would not understand what **measure** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	7	2	c006	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ MAT	7	3	d2qc	translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	of your brother
 MAT	7	3	q1z4	figs-metaphor	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the truck of a tree. This is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	7	3	xdcg	figs-hyperbole	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	the log that is in your own eye	A **log** cannot fit into a person's eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MAT	7	4	k58h	figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye?	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	7	6	wohg	figs-metaphor	μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων	1		Here, to **give what is holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** are figurative for people who would reject this message. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	7	6	xy2e	translate-unknown	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	pearls	A pearl is a valuable white stone produced by a creature that lives in the ocean. It is similar to a small, round stone or bead. They are also very easy to break or damage. If this would not be understood in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “small valuable stones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	7	6	wohg	figs-metaphor	μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων	1		Here, to **give what is holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** are figurative for people who would reject this message. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	7	6	xy2e	translate-unknown	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	pearls	These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	7	7	ut6i	figs-parallelism	αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	Ask … Seek … Knock	Here, **Ask**, **seek**, and **knock** have a similar meaning of praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	7	7	tv49	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	7	7	rt8g	figs-explicit	κρούετε	1	Knock	To **knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “knock on the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ MAT	7	15	lj5v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶ
 MAT	7	16	pul5	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	By their fruits you will know them	Here, **their fruits** is referring to a person's actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	7	16	nve4	figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	they do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	7	17	f5l3	figs-metaphor	οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	the rotten tree produces bad fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God's words do good and those who do not preach God's words do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	7	19	xwrm	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Here, Jesus continues talking figuratively about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God's words will be judged by him. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	7	19	xwrm	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Here, Jesus continues talking about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God's words will be judged by him. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	7	19	g7fs	figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	is cut down and thrown into the fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw them into a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	7	20	x87m	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	you will recognize them from their fruits	See how you translated this in [7:16](../07/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	7	21	dkh7	figs-exclamations	Κύριε, Κύριε	1		Here, **Lord, Lord** is an exclamation that shows that these people think that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ MAT	7	26	o85y	figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρ
 MAT	7	27	k4hi	figs-abstractnouns	ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	its destruction was great	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind greatly destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	7	28	jrh7	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 MAT	7	28	fo8g	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MAT	8	intro	f33a			0		# Matthew 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br><br>Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
+MAT	8	intro	f33a			0		# Matthew 8 General Notes<br><br>## Figures of Speech<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Idioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	8	1	qb1d	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MAT	8	2	vas8	writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν	1	behold	This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper approaching him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 MAT	8	2	yc3f	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	if you would be willing	The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “If you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ MAT	8	8	hig7	figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	speak a word	Here, **speak** i
 MAT	8	8	rk1z	figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου	1	will be healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	8	9	ds2m	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I … am a man under authority, having soldiers placed under me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	8	9	da25	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under authority … under me	To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people's commands…who obey me (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	8	9	qz61	figs-idiom	καὶ ἄλλῳ…καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου	1		The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say…and to my servant I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 
+MAT	8	9	qz61	figs-idiom	καὶ ἄλλῳ…καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου	1		The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say…and to my servant I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	8	10	c7y6	figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	I have found such great faith from no one in Israel	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, who should have more faith (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	8	10	fjgc	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, the name **Israel** is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	8	11	xee4	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ MAT	8	31	cgf7	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Here, **us** is exclusive, referrin
 MAT	8	33	ev2w	figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	the things concerning the men who were possessed by demons	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	8	34	j6sp	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	8	34	xb5x	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MAT	9	intro	tg41			0		# Matthew 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Proverbs<br><br>Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	9	intro	tg41			0		# Matthew 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>## Formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>## Figures of Speech<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
 MAT	9	1	lje9	figs-explicit	διεπέρασεν	1	into his own city	Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	9	2	i6xp	writing-newevent	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, **behold** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “When they arrived in Jesus' town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MAT	9	2	szd4	translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν	1	they were bringing	See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ MAT	9	20	gv15	figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	suffering from a dischar
 MAT	9	20	m9zq	figs-extrainfo	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his garment**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MAT	9	21	eb6t	writing-background	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	for she was saying to herself, “If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well.”	This verse tells us why she touched Jesus' garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MAT	9	21	ukb8	figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	If only I might touch his garments	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	9	22	x398	translate-kinship	θύγατερ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+MAT	9	22	x398	translate-kinship	θύγατερ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 MAT	9	22	q6ca	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	Here, **faith** is spoken of as having **saved** a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MAT	9	22	zv2n	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	the woman was healed from that very hour	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	9	23	jae1	translate-symaction	ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	the flute players and the crowd being stirred up	There were **flute players** at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having see the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ MAT	9	25	nqs6	figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος
 MAT	9	25	r7zs	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1		Here, **when** is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 MAT	9	25	mm3q	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον	1	was raised up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	9	26	rxs4	figs-personification	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	And this report went out into all that region	Here, **this report** is said to have **gone out** as a person might go out from a place. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “People reported what Jesus had done to the whole region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-MAT	9	26	pfq3	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1		Jesus refers figuratively to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	9	26	pfq3	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1		Jesus refers to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	9	27	d8bu	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	Have mercy on us	Here, **have mercy** means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	9	27	dh5d	translate-kinship	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David's literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 MAT	9	28	e81f	figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	Yes, Lord	The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ MAT	9	35	x9ck	figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	all the cities	Th
 MAT	9	35	uz5e	figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the gospel of the kingdom	Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	9	35	e7at	figs-hendiadys	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MAT	9	36	t47i	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	like sheep not having a shepherd	Jesus compares the people sheep to who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MAT	9	37	al89	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])"	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])" 
+MAT	9	37	al89	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])"	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])"
 MAT	9	37	mur4	writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	9	37	kxap	translate-unknown	ἐργάται	1		Here, **laborers** is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in food. Use a term in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	9	38	vz8y	figs-possession	δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	beg the Lord of the harvest	Here, **of** means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ MAT	10	24	syb2	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύρ
 MAT	10	25	e6z3	figs-ellipsis	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	the slave like his master	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	10	25	pu5y	figs-metaphor	εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	the master of the house	Jesus refers to himself as **the master of the house**. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of him and disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	10	25	y5md	translate-transliterate	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
-MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	Here, **the members of his household** is figuratively referring to Jesus' disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Jesus' disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	Here, **the members of his household** is referring to Jesus' disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Jesus' disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	10	26	x4o8	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Here, **there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed** means the same thing as **hidden, that will not be made known**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	10	26	cnzb	writing-proverbs	οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1		Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	10	26	xqs4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ MAT	10	27	kw75	figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ,
 MAT	10	27	fc49	figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	what you hear in your ear	Here, **what you hear in {your} ear** is a way of referring to whispering. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	10	27	v1b7	figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1		Here, **housetops** refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	28	pk7k	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2	But instead, fear the one who is able	Matthew contrasts people with God by using the word **but**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God **is able** to kill both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-MAT	10	28	w5rq	figs-metaphor	Γεέννῃ	1		Jesus figuratively uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	10	28	w5rq	figs-metaphor	Γεέννῃ	1		Jesus uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	10	28	x3y1	translate-names	Γεέννῃ	1		Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MAT	10	29	tm3s	writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	10	29	glbl	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ MAT	10	40	y9ck	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τ
 MAT	10	41	f9pv	writing-proverbs	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	in the name of a prophet	Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who welcome one of God's prophets, God will reward him as a he rewards the prophets. And people who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	10	41	yj1q	figs-explicit	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	a reward of a prophet	This **reward** is referring to living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	10	42	v6jg	figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	whoever might give … to drink	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If a person gives…to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-MAT	10	42	z8tk		ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	to one of these little ones	The phrase **these little ones** refers figuratively to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	10	42	z8tk		ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	to one of these little ones	The phrase **these little ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	10	42	d61l	figs-explicit	τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	he may certainly not lose	See the note on **reward** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	11	intro	puf4			0		# Matthew 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.<br><br>Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hidden revelation<br><br>After [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
 MAT	11	1	z2y7	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	General Information:	**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ MAT	11	5	k796	figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead
 MAT	11	5	g3k4	figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	the poor are being told the gospel	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	11	7	d4lo	figs-explicit	τούτων δὲ πορευομένων	1		Here, the word **these** refers to John's disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John's disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	11	7	ysq6	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out in the wilderness to see—a reed being shaken by the wind?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	11	7	ydn2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1		Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is figuratively referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	11	7	ydn2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1		Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	11	7	w269	figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	being shaken by the wind	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed which the wind is blowing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	11	8	n5hx	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing?	Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	11	8	y24r	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν	1	dressed in soft clothing	Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ MAT	11	19	vwk4	writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπ
 MAT	11	19	o3zh	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom has been justified by her children	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	11	20	w4g8	figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	to rebuke the cities	Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to scold the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	11	20	t51a	figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	in which most of his miracles were done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	11	21	xxb3	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
+MAT	11	21	xxb3	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 MAT	11	21	y2hr	figs-exclamations	οὐαί σοι…οὐαί σοι	2		The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgement is coming against you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 MAT	11	21	y9d3	figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι	1	Chorazin … Bethsaida … Tyre … Sidon	Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live in those cities. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	11	21	lh46	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	if the miracles … they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes	Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ MAT	11	21	k3in	figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	which were d
 MAT	11	22	mr18	figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you	See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	11	22	ibpo	figs-explicit	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	than for you	The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus' miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	11	23	vpz6	figs-you	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down to Hades. For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today	The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	11	23	h8e4	figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])	Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
+MAT	11	23	h8e4	figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 MAT	11	23	fj7d	figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις	1	Capernaum … Sodom	Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum…people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	11	23	aa7t	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	11	23	nddz	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because the think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -734,268 +734,196 @@ MAT	11	29	i3ls	figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς
 MAT	11	30	hlv3	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])	Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke. I will also be like I am only making you carry a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 MAT	11	30	ynf1	figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	For my yoke is easy and my burden is light	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	12	intro	y7z6			0		# Matthew 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Sabbath<br><br>This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
-MAT	12	1	m2n1		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This phrase marks a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “A little later”
-MAT	12	1	tvt9	translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	A grainfield is a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MAT	12	1	yrf8		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	Picking **grain** in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
-MAT	12	1	zz4r		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	Alternate translation: “to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it”
-MAT	12	1	y5vr		στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. They holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
-MAT	12	2	swl7		ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity **on the Sabbath**.
-MAT	12	2	mch7		οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	This does not mean all of **the Pharisees**. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
-MAT	12	2	nh12		ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου	1	Behold, your disciples	The Pharisees use the word **Behold** to draw attention to what the disciples are doing. Alternate translation: “Look, your disciples”
-MAT	12	3	et11		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees”
-MAT	12	3	d712	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—	This begins a question that continues into the next verse. Jesus uses the question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	4	blm5		τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
-MAT	12	4	ue7l	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the loaves of the presence	This refers to the sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “the bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	12	4	c6a8		τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	for those with him	Alternate translation: “for the men who were with David”
-MAT	12	4	lkx9		εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	except only for the priests	Alternate translation: “but, according to the law, only the priests could eat it”
-MAT	12	5	f79q	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” or “You should know that the law teaches that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	5	dqe9		τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	profane the Sabbath	Alternate translation: “do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
-MAT	12	5	i6y9		ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	are innocent	Alternate translation: “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
-MAT	12	6	ji7a		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	12	6	k4mn	figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	greater than the temple	Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple”
-MAT	12	7	ypj7	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	12	7	e1ju		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**.
-MAT	12	7	jw57		θέλω	1	I desire	The pronoun **I** refers to God.
-MAT	12	7	s23l	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	the innocent	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **innocent**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	12	8	jx98		Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	Alternate translation: “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
-MAT	12	9	i489			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
-MAT	12	9	hns8		καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	And having departed from there	Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
-MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	The word **their** could refer to: (1) the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
-MAT	12	10	kjf6		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
-MAT	12	10	xb13		ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	there was a man having a withered hand	Alternate translation: “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
-MAT	12	10	t948		ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him	Alternate translation: “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
-MAT	12	10	gdj6		εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?	1	Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?	Alternate translation: “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?”
-MAT	12	10	c1cc	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	They did not just want to **accuse** Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	12	11	ng4j	figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	12	s2tu		πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep?	The phrase **How much more** adds emphasis to the statement. The implied answer is “very much more!” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep.”
-MAT	12	12	a9ld		ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν	1	it is lawful to do good on the Sabbaths	Alternate translation: “those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law”
-MAT	12	13	be8u	figs-quotations	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.”	You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MAT	12	13	ljl6		τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	to the man	Alternate translation: “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
-MAT	12	13	s5ep		ἐξέτεινεν	1	he stretched it out	Alternate translation: “the man stretched it out”
-MAT	12	13	jry3	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	it was restored to health	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	14	w4zl		συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	took counsel against him	Alternate translation: “planned to harm Jesus”
-MAT	12	14	jdn2		ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	so that they might put him to death	Alternate translation: “in order to find a way to kill Jesus”
-MAT	12	15	d5l9		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν	1	But Jesus, having perceived this, withdrew	Alternate translation: “But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew”
-MAT	12	15	hw22		ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	withdrew from there	Alternate translation: “departed from there” or “left that place”
-MAT	12	16	bk1n		μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	they might not make him known	Alternate translation: “they would not to tell anyone else about him”
-MAT	12	17	dc7z		ἵνα…τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	so that what had been said	You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said”
-MAT	12	17	mcd7		τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been said through Isaiah the prophet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
-MAT	12	18	zkt7			0	Connecting Statement:	In verses 18-21, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
-MAT	12	18	f5kz		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
-MAT	12	18	fjw6		μου…ᾑρέτισα…μου…μου…θήσω…μου	1	my … I have chosen … my … my … I will put … my	All occurrences of **I** and **my** refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
-MAT	12	18	yv4f		ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased	Alternate translation: “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
-MAT	12	18	s6a4	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	in whom my soul is well pleased	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MAT	12	18	jh8p	figs-explicit	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	The means that God’s servant will tell the **Gentiles** that there will be **justice**. You can state clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice. Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God give them justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	12	18	tum1	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **justice**, you can express it as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MAT	12	19	hb2m	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	neither will anyone hear his voice	Here people not hearing **his voice** represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	19	gj1p		οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ	1	He will not strive … his	Both **He** and **his** refer to God’s chosen servant.
-MAT	12	19	jr87	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	in the streets	This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	12	20	ii4c		οὐ κατεάξει…οὐ σβέσει…ἂν ἐκβάλῃ	1	He will not break … and he will not quench a smoking flax, until he may lead justice to victory	All occurrences of **He** and **he** refer to God’s chosen servant.
-MAT	12	20	kbu9	figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	12	20	cdk2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	20	m4uz		κάλαμον συντετριμμένον	1	a bruised reed	Alternate translation: “a damaged plant”
-MAT	12	20	y8mn		λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	he will not quench a smoking flax	Alternate translation: “he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
-MAT	12	20	bjg2		λίνον τυφόμενον	1	a smoking flax	This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
-MAT	12	20	b6tw	figs-abstractnouns	ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	he may lead justice to victory	Leading someone to **victory** represents causing him to be victorious. Causing **justice** to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MAT	12	21	w3rq	figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MAT	12	22	nba2			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
-MAT	12	22	e1g4	figs-activepassive	τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	22	k2vt		προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	someone was brought to him, blind and mute	Alternate translation: “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
-MAT	12	23	gy5z		ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι	1	all the crowds were amazed	Alternate translation: “all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
-MAT	12	23	ink7		ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	**Son of David** is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
-MAT	12	23	h8kf		υἱὸς	1	Son	Here, **Son** means “descendant.”
-MAT	12	24	wmi1		ἀκούσαντες	1	having heard this	The word **this** refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.
-MAT	12	24	p1mi	figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul	If your readers would misunderstand double negative **not … except**, you could express it in a positive form. “He is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-MAT	12	24	wj1y		οὗτος	1	He	The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
-MAT	12	24	cii4		ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	the prince of the demons	Alternate translation: “the chief of the demons”
-MAT	12	25	i1sd	writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-MAT	12	25	ll42	figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	12	25	g9ec	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	Here, **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	25	rvzh	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	25	kn8c	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Here, **city** refers to the people who live there, and **house** refers to a family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	25	xwob	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Being **divided against itself** represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	26	i42r	figs-metonymy	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει	1	if Satan casts out Satan	The second use of **Satan** refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	26	ah7t	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	How then will his kingdom stand?	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	27	nvv9		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	**Beelzebul** refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
-MAT	12	27	gee9	figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	by whom do your sons cast them out?	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	27	x9je	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase **your sons** refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	27	jja2		διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	For this reason they will be your judges	Alternate translation: “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
-MAT	12	28	zb4d		εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ	1	But if I	Here, **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he casts out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
-MAT	12	28	r5dg	figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	then the kingdom of God has come upon you	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	28	f1wj	figs-you	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	has come upon you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	12	29	t4vu	figs-parables	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house	Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	12	29	w54c	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man?	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings, he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	29	jb6x		ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	unless first he might have tied up the strong man	Alternate translation: “without taking control of the strong man first”
-MAT	12	29	u6vu		τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	then he will plunder his house	Alternate translation: “then he can steal his possessions”
-MAT	12	30	ivp9		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one not being with me	Alternate translation: “The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me”
-MAT	12	30	gyk8		κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	is against me	Alternate translation: “opposes me” or “works against me”
+MAT	12	1	m2n1	writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MAT	12	1	tvt9	translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	12	1	y5vr	figs-explicit	στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	2	swl7	figs-explicit	ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath	According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	3	d712	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—	This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	4	u3ye	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1		Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God's house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	4	blm5	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+MAT	12	4	ue7l	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the loaves of the presence	This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	4	lkx9	figs-ellipsis	εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	except only for the priests	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	12	5	f79q	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	5	dqe9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	profane the Sabbath	The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	6	k4mn	figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	greater than the temple	Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	12	7	ypj7	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus' disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
+MAT	12	7	e1ju		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds.
+MAT	12	7	s23l	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	the innocent	Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If your readers would not understand this, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	12	8	nca0	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		**Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	12	9	y4me	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees who Jesus was just speaking to. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MAT	12	10	xb13	translate-unknown	ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	there was a man having a withered hand	This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	12	10	c1cc	writing-background	καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν …ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	12	11	ng4j	figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	12	s2tu	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep?	Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	13	be8u	figs-imperative	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.”	This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+MAT	12	13	jry3	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	it was restored to health	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	15	lbo1	figs-hyperbole	ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας	1	Here the word **all** is figurative, meaning that Jesus healed many people. Jesus likely did not heal everyone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])	Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning “many”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MAT	12	17	mcd7	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been said through Isaiah the prophet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	18	zkt7	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ ἀγαπητός μου	1	Connecting Statement:	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAT	12	18	s6a4	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	in whom my soul is well pleased	Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	12	18	jh8p	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAT	12	19	gj1p	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει	1	He will not strive … his	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	12	19	jr87	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	in the streets	Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	12	20	cdk2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If your readers would not understand what these mean, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	20	kbu9	figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MAT	12	20	y8mn	translate-unknown	λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	he will not quench a smoking flax	Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	12	20	b6tw	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	he may lead justice to victory	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAT	12	21	w3rq	figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	12	22	nba2	writing-newevent	τότε	1	General Information:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MAT	12	22	e1g4	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος	1	Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who was demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	22	k2vt	figs-nominaladj	τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	someone was brought to him, blind and mute	Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	12	23	ink7	translate-unknown	ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	**Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David's throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	12	23	h8kf	figs-metonymy	υἱὸς	1	Son	Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	24	p1mi	figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MAT	12	25	ckth	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1		This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	25	i1sd	writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	12	25	ll42	figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται…πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MAT	12	25	g9ec	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία…πόλις ἢ οἰκία	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, who would all live in the same house. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	25	rvzh	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	26	i42r	figs-metonymy	Σατανᾶν	1	if Satan casts out Satan	The second word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	26	ah7t	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ	1	How then will his kingdom stand?	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	27	gee9	figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	by whom do your sons cast them out?	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	27	x9je	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	27	jja2		διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	For this reason they will be your judges	The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees's accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong". Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”
+MAT	12	28	zb4d	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	But if I	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+MAT	12	28	r5dg	figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	then the kingdom of God has come upon you	See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	29	t4vu	figs-parables	ἢ	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house	This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	12	29	w54c	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man?	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	29	b2et	figs-genericnoun	τις	1		The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MAT	12	29	tsrk	figs-metaphor	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι	1		To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people who they controlled. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	29	zluo	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν	1		When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to rule over his demons. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	30	ivp9	figs-idiom	ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one not being with me	The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus' ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	12	30	ek1h	figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	the one not gathering with me scatters	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	31	iy8l		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	12	31	q5hk	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	12	31	hy38	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	31	ezx8	figs-activepassive	ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	32	gwx2	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man	Here, **word** refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	32	h79z	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	32	hfs4		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will not be forgiven him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
-MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one coming	Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	This could mean: (1) if you make a **tree good**, its **fruit** will be **good**, and if you **make the tree bad**, **its fruit** will be **bad**. (2) this is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-MAT	12	33	kl16		καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good … bad	Alternate translation: “healthy … diseased”
-MAT	12	33	kz12	figs-metaphor	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	33	nx9n	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	34	r1uv	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers	Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” The **vipers** are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	34	pl4g	figs-you	γεννήματα…δύνασθε	1	You offspring … are you able	Both **You** and **you** are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	12	34	e7x3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες?	1	being evil, how are you able to say good things?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things because you are evil” or “you can only say evil things because you are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	34	i7c6	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says comes from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MAT	12	34	e9bg	figs-metonymy	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	35	r3uw	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things	Jesus speaks about the **heart** as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	36	era6		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	12	36	f1wh	figs-metonymy	πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν	1	every idle word that they will speak	Here, **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	36	t2pj		οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον	1	men will give an account concerning it	Alternate translation: “God will ask those people about it” or “those people will have to explain it to God”
-MAT	12	37	qw5e	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ	1	you will be justified … you will be condemned	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	38	mec3			0	Connecting Statement:	The dialogue in verses 38-45 happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
-MAT	12	38	aiu6		θέλομεν	1	we wish	Alternate translation: “we want”
-MAT	12	38	ikg2	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	to see a sign from you	You can make explicit why they want **to see a sign**. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	12	39	d8b9	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it	Jesus is speaking to his present **generation**. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me, but no sign will be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	12	39	a5di	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An … adulterous generation	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	39	c6hy	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	no sign will be given to it	Jesus would not give them a **sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	39	j21p		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	except the sign of Jonah the prophet	Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
-MAT	12	40	vh9i	figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	three days and three nights	Here, **days** and **nights** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-MAT	12	40	iuv8	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	12	40	gg65	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	in the heart of the earth	This phrase refers to the inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	12	41	gnh1		ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh”
-MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God judges people”
-MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Here, **this generation** refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
-MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	will condemn it	The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	31	hy38	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	31	t280	grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1		If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
+MAT	12	31	ezx8	figs-activepassive	ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	31	kqx0	figs-abstractnouns	βλασφημία…ἡ δὲ…βλασφημία	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks…but when one blasphemes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]
+MAT	12	32	gwx2	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man	Here, the word **word** is figurative, referring to what someone says. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	32	h79z	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ…οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person…God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one coming	Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time we now live…in eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. But a person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. Nevertheless, you can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	12	33	kl16	figs-idiom	καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good … bad	The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	12	33	nx9n	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	34	r1uv	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers	Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes who can harm and kill people. The Pharisees are compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If your readers would not understand what this means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You are behaving like dangerous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	34	e7x3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες?	1	being evil, how are you able to say good things?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evil the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things to people because you are so evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	34	i7c6	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	12	34	e9bg	figs-metonymy	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	35	r3uw	writing-proverbs	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things	Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people's behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	12	36	t2pj	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	men will give an account concerning it	Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MAT	12	36	ay18	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAT	12	37	qw5e	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ	1	you will be justified … you will be condemned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	38	ikg2	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	to see a sign from you	The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	39	d8b9	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it	Jesus is speaking to the people who are right in front of him in the third person. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	12	39	a5di	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An … adulterous generation	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him like a person who is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “an evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	39	j21p	grammar-connect-exceptions	καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	except the sign of Jonah the prophet	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of the prophet Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
+MAT	12	39	c6hy	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	no sign will be given to it	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give them a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	40	vh9i	figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας…τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	2	three days and three nights	The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+MAT	12	40	hzem	figs-explicit	ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως	1	The phrase **three days and three nights** refers to three entire day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three full days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])	Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells about how the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish for three days because he disobeyed God. After he repented, three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	40	iuv8	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	12	40	gg65	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	in the heart of the earth	The phrase **the heart of the earth** is referring to being deep in the ground. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	12	41	sn8j	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Ninevah repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Ninevah will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+MAT	12	41	gnh1	figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “Citizens of Ninevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	The phrase **will stand up at the judgement** could either mean (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. Or it could mean (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgement”
+MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md)
 MAT	12	41	qg29		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next.
-MAT	12	41	dbs3		πλεῖον	1	something greater	Alternate translation: “someone more important”
-MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	12	41	a5p8	figs-explicit	Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	than Jonah is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the South	This refers to the **Queen** of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment”
+MAT	12	41	dbs3	figs-ellipsis	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	something greater	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here and you have not repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the South	This refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.
 MAT	12	42	z46e		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	See how you translated this phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md).
-MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Here, **this generation** refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
-MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in [12:41](../12/41.md). The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-MAT	12	42	n99z		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	The word **behold** adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	12	42	aj1x		πλεῖον	1	something greater	Alternate translation: “someone more important”
-MAT	12	42	uf5k	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	12	42	yra5	figs-explicit	Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	than Solomon is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	12	43	f5jr		ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	waterless places	Alternate translation: “dry places” or “places where no people live”
-MAT	12	43	x2ur		οὐχ εὑρίσκει	1	not finding it	Here, **it** refers to rest.
-MAT	12	44	gey7		τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.	1	Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I departed.’	You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed”
-MAT	12	44	ty9b	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	to my house from which I departed	Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	44	cd4f	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	12	44	s6jf	figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	empty and swept out and put in order	Here, **swept out and put in order** suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	45	bhb4	figs-parables	τότε πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ; καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	Then it goes and takes along with itself seven other spirits more evil than itself, and having entered, they live there. And the end of that man becomes worse than the first. It will be the same way also with this evil generation	Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	12	45	jw1h		οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	It will be the same way also with this evil generation	This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.
-MAT	12	46	qj8w			0	General Information:	The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.
-MAT	12	46	ahx7		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
-MAT	12	46	mh5f		ἡ μήτηρ	1	his mother	This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
-MAT	12	46	dq8m		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	Most people understand **his brothers** to refer to other sons born to Mary after Jesus—his younger brothers. Some people believe the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
-MAT	12	46	z97j		ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι	1	seeking to speak	Alternate translation: “wanting to speak”
-MAT	12	47	qd32	figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.”	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MAT	12	48	jm1y	figs-ellipsis	τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ	1	to the one speaking to him	The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	12	48	e535	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who is my mother and who are my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	12	49	gk62		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
-MAT	12	49	rxe8	figs-metaphor	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	my mother and my brothers	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	12	50	e25c		ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	whoever may do	Alternate translation: “anyone who does”
+MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	See how you translated **generation** in the previous verse.
+MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-logic-result	βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than her. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgement with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+MAT	12	42	aj1x		πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	something greater	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come and listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	12	42	uf5k	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	12	43	tnea	figs-parables	δὲ	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])	In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	12	43	f5jr	figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	waterless places	Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
+MAT	12	44	ty9b	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	to my house from which I departed	Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If your readers would not understand what house means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	44	cd4f	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that it was empty, and someone swept it and left it organized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	12	44	s6jf	figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	empty and swept out and put in order	Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and moved out of so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them so the demon came back. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the spirit finds that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living in them, but that there was no spirit living in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	12	47	qd32	figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.”	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+MAT	12	48	e535	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who is my mother and who are my brothers?	Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	12	49	rxe8	translate-kinship	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	my mother and my brothers	The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus' actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+MAT	12	50	e25c		ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	whoever may do	The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one that obeys my Father in the heavens to be my mother or my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 MAT	12	50	mq9r	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	12	50	s0yb	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])	See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	12	50	gn31	figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	he is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	13	intro	s3lu			0		# Matthew 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)).
-MAT	13	1	r4xv			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
-MAT	13	1	vx5y		ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	On that day	These events happened on the same **day** as those in the previous chapter.
-MAT	13	1	cy1t		ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας	1	having gone out of the house	It is not mentioned at whose **house** Jesus was staying.
-MAT	13	1	zjb3	figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	was sitting beside the sea	It is implied that the reason he sat down was to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	2	d16z	figs-explicit	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι	1	so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down	It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	2	jge7	translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	a boat	This **boat** was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MAT	13	3	e99p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
-MAT	13	3	f5mv		καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	And he spoke many things to them in parables	Alternate translation: “And Jesus told them many things in parables”
-MAT	13	3	w5p3		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the people in the crowd”
-MAT	13	3	m97r		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word **Behold** calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” or “Look” or “Listen”
-MAT	13	3	ur64		ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν	1	a sower went out to sow	Alternate translation: “a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
-MAT	13	4	c6g6		καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he sowed	Alternate translation: “And as the farmer scattered the seed”
-MAT	13	4	v7r8		παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	beside the road	Here, **road** may refer to a path next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
-MAT	13	4	qr2d		κατέφαγεν αὐτά	1	devoured them	Alternate translation: “ate all the seeds”
-MAT	13	5	l2g6		τὰ πετρώδη	1	the rocky ground	This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.
-MAT	13	5	ql87		καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	And immediately they sprang up	Alternate translation: “And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
-MAT	13	6	qq5x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	they were scorched	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	6	az8l		ἐξηράνθη	1	they were dried up	Alternate translation: “the plants became dry and died”
-MAT	13	7	ugc9		ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας	1	fell among the thorn plants	Alternate translation: “fell where plants with thorns grew”
-MAT	13	7	vt8z		ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	choked them	Translate **choked** with a word your language uses for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well. Alternate translation: “choked the new sprouts” or “crowded around the new plants and prevented them from growing”
-MAT	13	8	iwv2		ἐδίδου καρπόν	1	produced fruit	Alternate translation: “grew more seeds” or “gave more grain”
-MAT	13	8	e91e	figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30	The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced 100 times as much crop, some seeds produced 60 times as much crop, and some seeds produced 30 times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	13	9	q2e2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	9	gkv1	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	13	10	p8yc			0	General Information:	Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
-MAT	13	11	fc5n	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	11	xq2v	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	You can state the implied information clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	1	vx5y	writing-newevent	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	On that day	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]
+MAT	13	1	cy1t	writing-background	ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	having gone out of the house	Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house and was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	13	2	d16z	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	2	d0v5	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+MAT	13	3	o5f9	figs-parables	ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1		Jesus teaches the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	13	3	f5mv	writing-quotations	ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων	1	And he spoke many things to them in parables	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+MAT	13	4	qr2d	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	devoured them	Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path where they were unprotected from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	4	v7r8	figs-ellipsis	ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν	1	beside the road	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “some seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	13	5	ql87	figs-ellipsis	καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	And immediately they sprang up	In this verse and in the following verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	13	6	qq5x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	they were scorched	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	6	pz44	figs-idiom	ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος	1	the sun rose is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])	The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	13	7	k69q	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλα	1		See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	13	7	vt8z	figs-explicit	ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	choked them	The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to come readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than the crops which the sower planted did, and so they did not allow the crops to grow. If this would be confusing to your readers, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	8	iwv2	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλα	1	produced fruit	See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	13	8	e91e	figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30	The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	13	9	q2e2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	9	gkv1	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	13	11	fc5n	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	11	xq2v	figs-ellipsis	ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	13	11	rcd3	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	To you has been given to understand	The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	13	11	ah6u	figs-metonymy	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	12	j3rl		ὅστις…ἔχει	1	whoever has	Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
-MAT	13	12	v61y	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	12	xsr5		ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει	2	whoever does not have	Alternate translation: “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
-MAT	13	12	bl5s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	even what he has will be taken away from him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	13	v6pb		αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	to them … they do not see … they do not hear	All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
-MAT	13	13	uk7j	figs-parallelism	ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could refer to: (1) them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
-MAT	13	13	nbi3	figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	they do not see	Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could refer to: (1) them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
-MAT	13	13	gq65	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	they do not hear	Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	14	jz9n		καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
-MAT	13	14	z2es	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand	You can make explicit what the people **will hear**. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	14	emu1	figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	You can make explicit what the people **will see**. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	15	lu8u	figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them	In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to **see**, and to **hear**. God wants them to come to him so he will **heal** them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	15	fy7m	figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	For the heart of this people has become dull	Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “For these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “For these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	15	q87m	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν	1	their ears heard with difficulty	They are not physically deaf. Here, **heard with difficulty** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	15	y7t7	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	they closed their eyes	They have not literally **closed their eyes**. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	15	fl93		μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back	Alternate translation: “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
-MAT	13	15	sr25	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	might understand with their hearts	The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	15	ps56		ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	they might turn back	Alternate translation: “they might turn back to me” or “they might repent”
-MAT	13	15	q1h9	figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I will heal them	Here, to **heal them** means God would restore them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	16	yhe4	figs-parallelism	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	13	16	glp8	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see	Here, **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	13	11	ah6u	figs-metonymy	Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	12	x34s	writing-proverbs	ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1		This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus talks about understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand even more. But whoever does not understand, he will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]
+MAT	13	12	j3rl		ὅστις…ὅστις	1	whoever has	The word **whoever** is referring to people in general, and not to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MAT	13	12	v61y	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται…ἀρθήσεται	1	it will be given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	14	jz9n	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
+MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-metaphor	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand	See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	15	tfl1	figs-metonymy	ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1		Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a persons mind or inner intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	15	ps56		ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	they might turn back	The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they might repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	13	15	q1h9	figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I will heal them	The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	16	glp8	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see	Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. These words refer to the ability to understand what a person sees and hears. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	13	16	rlt3	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	13	16	jp32	figs-synecdoche	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	Here, **ears** refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you, for you hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MAT	13	16	xczh	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	You can clearly explicitly the implied information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	13	17	mg58		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth”
+MAT	13	16	xczh	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	13	17	bsj7	figs-you	ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε	1	to you … you see … you hear	All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	13	17	e6ci	figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	the things you see	You can state explicitly what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	17	q14w	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	the things you hear	You can state explicitly what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	18	w35t			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [13:3](../13/03.md).
-MAT	13	19	v2d7		τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the word of the kingdom	Alternate translation: “the message about God’s rule as king”
-MAT	13	19	a8nu	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart	Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	19	sb7u	figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	19	pt4d		ἁρπάζει	1	snatches away	Translate **snatches** with a word in your language that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
-MAT	13	19	r9u6	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	what has been sown in his heart	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	19	xi8f	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here, **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	19	wfd3		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	This is what was sown beside the road	Alternate translation: “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
+MAT	13	17	e6ci	figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	the things you see	The phrase **the things you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	17	lslf	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before my time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	17	q14w	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	the things you hear	The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	18	w35t	figs-parables	ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	13	19	v2d7	figs-genericnoun	παντὸς ἀκούοντος	1	the word of the kingdom	Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MAT	13	19	suhi	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Jesus refers to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])	The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about **the kingdom**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	13	19	het1	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1		Here the word **kingdom** is referring to how God is making people his people to rule over them. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God is making people his people to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	19	uo3l	figs-ellipsis	τῆς βασιλείας	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	13	19	a8nu	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart	Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God's message is spoken of as if it **has been sown** in a person's heart. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	19	sb7u	figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	19	r9u6	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	what has been sown in his heart	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	19	xi8f	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	19	wfd3	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	This is what was sown beside the road	Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is thrown alongside the road. The seed is referring to God's message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If your readers would not understand what this means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	13	19	xgz5		παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	beside the road	See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md).
-MAT	13	20	l5iv	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς	1	Now that sown on the rocky ground	The phrase **that sown** refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “Now the seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	20	w4f9		ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν	1	Now that sown on rocky ground, this is	Alternate translation: “Now the rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “Now the rocky ground where seed fell represents”
-MAT	13	20	e3hm		ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων	1	the one hearing the word	In the parable, the seed represents **the word**.
+MAT	13	20	l5iv	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	Now that sown on the rocky ground	The phrase **the one having been sown** is talking about the the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	20	rnct	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1		Jesus is comparing **the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy** with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives it has not fully believed in God's message. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	20	w4f9	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	1	Now that sown on rocky ground, this is	See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	13	20	cl6g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	20	z76f	figs-metaphor	μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	receiving it with joy	Believing the word is spoken of as **receiving it**. Alternate translation: “joyfully believing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	21	zg9q	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	But he has no root in himself, but is temporary	The **root** represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	21	lim9	figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	immediately he is caused to stumble	Here, **is caused to stumble** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	22	d4h5	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown	This refers to seed that was **sown** or that fell. Alternate translation: “the seed that was sown” or “the seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	22	rcj8		ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants	Alternate translation: “Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
-MAT	13	22	anm5		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ	1	this is the one	Alternate translation: “this represents the person”
-MAT	13	22	a3u1		τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching”
-MAT	13	22	q2nh	figs-metaphor	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word	Jesus speaks about the **cares** of the world and the **deceitfulness of riches** distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	22	xa8r		ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the cares of this age	Alternate translation: “the things in this world that people worry about”
-MAT	13	22	wwf5	figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	Jesus describes **riches** as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+MAT	13	20	z76f	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	receiving it with joy	Jesus is speaking, speaking about believing as if they were **recieving** God's message. If your readers would not understand what **receiving** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God's message with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	21	zg9q	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	But he has no root in himself, but is temporary	The expression **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary** means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	13	21	ixil	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+MAT	13	21	lxuy	figs-abstractnouns	γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people afflicted and persecuted them because of the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAT	13	21	xv50	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	1		See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	13	21	lim9	figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	immediately he is caused to stumble	The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God's message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  
+MAT	13	22	d4h5	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown	Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	22	rcj8		ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants	See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md)
+MAT	13	22	a3u1	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον…τὸν λόγον	2	the word	See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	13	22	q2nh	figs-explicit	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word	The phrase **the cares of this age** is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “worrying about what you need to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	22	wwf5	figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	Jesus speaks of **riches** as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MAT	13	22	gn6z	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	23	xw4b		ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown on the good soil	Alternate translation: “the good soil where seeds were sown”
-MAT	13	23	ptb8	figs-metaphor	ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ	1	who indeed bears fruit, and some yield	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “like a healthy plant that is productive, some bear a crop that yields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	23	wm3p	figs-ellipsis	ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30	The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	13	24	l5yx	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	13	24	k8pu	figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like a man	The translation should not equate the **kingdom of the heavens** to a man, but rather the **kingdom of the heavens** is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MAT	13	24	f8j5	figs-metonymy	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	24	u21k	figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	good seed	The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds”
+MAT	13	23	xw4b	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown on the good soil	Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	23	ptb8	figs-metaphor	ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ	1	who indeed bears fruit, and some yield	Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	23	wm3p	figs-ellipsis	ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30	This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	13	23	i4t0	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα	1		You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “a hundred … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MAT	13	24	l5yx	figs-parables	ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων,	1	Connecting Statement:	To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	13	24	xkov	figs-metaphor	ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς	1	Here the phrase **set before** means that Jesus told the people another story. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])	Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 
+MAT	13	24	iiv7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MAT	13	24	k8pu	figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like a man	Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	24	f8j5	figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	24	u21k	figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	good seed	Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces edible crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed for food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	13	25	zn8v		ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς	1	his enemy came	Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field”
 MAT	13	25	q4tv		ζιζάνια	1	darnel	The **darnel** that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
 MAT	13	26	lea1		ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος	1	But when the blades sprouted	Alternate translation: “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
@@ -1010,240 +938,185 @@ MAT	13	29	c9jc		ὁ δέ φησιν	1	But he says	Alternate translation: “But
 MAT	13	30	z36a	figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	I will say to the reapers, “First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn.”	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MAT	13	30	ll14		τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	barn	A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, animals, and other farm items.
 MAT	13	31	tdf4	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	13	31	jw7u	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	31	qby8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MAT	13	32	gyi1	figs-explicit	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds	Mustard seeds were the **smallest** **seeds** known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	32	x65d		ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ	1	But when it may grow	Alternate translation: “But when the plant has grown”
-MAT	13	32	um9k		μεῖζον…ἐστὶν	1	it is greater than	Alternate translation: “it is larger than”
-MAT	13	32	g6v8		γίνεται δένδρον	1	becomes a tree	A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall—the height of a small **tree**.
-MAT	13	32	c9te		τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the birds of the sky	Alternate translation: “the birds”
-MAT	13	33	a1th	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	13	33	z94k	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The kingdom of heaven is like yeast	The **kingdom** is not like the **yeast**, but the spread of the **kingdom** is like the spreading of the **yeast**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MAT	13	33	w8sb	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	31	jw7u	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	31	qby8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	13	32	gyi1	figs-explicit	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds	The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed it compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed was the smallest of any seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	13	32	g6v8	figs-idiom	γίνεται δένδρον	1	becomes a tree	Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	13	33	z94k	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The kingdom of heaven is like yeast	In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, Just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	33	w8sb	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	33	xc9t	translate-unknown	ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1		The word **yeast** is something used in making bread that causes it to grow. If this would not be understood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	13	33	r88g	translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three measures of flour	You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
-MAT	13	33	c35r	figs-explicit	γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	a woman mixed with three measures of flour until it all was leavened	The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	34	nt7u	figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught **the crowds** only with **parables**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	13	34	n54e		ταῦτα πάντα	1	All these things	Here, **All these things** refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [13:1](../13/01.md).
-MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nothing … without**, you can express it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-MAT	13	35	ybq5	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	35	p3tb		λέγοντος	1	saying	Alternate translation: “when the prophet said”
-MAT	13	35	f9gl		ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου; ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1		Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
-MAT	13	35	n1pa	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου	1	I will open my mouth	This is an idiom that means “to speak.” Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	13	35	yx6y	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	what has been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	35	th8t		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
-MAT	13	36	pq2h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [13:24](../13/24.md).
-MAT	13	36	x5w7		ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	he went into the house	Alternate translation: “he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying”
-MAT	13	37	aj8f		ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα	1	The one sowing the good seed	Alternate translation: “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
-MAT	13	37	xj4s	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	13	38	h9iz	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	the sons of the kingdom	The idiom **sons of** refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	13	38	eni3	figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	of the kingdom	Here, **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	38	edu7	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the sons of the evil one	The idiom **sons of** refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	13	39	sgx2		ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά	1	the enemy who sowed them	Alternate translation: “the enemy who sowed the weeds”
-MAT	13	40	rn64	figs-activepassive	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται	1	Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	41	fiy4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	The Son of Man will send out his angels	Here Jesus is speaking of himself as the **Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	13	41	ptw9		τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	those doing lawlessness	Alternate translation: “those who are lawless” or “evil people”
-MAT	13	42	d9md	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	42	zu3j	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-MAT	13	43	u6sm	figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	will shine as the sun	If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “will be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	34	nt7u	figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MAT	13	34	n54e	figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	All these things	The phrase **all these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MAT	13	35	ybq5	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	35	p3tb	writing-quotations	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος,	1	saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+MAT	13	35	f9gl	figs-metonymy	ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου	1		Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	35	yx6y	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	what has been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	35	th8t	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAT	13	36	pq2h	writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MAT	13	37	r9wr		ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The phrase **the Son of Man** is explaining what the phrase **The one sowing the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md).
+MAT	13	37	xj4s	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If this would be confusing to your readers, you can express this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	13	38	eea8		ὁ δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος; τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας; τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1		The phrase **the world** is explaining what the phrase **the field** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the kingdom** is explaining what the phrase **the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the evil one** is explaining what the phrase **the darnel** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md).
+MAT	13	38	h9iz	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας…οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the sons of the kingdom	Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	13	38	eni3	figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	of the kingdom	See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	39	sgx2		ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος; ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν; οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν.	1	the enemy who sowed them	The phrase **the devil** is explaining what the phrase **the enemy** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md). The phrase **the end of the age** is explaining what the phrase **the harvest** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md). The word **angels** is explaining what the phrase **the reapers** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md)
+MAT	13	40	rn64	figs-simile	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire	Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen in the end times. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers in the final days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	40	hzih	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1		The word **thus** tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain what the parable is similar to in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “here is a description of what it will be like in the end days for evil people:”
+MAT	13	41	fiy4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	The Son of Man will send out his angels	See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	13	41	p5p9	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is using the term **kingdom** here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the world which he rules over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	41	ptw9	figs-metaphor	πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	those doing lawlessness	Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people who cause others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	42	d9md	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a **furnace of fire**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	13	42	zu3j	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+MAT	13	43	azqy	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1		Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	13	43	u6sm	figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	will shine as the sun	Here, Jesus is comparing **the righteous** as if they were shining like **the sun**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	43	j487	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ	1		Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “in heaven where God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	13	43	sea2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν	1	of their Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	13	43	zxh2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	43	sak5	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	13	44	fjm1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	In verses 44-46, Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	13	44	e9cv	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	44	u9jq	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	is like a treasure hidden in a field	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is like a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	44	k9rh		θησαυρῷ	1	a treasure	A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things.
-MAT	13	44	hu7f		ἔκρυψεν	1	hid	Alternate translation: “covered it up”
-MAT	13	44	jtv2	figs-explicit	πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field	The implied information is that the person **buys** the **field** to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	45	c633	figs-explicit	ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls	The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable **pearls** that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	45	khy6		ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	a man, a merchant	A **merchant** is a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places.
-MAT	13	45	b88q	translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	fine pearls	A pearl is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine valuable” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MAT	13	47	vw24	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	13	47	g79n	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like a net	The **kingdom** is not like the **net**, but the **kingdom** draws all kinds of people like a **net** catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	43	zxh2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	44	fjm1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	In [13:44-46](../13/44-46.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	13	44	tac2	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1		Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with a **treasure**. He is saying that it is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	44	e9cv	figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	44	wg6a	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένῳ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	44	k9rh	translate-unknown	θησαυρῷ	1	a treasure	A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. If your readers would not know this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	13	44	hu7f		κεκρυμμένῳ…ἔκρυψεν	1	hid	Alternate translation: “buried … buried”
+MAT	13	45	c633	figs-explicit	ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls	The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	45	znbs	figs-simile	πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1		Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	45	auj6	figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	45	khy6	translate-unknown	ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	a man, a merchant	A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and sells them to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	13	45	b88q	translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	fine pearls	These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	13	47	vw24	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	13	47	s2dd	figs-extrainfo		0	Jesus explains the meaning of this parable in [13:49](../13/49.md) so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])	Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MAT	13	47	g79n	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like a net	Here, Jesus compares **the kingdom of the heavens** with how a **net** catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net is cast into the see, and gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	13	47	rjm4	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	47	vrp4	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	like a net having been cast into the sea	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	47	kbz2		βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	having been cast into the sea	Alternate translation: “that was thrown into the sea”
-MAT	13	47	t9v6		ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	having gathered from every kind	Alternate translation: “having caught all kinds of fish”
-MAT	13	48	kf47		ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	they drew up on the beach	Alternate translation: “they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore”
-MAT	13	48	cnp7		τὰ καλὰ	1	the good things	Alternate translation: “the good fish”
-MAT	13	48	qi2z		τὰ…σαπρὰ	2	the worthless things	Alternate translation: “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
-MAT	13	48	aqu2		ἔξω ἔβαλον	1	they threw away	Alternate translation: “they did not keep”
-MAT	13	49	q1ms		ἐξελεύσονται	1	will come	Alternate translation: “will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
-MAT	13	49	ah2k	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	the wicked from among the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **wicked** and **righteous**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT	13	50	hwv1		βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς	1	they will throw them	Alternate translation: “the angels will throw the wicked people”
-MAT	13	50	j8nf	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, you can translate it as “oven.” See how you translated this in [13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	50	mc8t	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-MAT	13	51	d3wg			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
-MAT	13	51	p5ej	figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.”	If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MAT	13	52	g4dd	figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	13	52	gr36	figs-parables	ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure	Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a **house** **owner** who uses both **old** and **new** treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	13	52	g59c		τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his treasure	A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
-MAT	13	53	jwv2		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	And it happened that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And then” or “And after”
-MAT	13	54	qnh9			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [17:27](../17/27.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.
-MAT	13	54	q3ml	figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	54	j6vb		ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν	1	in their synagogue	The pronoun **their** is referring to the people of the region.
+MAT	13	47	vrp4	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	like a net having been cast into the sea	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	48	aqhl	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	48	cnp7	figs-nominaladj	τὰ καλὰ…τὰ…σαπρὰ	1	the good things	Jesus is using the adjectives **good** and **worthless** as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	13	49	zawv	figs-explicit	ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])	Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God's presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God's presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	49	ah2k	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	the wicked from among the righteous	Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	13	50	j8nf		καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	the furnace of fire	See how you translated this verse in [13:42](../13/42.md).
+MAT	13	51	p5ej	figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.”	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+MAT	13	52	g4dd	figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	52	gr36	figs-parables			is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure	Jesus speaks another parable. In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	13	52	ip6e	figs-simile	πᾶς γραμματεὺς…ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1		Here, Jesus is comparing a **scribe** who obeys Jesus with **a man** who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or ”every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people to whom they teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	13	52	g59c	translate-unknown	τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his treasure	See how you translated **** in [13:44](../13/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	13	53	jwv2	writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	And it happened that when	This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to his disciples is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+MAT	13	54	qnh9	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Jesus is using the phrase **And having entered into his hometown** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MAT	13	54	q3ml	figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	13	54	it1f		ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	they were astonished	Alternate translation: “they were amazed”
-MAT	13	54	b3d2	figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	54	etwp	figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	13	55	rk5e	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas?	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you can express them as statements. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	13	55	rpj9		ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	the son of the carpenter	A **carpenter** is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If **carpenter** is not known, “builder” can be used.
-MAT	13	56	m9pn	figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	are not all his sisters with us?	The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	13	56	bnv1	figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	From where therefore to this one are all these things?	The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	13	56	pqf1		ταῦτα πάντα	1	all these things	Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.
-MAT	13	57	f5md	figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	they were offended by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “the people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	57	azn4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	A prophet is not without honor	You can state this double-negative **not … without** in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-MAT	13	57	sq8j		τῇ πατρίδι	1	his hometown	Alternate translation: “his own region”
-MAT	13	57	w4x8		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his own family	Alternate translation: “in his own home”
-MAT	13	58	e2cp		οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς	1	he did not do many miracles there	Alternate translation: “Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
+MAT	13	54	b3d2	figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	55	rk5e	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas?	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	13	55	rpj9	translate-unknown	ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	the son of the carpenter	The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who works with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	13	55	qspg	figs-metonymy	ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1		Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** to mean Jospeh, Jesus' father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	56	m9pn	figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	are not all his sisters with us?	The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	13	56	bnv1	figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	From where therefore to this one are all these things?	The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	13	56	pqf1		ταῦτα πάντα	1	all these things	Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	57	f5md	figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	they were offended by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	13	57	azn4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	A prophet is not without honor	Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MAT	13	57	sq8j		τῇ πατρίδι	1	his hometown	See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
+MAT	13	57	w4x8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his own family	Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	13	58	e2cp	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν	1	he did not do many miracles there	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MAT	14	intro	g5mc			0		# Matthew 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	14	1	zl7x	figs-events		0	General Information:	These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MAT	14	1	q8h5		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	Alternate translation: “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
-MAT	14	2	pd1b		εἶπεν	1	he said	Alternate translation: “Herod said”
-MAT	14	2	nx7x		ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	has been raised from the dead	The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
-MAT	14	2	vve7		διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him	Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have **powers** to do mighty things.
-MAT	14	3	zgp9	figs-events		0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MAT	14	3	d3gp	figs-events		0	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MAT	14	3	h466	figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison	It says that **Herod** did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	14	3	lr92	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	the wife of Philip	**Philip** was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT	14	4	n1t6	figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	This direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MAT	14	4	r8lh		ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	For John was saying to him	Alternate translation: “For John had kept saying to Herod”
-MAT	14	4	nb2j	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν	1	It is not lawful	Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	14	5	hg9f		ἐφοβήθη	1	he feared	Alternate translation: “Herod feared”
-MAT	14	5	w7uv		αὐτὸν εἶχον	1	they regarded him	Alternate translation: “they regarded John”
-MAT	14	6	fvs5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	in the midst	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	14	8	rhk5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	But having being urged beforehand by her mother	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	14	8	wi8s		ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα	1	But having being urged beforehand	Alternate translation: “But having been coached beforehand”
-MAT	14	8	ya5z		φησίν	1	she said	Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
-MAT	14	8	ruy4		πίνακι	1	a platter	A **platter** is a very large plate used for serving food.
-MAT	14	9	s8zp	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	And the king, having been grieved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And although her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	14	9	a1er		ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	The king	Alternate translation: “King Herod”
-MAT	14	9	j6nu	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	commanded it to be granted to her	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	14	2	pd1b	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	he said	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MAT	14	2	nx7x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	has been raised from the dead	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	14	2	vve7	figs-personification	διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him	Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if it were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+MAT	14	3	zgp9	writing-background	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	14	3	zsvz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod's brother's wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+MAT	14	3	d3gp	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then threw him and prison”
+MAT	14	3	h466	figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison	Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	14	3	lr92	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	the wife of Philip	**Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MAT	14	4	n1t6	figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MAT	14	6	fvs5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	in the midst	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	14	6	vdik	translate-unknown	γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου	1		In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If your readers would not understand the word **birthday**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were celebrating Herod's birthday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	14	8	rhk5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	But having being urged beforehand by her mother	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	14	8	ruy4	translate-unknown	πίνακι	1	a platter	If your readers would not understand the word **platter**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large plate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	14	9	s8zp	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	And the king, having been grieved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	14	9	j6nu	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	commanded it to be granted to her	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Herod” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that it be given to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	14	11	nd5r	figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	14	11	pba6		πίνακι	1	a platter	A **platter** is a very large plate used for serving food. See how you translated this in verse [8](../14/08.md).
-MAT	14	11	lqb6		τῷ κορασίῳ	1	to the girl	Translate **girl** with the word for a young, unmarried girl.
-MAT	14	12	fl47		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	Alternate translation: “the disciples of John”
-MAT	14	12	ni1q		τὸ πτῶμα	1	the corpse	Alternate translation: “the dead body”
-MAT	14	12	mq89	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come, they reported it to Jesus	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 13-14 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people in verses [15-21](..\\14\\15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MAT	14	13	ds5w		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
-MAT	14	13	dvq4		ἀκούσας	1	having heard this	Alternate translation: “having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John”
-MAT	14	13	ia39	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	14	13	zlh8		ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Alternate translation: “from that place”
-MAT	14	13	i7uu		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι	1	And having heard of it, the crowds	Alternate translation: “And when the crowds heard where Jesus had gone, they” or “And when the crowds heard that he had left, they”
-MAT	14	13	u6nr		οἱ ὄχλοι	1	the crowds	Alternate translation: “the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
-MAT	14	13	ipm9	figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	on foot	Here, **on foot** means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	14	14	d8n3		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	And having come out	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus came ashore”
-MAT	14	15	gcu9			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
-MAT	14	15	xa7n		προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples came to him	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples came to him”
-MAT	14	16	qwk1		οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν	1	They have no need	Alternate translation: “It is not necessary for the people in the crowd”
+MAT	14	11	pba6		πίνακι	1	a platter	See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md).
+MAT	14	12	mq89	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come, they reported it to Jesus	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background	ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	General Information:	Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to a desert place by himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	14	13	ia39	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus withdrew	Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	14	13	ipm9	figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	on foot	Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning “walked.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “walking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	14	14	d8n3		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	And having come out	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus got off the boat”
+MAT	14	15	otp3	figs-idiom	ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν	1		This phrase means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	14	16	r5gd	figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	You give them	The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	14	17	tm5t		οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	But they say to him	Alternate translation: “But the disciples said to Jesus”
-MAT	14	17	ih48		πέντε ἄρτους	1	five loaves	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
-MAT	14	18	szx6		φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς	1	Bring them here to me	Alternate translation: “Bring the loaves and fish to me”
-MAT	14	19	vp7r		ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	to recline	Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “lie down” or “sit down”
-MAT	14	19	u613	figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	he took	This does not mean that he stole them. Alternate translation: “he held in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	14	19	i34u		κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους	1	having broken it, he gave the loaves	Alternate translation: “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
-MAT	14	19	bf1a		τοὺς ἄρτους	1	the loaves	Alternate translation: “the pieces of the loaves of bread”
-MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Having looked up	This could refer to: (1) while they were looking up. (2) after they looked up.
-MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	14	20	p73g		ἦραν	1	they took up	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
-MAT	14	21	wv59		οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες	1	Now those eating	Alternate translation: “Now those who ate the bread and the fish”
+MAT	14	17	ih48	grammar-connect-exceptions	πέντε ἄρτους	1	five loaves	If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
+MAT	14	19	i34u	translate-symaction	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	having broken it, he gave the loaves	Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying that God would provide enough food for the crowd. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+MAT	14	19	bf1a	figs-ellipsis	εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας	1	the loaves	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	14	19	t7ei	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	Having looked up	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	14	21	als7	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι	1	5,000 men	Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MAT	14	22	yp8l			0	General Information:	Verses 22-24 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
-MAT	14	22	wt1t		καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν	1	And immediately he made	Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made”
-MAT	14	23	d27u		ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Now evening having come about	Alternate translation: “Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark”
-MAT	14	24	vzd1		ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	was being tossed about by the waves	Alternate translation: “and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
-MAT	14	25	pmw8		τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	Now in the fourth watch of the night	The fourth watch is between 3 AM and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Now just before dawn”
-MAT	14	25	t1vp		περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	walking on the sea	Alternate translation: “walking on top of the water”
-MAT	14	26	q9qs		ἐταράχθησαν	1	were greatly troubled	Alternate translation: “were very afraid”
-MAT	14	26	h7df		φάντασμά	1	a ghost	The people of that time believes that a **ghost** was a spirit that has left the body of a person who had died.
-MAT	14	28	w2pl		ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν	1	but answering him, Peter said	Alternate translation: “but Peter answered Jesus and said”
-MAT	14	30	sk3j	figs-idiom	βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	seeing the strong wind	Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	14	31	bd2v		ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί	1	You of little faith, why	Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
-MAT	14	31	ia1d	figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	why did you doubt?	You can make explicit what Peter doubted. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	14	31	cr9i	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας	1	why did you doubt?	Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	14	22	yp8l	writing-background	ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους	1	General Information:	Matthew is providing background information for the next story about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was making the disciples to get into the boat to the other side before him while he was sending away the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	14	24	vzd1	writing-background	τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος	1	was being tossed about by the waves	Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea, and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	14	25	pmw8	translate-unknown	τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	Now in the fourth watch of the night	If your readers would not understand the phrase **fourth watch**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	14	26	h7df	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά	1	a ghost	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+MAT	14	30	sk3j		βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	seeing the strong wind	Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he "he became afraid" because he became aware of the wind and the large waves that it caused. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was”
+MAT	14	31	ia1d	figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	why did you doubt?	Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter doubting that Jesus could help him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	14	31	cr9i	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	why did you doubt?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	14	33	u8pu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	14	34	cv3f		καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	And having crossed over	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
+MAT	14	34	cv3f	figs-explicit	καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	And having crossed over	Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	14	34	x9nu	translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	Gennesaret	**Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT	14	35	xd7c		ἀπέστειλαν	1	sent	Alternate translation: “sent messages”
-MAT	14	36	ql3y		καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	And they were begging him	Alternate translation: “And the sick people were begging him”
-MAT	14	36	x8jv		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	Alternate translation: “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
-MAT	14	36	mw8n	figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	were healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	14	35	xd7c	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	sent	Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MAT	14	36	mw8n	figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	were healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	15	intro	i9a5			0		# Matthew 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The “traditions of the elders”<br><br>The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	15	1	q6af	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	15	2	yn6l		τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	These **traditions of the elders** are not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
-MAT	15	2	gfn6	figs-explicit	οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	they do not wash their hands	This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions?	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	15	4	srz6			0	General Information:	In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
-MAT	15	4	qmm7		θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	let him die the death	Alternate translation: “the people must surely execute him”
-MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	But you say	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	15	6	vr6y	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MAT	15	6	q3kt	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	It is implied that **his father** means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	15	6	znt9		ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you have made void the word of God	Here, **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
-MAT	15	6	yq5a		διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	because of your traditions	Alternate translation: “because you want to follow your traditions”
-MAT	15	7	t4fq			0	General Information:	In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
-MAT	15	7	wv77		καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας	1	Well did Isaiah prophesy about you	Alternate translation: “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
-MAT	15	7	n4ti	figs-explicit	λέγων	1	saying	It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	15	8	qw69	figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	This people honors me with their lips	Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	15	8	bz91		με…ἐμοῦ	1	me … me	Both occurrences of **me** refer to God.
-MAT	15	8	wuw3	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	15	8	q7vm	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far away from me	This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	15	9	jf93		μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	But they worship me in vain	Alternate translation: “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me”
-MAT	15	9	vvb9		ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	the commandments of men	Alternate translation: “the rules that people make up”
-MAT	15	11	s28y	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth	Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	15	12	l2uj	figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	15	13	n5ij	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were worthless plants that his **Father** would uproot. This means the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	15	1	q6af	writing-newevent	τότε	1	General Information:	Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elder!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	15	2	yn6l	translate-unknown	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous people created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	15	2	gfn6	figs-explicit	οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	they do not wash their hands	This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	15	4	srz6	figs-quotesinquotes	τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα…ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	General Information:	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-explicit	δῶρον	1	But you say	It might be necessary in your language to say who the gift is for. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	15	5	l8t0	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother 'Whatever from might have been helpful is a gift'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MAT	15	6	q3kt	figs-explicit	πατέρα	1	he will certainly not honor his father	Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	15	6	znt9	figs-explicit	ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you have made void the word of God	Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God's commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have made void the God's commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	15	7	t4fq	figs-exclamations	ὑποκριταί	1	General Information:	Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
+MAT	15	7	n4ti	writing-quotations	λέγων	1	saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+MAT	15	8	qw69	figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	This people honors me with their lips	Isaiah, who Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean when someone is speaking. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	15	8	bz91	writing-pronouns	με…ἐμοῦ	1	me … me	Here, the words **me** are referring to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MAT	15	8	wuw3	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person's inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	15	8	q7vm	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far away from me	Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they are not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	15	8	hr29	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+MAT	15	9	vvb9	figs-possession	ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	the commandments of men	James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+MAT	15	11	s28y	figs-metonymy	οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth	Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean what a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles them, but what a person says, this is what defiles them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	15	12	l2uj	figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι…ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	15	13	n5ij	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted	Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, or judges them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	15	13	j49e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	15	13	hs4t	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	will be uprooted	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	15	14	r167		ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Let them go!	The word **them** refers to the Pharisees.
-MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	15	15	cje4			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in verses[13-14](../15/13.md).
-MAT	15	15	shg6		ἡμῖν	1	to us	Alternate translation: “to us disciples”
-MAT	15	16	al9z	figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word **you** is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	15	17	l5nt	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	15	17	s833		εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ	1	passes into the stomach	Alternate translation: “goes into the stomach”
-MAT	15	17	s9z6		ἀφεδρῶνα	1	the latrine	A **latrine** a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
-MAT	15	18	ca1w	figs-metonymy	τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	the things that proceed out from the mouth	This phrase refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	15	18	x14k	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας	1	from the heart	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	15	19	rg59		φόνοι	1	murder	Murder is the act of killing innocent people.
-MAT	15	20	bme7		ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	to eat with unwashed hands	This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s **hands** according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
-MAT	15	21	e5gv			0	General Information:	This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
-MAT	15	21	t81u	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	15	22	x1wm		ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα	1	behold, a Canaanite woman having come out	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “Now there was a Canaanite woman who came”
-MAT	15	22	jt94		γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν	1	a Canaanite woman having come out from that region, was crying out	The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. This woman was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came and cried out”
-MAT	15	22	f4k2	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	Have mercy on me	This phrase implies that the woman is asking Jesus to heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	15	22	xs64		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
-MAT	15	22	j6rt	figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	My daughter is severely demon-possessed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	15	23	hd2i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	did not answer her a word	Here, **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	15	24	t9ga	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	I was not sent	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	15	24	u9t4	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	to the lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	15	25	ch7c		ἡ	1	she	Alternate translation: “the Canaanite woman”
-MAT	15	25	u3jj	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	This action shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-MAT	15	26	ihz4	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs	Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-MAT	15	26	a5bc	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	the bread of the children	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MAT	15	26	fe7n		τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	to the little dogs	The Jews considered **dogs** to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
-MAT	15	27	yvw1	figs-metaphor	καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	15	27	i5tt		τὰ κυνάρια	1	the little dogs	Use words here for **dogs** of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [15:26](../15/26.md).
-MAT	15	28	tea2	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	let it be done	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	15	28	n229	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	her daughter was healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	15	28	wwq3	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 29-31 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MAT	15	30	c8td		χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute	Alternate translation: “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
-MAT	15	30	yf7i		ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	they laid them at his feet	Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
-MAT	15	31	pi52	figs-activepassive	κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς	1	the crippled made well	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	15	31	be52	figs-nominaladj	κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς	1	the crippled … the lame … the blind	If your readers would misunderstand these nominal adjectives, you could express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT	15	32	z28i			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding 4,000 people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
-MAT	15	32	efc2		νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	hungry, lest they may faint on the way	Alternate translation: “without eating because they might faint on the way”
-MAT	15	33	uhi3	figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd?	The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the **crowd**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The understood information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	15	35	x13q		ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν	1	to recline on the ground	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
-MAT	15	36	x7kc		ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας	1	he took the seven loaves and the fish	Alternate translation: “Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
-MAT	15	36	dcr4		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke them	Alternate translation: “he broke the loaves”
-MAT	15	36	a9s4		ἐδίδου	1	was giving them	Alternate translation: “continued giving the bread and the fish”
-MAT	15	37	fc8g		ἦραν	1	they took away	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
-MAT	15	38	udk7		οἱ…ἐσθίοντες	1	those eating	Alternate translation: “the people who ate”
+MAT	15	13	hs4t	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	will be uprooted	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	15	14	r167	writing-pronouns	ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Let them go!	The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. But if the blind lead the blind along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	15	15	shg6	writing-pronouns	ἡμῖν	1	to us	Here, **us** refers to the disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to us disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MAT	15	16	al9z	figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	15	17	l5nt	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that go into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	15	17	s9z6	translate-unknown	ἀφεδρῶνα	1	the latrine	Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where you bury your bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	15	18	ca1w	figs-metonymy	τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	the things that proceed out from the mouth	Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	15	18	jt6o	figs-metonymy	τῆς καρδίας	1		Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	15	20	bme7	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον…ἄνθρωπον	1	to eat with unwashed hands	Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MAT	15	21	e5gv	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MAT	15	21	t81u	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	15	22	x1wm	writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα	1	behold, a Canaanite woman having come out	Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+MAT	15	22	xs64	translate-kinship	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David's literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+MAT	15	22	j6rt	figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	My daughter is severely demon-possessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	15	23	hd2i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	did not answer her a word	Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	15	24	t9ga	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	I was not sent	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	15	24	wfnx	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1		If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
+MAT	15	24	u9t4	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	to the lost sheep of the house of Israel	Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	15	25	u3jj	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	Here, **bowing down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+MAT	15	26	ihz4	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs	This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	15	26	a5bc	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	the bread of the children	Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	15	27	yvw1	figs-metaphor	καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	15	27	i5tt		τὰ κυνάρια	1	the little dogs	See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse.
+MAT	15	28	tea2	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	let it be done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	15	28	n229	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	her daughter was healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	15	28	wwq3	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MAT	15	30	c8td	figs-nominaladj	χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute	Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	15	30	yf7i	figs-idiom	ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	they laid them at his feet	Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	15	30	gy3h	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1		Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MAT	15	31	be52	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὺς…κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς	1	the crippled … the lame … the blind	See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	15	33	uhi3	figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd?	The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
+MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	15	36	a9s4	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	was giving them	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	15	38	z66m	translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	4,000 men	Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MAT	15	39	be43		τὰ ὅρια	1	the region	Alternate translation: “the area”
 MAT	15	39	m8dp	translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	of Magadan	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MAT	16	intro	za2k			0		# Matthew 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yeast<br><br>Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background information<br><br>Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
 MAT	16	1	t7p5		πειράζοντες	1	testing him	Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”

en_tn_51-PHP.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-PHP	front	intro	pv9j			0		# Introduction to Philippians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>3. Instructions<br>    *   To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>    *   To be united (2:1-2)<br>    *   To be humble (2:3-11)<br>    *   To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>    *   To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14-18)<br>4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>5. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>6. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>8. Final remarks<br>    *   Values (4:8-9)<br>    *   Contentment (4:10-20)<br>    *   Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>These kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?<br><br>Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+PHP	front	intro	pv9j			0		# Introduction to Philippians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1–11)<br>2. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12–26)<br>3. Instructions<br>    *   To be steadfast (1:27–30)<br>    *   To be united (2:1–2)<br>    *   To be humble (2:3–11)<br>    *   To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12–13)<br>    *   To be innocent, and shining as light (2:14–18)<br>4. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19–30)<br>5. Warning about false teachers (3:1–4:1)<br>6. Personal instruction (4:2–5)<br>7. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4–6)<br>8. Final remarks<br>    *   Values (4:8–9)<br>    *   Contentment (4:10–20)<br>    *   Final Greetings (4:21–23)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice, even if they were suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus, the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill, so Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome him and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returned.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul tells the believers that it is much more important that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The words “you” and “your” always refer to the believers in Philippi, except for one time in 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired, and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” or “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>These kinds of expressions occur in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Philippians?<br><br>Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and some modern versions include it, but many other versions do not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 PHP	1	intro	kd3g			0		# Philippians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Paul follows the normal practice of the time by beginning the letter with a statement of the names of the senders and the recipients. In that culture, the sender would then offer a good wish for the recipients. Paul does this in the form of a Christian blessing.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br><br>This refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
 PHP	1	1	xk9z	translate-names	Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος	1	Paul and Timothy	**Paul** and **Timothy** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	1	1	bzfs		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Paul and Timothy	Alternate translation: “in union with Christ Jesus”
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ PHP	1	7	jn2s		συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντα
 PHP	1	7	df00	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτος	1		Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God’s gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	7	o7ef	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul refers to his imprisonment in Rome by using the phrase **my chains**. Paul was chained to a guard and the Philippian Christians would have understood that Paul was referring to his imprisonment when he used the phrase **my chains** because of the close association between **chains** and being in prison. If this association is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	7	wey7	figs-doublet	καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		The words translated **defense** and **confirmation** could be used to refer to defending and confirming in a court of law the truth of something against which a charge was made. These two words mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that this is hard work. If your language has one word for these ideas, use that here and add emphasis another way. If there is a word or phrase that could be used with this legal sense but could also be used in the context of defending the gospel, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and as I contend for the truth of the gospel” or “and as I labor to show people that the gospel is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	8	xun1	figs-idiom	ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	The Greek word translated as **inner parts** is a term which refers to body organs, particularly to the intestines, liver, lungs, and heart. Paul is using **inner parts** figuratively to refer to love or affection. You can use the body part that represents the seat of affection in your language, or translate the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “with the heart of Christ Jesus” or “with the affection of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+PHP	1	8	xun1	figs-idiom	ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	The Greek word translated as **inner parts** is a term which refers to body organs, particularly to the intestines, liver, lungs, and heart. Paul is using **inner parts** to refer to love or affection. You can use the body part that represents the seat of affection in your language, or translate the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “with the heart of Christ Jesus” or “with the affection of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	1	8	bo0r		ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	Here, **the inner parts of Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) the same kind of love as Christ Jesus gives to people. (2) love that originates with Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “with love that comes from Christ Jesus”
 PHP	1	9	jlyu	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with the verb form. Alternate translation: “that you will be able to love others more and more abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	9	f4q5		ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
@@ -33,25 +33,25 @@ PHP	1	9	tbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ α
 PHP	1	10	e17g	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1		The word **what** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	10	ybw6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς	1		Here, the phrase **so that** shows that what follows this phrase is the desired result of Paul’s prayer in verse nine. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the desired result of what Paul prayed in verse nine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	10	siv8	figs-doublet	εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι	1	pure and blameless	The words **pure** and **blameless** have very similar meanings. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the idea of moral purity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words and translate them as one idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which figuratively refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	t3w4	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1		The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	11	yq99	figs-metaphor	τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	jwgb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	11	mfs6	figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you could use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	12	tu2t	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	12	zy4g	figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	the things concerning me	The phrase **the things concerning me** refers to Paul’s imprisonment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things I have suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** figuratively refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	13	wi6n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	my chains in Christ became apparent among the whole palace guard and all the others	Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	13	h1ly	figs-metonymy	δεσμούς μου	1	my chains in Christ became apparent	Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	13	f8az	figs-explicit	τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ	1	my chains in Christ	Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	14	a1kh		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		See how you translated **brothers** in the previous verse [1:12](../01/12.md).
-PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	sz29	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		The phrase **encouraged in the Lord** means that the Philippian Christians had grown in their trust of the Lord because of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “trust the Lord more because of my chains” or “have received more courage from the Lord as a result of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	k4tm	figs-activepassive	καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	14	ecy8	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	14	v2wo	figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **the word** refers to the message from God about Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” or “the good news” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	15	sa9n			0	Some indeed even proclaim Christ	Beginning in this verse, and extending to the end of [1:17](../01/17.md), Paul uses a poetic device called chiasm that could be confusing in some languages. You may need to reorder certain things in [1:15-17](../01/15.md) if it would be more natural in your language. See the UST.
+PHP	1	15	sa9n			0	Some indeed even proclaim Christ	Beginning in this verse, and extending to the end of [1:17](../01/17.md), Paul uses a poetic device called chiasm that could be confusing in some languages. You may need to reorder certain things in [1:15–17](../01/15.md) if it would be more natural in your language. See the UST.
 PHP	1	15	vw1s		τινὲς μὲν καὶ…τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν	1	Some indeed even proclaim Christ	Alternate translation: “Some people are preaching the good news about Jesus”
 PHP	1	15	z9y9	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **envy** and **strife** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because they are envious and seek their own evil purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	15	yh1c	figs-abstractnouns	εὐδοκίαν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goodwill** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their desire that others would know Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ PHP	1	19	h9hf	figs-abstractnouns	οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτό μοι
 PHP	1	19	zr2k	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the Spirit of Jesus Christ	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **provision** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “by God providing to me the Spirit of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	fh48	figs-doublet	ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα	1	according to my eager expectation and hope	Both **eager expectation** and **hope** have similar meanings and together express a single idea. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the strength of his expectation. If you have a single word or phrase in your language which expresses the meaning of these two words, consider using that to express the strength of the hope in another way. Alternate translation: “sincere expectation” or “sure hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	20	tk7l	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου	1	but in everything have boldness	Both **expectation** and **hope** are abstract nouns. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express them together in a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “because I fully believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	20	jz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	Here, the phrase **in my body** is used figuratively to mean the activities that Paul does with his body. Paul speaks of his **body** because it was with his earthly body that he would serve God on earth until he died, as he explains in more detail in [1:22-24](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “in everything that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	1	20	jz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	Here, the phrase **in my body** is used to mean the activities that Paul does with his body. Paul speaks of his **body** because it was with his earthly body that he would serve God on earth until he died, as he explains in more detail in [1:22–24](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “in everything that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	20	ysty	figs-doublenegatives	ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθήσομαι, ἀλλ’	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	If the double-negative phrase **in nothing be ashamed** would be confusing in your language, you could translate it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I will always do the right thing and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 PHP	1	20	ch6v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with a similar adverb. Alternate translation: “always act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	y78k	figs-abstractnouns	εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **life** and **death** with their verbal forms. Alternate translation: “whether I live or I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	21	n3jd	figs-abstractnouns	κέρδος	1	to die is gain	If the abstract noun **gain** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “to die is to go to Christ” or “to die would give me more blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Now if to live in the flesh	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** figuratively to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in the flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Now if to live in the flesh	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in the flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	1	22	mwl6	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1	this is fruitful labor for me	Here, the word **fruitful** refers to Paul’s work producing good results. This is a metaphor in which Paul’s anticipated productive work is compared to a plant or tree which produces good fruit. Alternate translation: “this will mean effectively serving God” or “this will mean productively working for the advancement of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	22	kxuu	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1		If the an abstract noun **labor** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “I will accomplish something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	23	tq29	figs-metaphor	συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο	1	But I am hard pressed between the two	The phrase **I am hard pressed between the two** is a metaphor. Paul speaks as if he were experiencing literal pressure from two opposite sides at the same time. Paul uses this figurative expression to show his difficulty in deciding which decision is best, if given the option between living or dying. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this phrase using a metaphor that would make sense in your language, or you could choose to use plain language to express it. Alternate translation: “both options have their advantages, so the decision is not an easy one for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ PHP	1	26	j1d2	figs-go	παρουσίας	1		Here the word **coming** describes P
 PHP	1	26	ay37	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς παρουσίας	1		Here the word **through** could refer to: (1) the reason the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “because”. Alternate translation: …because of my coming” (2) the means by which the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “by”. Alternate translation: “by my coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	27	bwmq	figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1		Your language may have a different way of expressing the motion described by the word **come**. Here, the word **come** refers to Paul traveling to where the Philippians live and visiting them. See how you translated the form of this word in the previous verse, [1:26](../01/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 PHP	1	27	yddq	figs-yousingular	ἀξίως τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ Χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε	1		This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	1	27	u09z	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1		Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean not changing one’s beliefs but, rather, remaining steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you be unmoved” or “you remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	27	u09z	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1		Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used to mean not changing one’s beliefs but, rather, remaining steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you be unmoved” or “you remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	kmn8	figs-doublet	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** mean essentially the same thing and are used together to emphasize the importance of unity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them together as one expression and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “unified as one spirit” or “with complete unity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	27	jfxp	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** are used figuratively to mean “to have unity in one’s primary purposes and beliefs.” Both phrases refer to being in agreement about what matters. If these expressions would be confusing in your language, you may use plain language or use a similar expression from your language. Alternate translation: “with one mind” or “with singleness of purpose” or “in full agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	27	jfxp	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** are used to mean “to have unity in one’s primary purposes and beliefs.” Both phrases refer to being in agreement about what matters. If these expressions would be confusing in your language, you may use plain language or use a similar expression from your language. Alternate translation: “with one mind” or “with singleness of purpose” or “in full agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	ej2s		συναθλοῦντες	1	striving together	Alternate translation: “cooperating together in the work”
 PHP	1	27	ya3h	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the faith of the gospel	Here, the abstract noun **faith** in the phrase **the faith of the gospel** refers to what believers understand and do as a result of believing the gospel, which is God’s message about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	u9an	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀντικειμένων	1		The phrase **those opposing you** refers to the people who were opposing the Philippian Christians and causing them trouble. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “the people opposing you” or “the people opposing you because you believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ PHP	1	28	l495	writing-pronouns	ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδει
 PHP	1	28	t225	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπωλείας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb form or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	ypn8	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verb form of this word or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	nb4b	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1		The word **this** in the phrase **this from God** could refer to: (1) what comes before it in this verse, both the courage God gives the Philippian Christians and the sign that their courage gives to those opposing them. Alternate translation: “your lack of fear and the evidence it gives is all from God” (2) the sign given to those who oppose the Philippian Christians. Alternate translation: “this sign is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-PHP	1	29	qous	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ	1		you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	1	29	qous	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ	1		You could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	30	x4z3	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες	1	having the same struggle which you saw in me, and now you hear in me	If the abstract noun **struggle** would be confusing in your language, you could express it with a verb phrase, as the UST does, or by expressing the idea behind this word in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “facing the same strife” or “enduring the same trials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	30	cewf	figs-metaphor	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1		Here, the word **struggle** is a figurative way of referring to the conflict that Paul and the Philippian believers had with people who opposed them because of their faith. Paul speaks of it here as if it were a military battle or an athletic competition. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “as you experience the same opposition from people that you saw that I experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	30	hnec	figs-idiom	εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί	1		Here, the phrase **in me** occurs twice, both times referring to what Paul is experiencing. If this would be unclear in your language, you could express this in a way that is understandable in your language. Alternate translation: “you saw me experience and now hear that I am experiencing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PHP	2	intro	ixw8			0		# Philippians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br><br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br><br>This appears as though it is a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
+PHP	2	intro	ixw8			0		# Philippians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6–11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br><br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br><br>This appears as though it is a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
 PHP	2	1	v4ns	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the natural result of or conclusion to what preceded it. Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	1	b1q7	figs-explicit	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ, εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	If there is any encouragement in Christ	The phrase **if there is any**, which occurs one time in this verse, and the phrase **if any**, which occurs three times in this verse, appear to be hypothetical statements. However, they are not hypothetical, because they each express things which are true. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of these phrases explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ, because there is comfort from his love, because of the fellowship of the Spirit, because you have affections and compassions” or “since Christ has encouraged you, since there is comfort from his love, since there is fellowship in the Spirit, since you have affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	del5	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1		In the three occurrences of the phrase **if any** in this verse, the missing words, “there is,” are implied and can be supplied in your translation if omitting them would cause confusion. Alternate translation: “if there is any comfort from love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if there are any affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -166,17 +166,17 @@ PHP	2	8	ttys	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτὸν	1		The reflexive pronoun **himself**,
 PHP	2	8	r5f0	figs-abstractnouns	γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the two occurrences in this verse of the abstract noun **death** with a verb such as “dying”. Alternate translation: “ having become obedient to the point of dying, even dying on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	8	l1fk	figs-idiom	γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου	1		The phrase **to the point of** is an English idiom that translates a single Greek preposition. This preposition emphasizes the intensity of Jesus’ obedience to the Father by showing that **death** that follows as the extreme result of that obedience. Alternate translation: “ remaining obedient even though it resulted in him dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	8	flk2		θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ	1		The phrase **even death on a cross** emphasizes that dying on a cross was a very humiliating way to die. By using the word **even** and repeating the word **death**, Paul is emphasizing the great extent of Jesus’ humility and obedience. Think about the best way in your language to show the emphasis provided by the phrase **even death on a cross**. Alternate translation: “even so far as dying on a cross” or “even to the extent of dying on a cross”
-PHP	2	9	f3ek	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		The word **Therefore** shows the reason and result relationship between what comes before this word and what follows it. Here, **Therefore** introduces the result of Jesus humbling himself, as was described in [2:6-8](../02/06.md). Choose the form in your language that best expresses the reason and result relationship expressed by the word **Therefore**. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “Because Jesus acted this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+PHP	2	9	f3ek	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		The word **Therefore** shows the reason and result relationship between what comes before this word and what follows it. Here, **Therefore** introduces the result of Jesus humbling himself, as was described in [2:6–8](../02/06.md). Choose the form in your language that best expresses the reason and result relationship expressed by the word **Therefore**. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “Because Jesus acted this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	2	9	wmvd		αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν	1		Alternate translation: “greatly honored him”
 PHP	2	9	mvb7	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα	1	the name that is above every name	Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the status or position associated with someone’s name. Alternate translation: “the position that is above every other position” or “the position that is higher than any other position” or “the rank that is above every other rank” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	10	b3ai	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** connects this verse with the preceding verse, [2:9](../02/09.md) and shows that this verse and the next verse are the result of [2:9](../02/09.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this connection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	2	10	tk45	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here, **every knee** bending is an idiomatic way of saying that Jesus will be worshiped and honored by all. If this would be clear in your language, consider using this expression, but If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression to communicate the idea of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	10	xz1u	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here, **name** is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “before the person of Jesus” or “every person and being will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	10	xn7a		ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων	1		Paul uses the phrase **in heaven and on earth and under the earth** to include to all beings, including human beings and angels. This phrase emphasizes that all beings everywhere will bow in reverence to Jesus. Consider the best way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “every being in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth”
-PHP	2	11	xy4f	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται	1	every tongue	Here Paul uses the word **tongue** figuratively to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is figuratively describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	2	11	xy4f	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται	1	every tongue	Here Paul uses the word **tongue** to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	11	mr2i	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	Here the word **to** expresses result. Alternate translation: “with the result that God the Father will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 PHP	2	11	equs	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	12	jnp3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **So then** shows that what follows it is the desired result of what preceded it in [2:5-11](../02/05.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+PHP	2	12	jnp3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **So then** shows that what follows it is the desired result of what preceded it in [2:5–11](../02/05.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	12	e359		ἀγαπητοί μου	1	my beloved	Here, the word **beloved** refers to the believers in Philippi. Paul uses this word to express how much he loves them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase in your language that expresses love and affection. Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers”
 PHP	2	12	c1ix		ὡς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου	1	in my presence	Alternate translation: “when I was present with you”
 PHP	2	12	u5ng		ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου	1	in my absence	Alternate translation: “when I am not there with you”
@@ -189,13 +189,13 @@ PHP	2	14	gy6p	figs-yousingular	πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυ
 PHP	2	15	z2lz	figs-doublet	ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι	1	blameless and pure	The words **blameless** and **pure** are very similar in meaning and are used together to emphasize the idea of living a morally pure life. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	15	sp0g	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **children of God** is a metaphorical way of describing people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 PHP	2	15	im15	figs-explicit	ἄμωμα	1		The phrase **without blemish** means being free from flaws or defects. Here the phrase **without blemish** specifically means being free from moral flaws or corruption. Consider using an equivalent phrase from your language that would be understood in this context, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who abstain from all evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	15	f957	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul is figuratively describing people by associating them with the world in which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “among whom you shine as lights before the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	2	15	f957	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul is describing people by associating them with the world in which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “among whom you shine as lights before the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	15	p71u	figs-metaphor	φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1	you shine as lights in the world	Here, the word **lights** represents believers who are living in a righteous way that shows other people what is true and good. “Light”, is often used metaphorically in the Bible to represent truth and the righteous living that aligns with truth. In the Bible, light is often contrasted with darkness, which represents falsehood and living according to it. To **shine as lights in the world** means to live in a way that helps people see God’s truth and character. You can retain this metaphor or express this using plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be examples of God’s goodness and truth in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	15	jb7y	figs-doublet	μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης	1	in the world, in the midst of a crooked and depraved generation	The words **crooked** and **perverted** are used together to emphasize the idea of extreme sinfulness. These two words are very similar in meaning. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among people who are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	16	u3qb		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1	holding forth the word of life	Here, **holding forth** could mean: (1) holding out to others the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding out the word of life” or “offering the word of life” (2) holding firmly to the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding tightly to the word of life” or “holding firmly to the word of life”
 PHP	2	16	cher		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1		The phrase **holding forth the word of life** continues the thought from the previous verse and shows in more detail how Christians can become “blameless and pure, children of God” who “shine as lights in the world.” Consider the best way to show this connection in your language. Alternate translation: “as you hold forth the word of life”
 PHP	2	16	eq86	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1	the word of life	The phrase **word of life** refers to the good news about Jesus. If this would be unclear in your language, consider translating this phrase in plain language. Alternate translation: “the message that gives life” or “the life-giving gospel” or “the life-giving message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	16	nmix	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here the phrase **the word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is figuratively describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	2	16	nmix	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here the phrase **the word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	16	i448	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1		The phrase **the word of life** could mean: (1) the word that gives people life. Alternate translation: “the word that gives life” (2) the word that is about life and that gives life. Alternate translation: “the word that is about life and gives life” (3) the word which contains life and has the ability to give people life. Alternate translation: “the word that contains and gives life” If your language allows you to keep the phrase **the word of life** ambiguous, this is the best option. If your language does not allow you to do this, you may specify clearly how the phrase **of life** is related to **the word**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	fz1d	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον ζωῆς	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **life** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the life-giving word” or “the word which gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	16	s3z9	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		With the phrase **for my boasting on the day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase **holding forth the word of life**. Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ PHP	2	16	heo4		εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1		Alternate translation: “so
 PHP	2	16	q7y8	figs-explicit	εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ,	1	on the day of Christ	The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	m5aq	figs-parallelism	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1	I did not run in vain nor labor in vain	The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** have very similar meanings here. Paul uses these two phrases together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ and mature in their obedience and love for him. You may translate these two phrases separately, as the ULT does, or if it would be clearer in your language, you may translate them together as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” or “I did not work hard with no lasting results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PHP	2	16	m1z7	figs-metaphor	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον	1	I did … run	Here Paul uses the word **run** metaphorically to mean “work.” Here Paul specifically means that he worked for the advancement of the gospel among the Philippians. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Philippians’ minds the image of a runner who is racing toward a finish line in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. But if this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I did not work for the advancement of the gospel uselessly” or “I did not work for the spread of the good news for nothing” or “I did not run the race uselessly”( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	2	16	wyyg	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κενὸν…εἰς κενὸν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **vain** using an adjectival phrase. Alternate translation: “with no results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	16	wyyg		εἰς κενὸν…εἰς κενὸν	1		Alternate translation: “for no purpose … for no purpose” or “without positive results … without positive results” or “for nothing … for nothing”
 PHP	2	16	btgu	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		Here Paul uses the word **labor** to refer to his spiritual work of sharing the gospel with the Philippian believers and working to help them grow in spiritual maturity. Paul assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to his spiritual work among them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “or work hard for nothing, trying to help you believe in Christ and obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	17	p9km	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ	1		**But even if** connects the idea of running and laboring for the advance of the gospel, which Paul discussed in [2:16](../02/16.md), with what he says in the rest of this verse. Consider how to translate this phrase in your language in a way that shows this connection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	17	j2ov	translate-symaction	σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The phrase **I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice** uses imagery from the Old Testament Jewish sacrificial system. A priest would sacrifice an animal on the altar as a burnt offering to God and then pour out wine as a drink offering to God, in order to make the sacrifice complete. See [Num 28:7](../num/28/07.md). If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, consider using it here, but if this imagery would be confusing in your culture, consider translating this imagery using plain language. Alternate translation: “I work and give my life for your sake in order to complete the sacrificial service of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-PHP	2	17	xlv0	figs-metaphor	σπένδομαι	1		Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to figuratively depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	2	17	xlv0	figs-metaphor	σπένδομαι	1		Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	17	ji4w	figs-abstractnouns	σπένδομαι	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **offering** by using a verbal form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	17	thi0	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	2	17	ip8i	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The words **sacrifice** and **service** express a single idea by using two words connected by **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning as a single idea or phrase. Alternate translation: “to complete your sacrificial service which you offer because you believe the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ PHP	2	30	ffly	figs-abstractnouns	μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν	1	he
 PHP	2	30	kjti	figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	x4rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you can express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	g98z	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he might make up your lack of service to me	The **lack of service** Paul speaks of here is the inability of the Philippian believers to be present with him in prison. By sending Epaphroditus to Paul, the Philippian believers ministered to Paul’s needs through Epaphroditus, and so Epaphroditus supplied what they could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he might supply what you could not give me” or “so that he might make up for what you could not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	3	intro	btx3			0		# Philippians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br><br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected bodies<br><br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br><br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
-PHP	3	1	zu9l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+PHP	3	intro	btx3			0		# Philippians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4–8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br><br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected bodies<br><br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br><br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
+PHP	3	1	zu9l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	3	1	ymm2	figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	The word **rejoice** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to rejoice in the Lord” or “each of you rejoice in the Lord” or “all of you rejoice in the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 PHP	3	1	b8y6		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	Alternate translation: “in your relationship with the Lord” or “in who the Lord is and what he has done”
 PHP	3	1	qb78	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές	1	and is a safeguard for you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how writing these things is a **safeguard** for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “and these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ PHP	3	14	lmr6	figs-extrainfo	τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσε
 PHP	3	14	cq3f	figs-extrainfo	τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The word **upward** probably refers to both the origin of God’s call and to the direction of God’s call. In other words, the phrase **the upward calling of God** probably refers both to the fact that the **calling** is from God and that the calling is also a heavenly calling to move towards God. Alternate translation: “God’s heavenward call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	14	agwg	figs-explicit	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could be: (1) modifying the phrase **the upward calling of God**. (2) modifying the phrase **I press on**. Alternate translation: “I press on in Christ Jesus toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	14	d75h	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **goal**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **goal** in another way. Alternate translation: “I make it my main focus to win the prize of God’s upward calling in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	15	de4y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	as many as are perfect should think this way	The word **Therefore** indicates that Paul is transitioning from teaching the Philippians by using his personal experience ([Philippians 3:4-14](../03/04.md)) to exhorting them ([Philippians 3:15-17](../03/15.md)). Use the form that would best express this meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+PHP	3	15	de4y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	as many as are perfect should think this way	The word **Therefore** indicates that Paul is transitioning from teaching the Philippians by using his personal experience ([Philippians 3:4–14](../03/04.md)) to exhorting them ([Philippians 3:15–17](../03/15.md)). Use the form that would best express this meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	3	15	ki7f	figs-ellipsis	ὅσοι	1	God will also reveal that to you	The phrase **as many as** is missing some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” or “all of you who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	15	pb9p		ὅσοι…τέλειοι	1	God will also reveal that to you	Here, the word **perfect** does not mean “without sin,” but rather it means “spiritually mature.” Alternate translation: “as many as are spiritually mature”
 PHP	3	15	yy22		καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει	1	God will also reveal that to you	Alternate translation: “God will also make it clear to you” or “God will make sure you know it”
@@ -340,10 +340,10 @@ PHP	3	17	h4tv		τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας, καθὼς ἔ
 PHP	3	18	ab61	figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν	1	many walk … as enemies of the cross of Christ	Here, the word **walk** is a Jewish figure of speech meaning to “live” or to “conduct one’s life.” In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this in plain language. Alternate translation: “For many live” or “For many people conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	18	zwp3	figs-ellipsis	πολλοὶ γὰρ	1	I have often told you	The phrase **For many** leaves out a word that would be needed in some languages to be completely clear. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “For many people walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	18	h6pc		νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων	1	weeping, I say	Alternate translation: “but now telling you with great sadness”
-PHP	3	18	n8q2	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as enemies of the cross of Christ	Paul is figuratively describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	3	18	n8q2	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as enemies of the cross of Christ	Paul is describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	v8gv	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	vcap	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	19	hn9i	figs-synecdoche	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	whose god is their belly	Here Paul uses **belly** figuratively to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+PHP	3	19	hn9i	figs-synecdoche	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	whose god is their belly	Here Paul uses **belly** to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	3	19	u9cl	figs-metonymy	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	Here, **shame** stands for the actions that people should be ashamed of but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	exy0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	r3t0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -358,11 +358,11 @@ PHP	4	1	ngs7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you transla
 PHP	4	1	fe2y		ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι	1	my brothers, beloved and longed for	Alternate translation: “whom I love and greatly desire to see”
 PHP	4	1	wx5w	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	1	lg9a	figs-extrainfo	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	The phrase **my joy and crown** could refer to: (1) Paul’s current feelings of joy regarding the Philippian Christians and his future hope of being rewarded for his labor among them. Alternate translation: “my source of joy and my future hope of being rewarded when Christ returns” (2) Paul’s joy and reward in the future when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “my hope for joy and reward when Christ returns” (3) Paul’s present joy in the Philippian believers and his present feeling that they are his reward for his work among them. Alternate translation: “my joy and reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-PHP	4	1	kvsk	figs-metaphor	στέφανός	1	my joy and crown	Paul speaks figuratively of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	1	kvsk	figs-metaphor	στέφανός	1	my joy and crown	Paul speaks of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	1	t07j		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Alternate translation: “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
-PHP	4	1	dz44		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	The phrase **in this way** could refer to: (1) what comes before it, in which case this phrase would mean, “in the way that I have just explained to you” Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord in the way that I have just explained to you, beloved” (2) what Paul commands the Philippian Christians to do in [Philippians 4:2-9](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord, beloved, in this way”
+PHP	4	1	dz44		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	The phrase **in this way** could refer to: (1) what comes before it, in which case this phrase would mean, “in the way that I have just explained to you” Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord in the way that I have just explained to you, beloved” (2) what Paul commands the Philippian Christians to do in [Philippians 4:2–9](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord, beloved, in this way”
 PHP	4	1	zu0i	figs-yousingular	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	The phrase **stand firm** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	4	1	j6fp	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Here the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to refer to the imagery of a soldier remaining in place, not moved by the enemy. Here, Paul gives this metaphor a spiritual meaning to exhort the Philippian Christians to not change their minds but continue believing what they have already believed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another metaphor that would make sense in your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “remain unmoved in your belief in Christ” or “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	1	j6fp	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Here the phrase **stand firm** is used to refer to the imagery of a soldier remaining in place, not moved by the enemy. Here, Paul gives this metaphor a spiritual meaning to exhort the Philippian Christians to not change their minds but continue believing what they have already believed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another metaphor that would make sense in your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “remain unmoved in your belief in Christ” or “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	1	i8ad		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Alternate translation: “stand firm in your union and relationship with the Lord” or “stand firm in your union and communion with the Lord”
 PHP	4	2	x5qf	translate-names	Εὐοδίαν…Συντύχην	1	I urge Euodia, and I urge Syntyche	**Euodia** and **Syntyche** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	4	3	yb3f	figs-yousingular	σέ	1	I also ask you	Here, **you** refers to the **true companion** and is singular. This is the only occurrence of the word **you** in Philippians that is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ PHP	4	12	iqtr	figs-merism	χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν	1	to be f
 PHP	4	12	ufv4	figs-ellipsis	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	to abound and to be in need	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be understandable. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to have an abundance of things I need and to live contentedly when I do not have certain things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	12	fwes	figs-merism	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	to abound and to be in need	Here, the phrases **to abound** and **to be in need** refer to two opposite extremes and to everything in between them. If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to abound and to be in need and to everything in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 PHP	4	13	z1pb	writing-pronouns	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “I can do all things because Christ gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-PHP	4	13	fpo4	figs-explicit	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, **all things** refers to all situations. The phrase **I can do all things** means “I can handle all situations.” Alternate translation: “I can deal with anything through him who strengthens me” or “I am able to act properly in every situation because Jesus makes me strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	4	13	fpo4	figs-explicit	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, **all {things}** refers to all situations. The phrase **I can do all {things}** means “I can handle all situations.” Alternate translation: “I can deal with anything through him who strengthens me” or “I am able to act properly in every situation because Jesus makes me strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	14	fe2z	figs-explicit	συνκοινωνήσαντές μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	The phrase **having shared together in my affliction** means that the Philippian believers helped Paul while he was experiencing difficulties by giving him money and sending Epaphroditus to him. If it would help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by helping me in my affliction through your gift of money and sending Epaphroditus to me” or “by helping me when I faced difficult circumstances by sending Epaphroditus to encourage me and bring me your gift of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	14	ulzo	figs-abstractnouns	μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	14	tlur		μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	Alternate translation: “in my trials” or “in my troubles” or “in my difficulties”
@@ -437,18 +437,18 @@ PHP	4	15	rgxx		εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως	1	no churc
 PHP	4	16	getb		ὅτι καὶ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Alternate translation: “for even when I was in Thessalonica”
 PHP	4	16	puar	figs-idiom	καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	16	lqor	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Paul is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you sent me money to help me with my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning figuratively to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω…πάντα	1	I have everything in full	The phrase **I have everything in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **everything** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
 PHP	4	18	en6t	figs-explicit	περισσεύω	1	I abound	The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	18	p6y1	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	4	18	hte4	translate-names	Ἐπαφροδίτου	1	I abound	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
-PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God	Here Paul speaks figuratively of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God	Here Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	19	r96p	figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1	will fulfill all your needs	The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	19	xmk2		κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus	Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
 PHP	4	20	fba5	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Now to our God	When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	4	21	h2jr	figs-yousingular	ἀσπάσασθε	1	The brothers	This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	21	kaxz	figs-gendernotations	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “The brothers and sisters with me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 PHP	4	22	rg96	translate-unknown	τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας	1	especially those from the household of Caesar	The phrase **the household of Caesar** refers to the servants who worked in Caesar’s palace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-PHP	4	23	a3f8	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	Paul figuratively describes the Philippian Christians as whole persons by reference to their **spirit**. Alternate translation: “be with you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
+PHP	4	23	a3f8	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	Paul describes the Philippian Christians as whole persons by reference to their **spirit**. Alternate translation: “be with you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
 PHP	4	23	nd4z	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	The word **grace** is an abstract noun that can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously to you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)

en_tn_52-COL.tsv

@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ COL	1	4	gjwb	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς
 COL	1	5	n1qz	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐλπίδα	1	because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens	Here, **hope** refers not only to the attitude of hopefulness but also to what the believer hopes for, that is, what God has promised to give to all believers. If **hope** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	5	bmpc	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκειμένην	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	5	xn8s	figs-possession	τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	5	ir6k	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	6	p5rv	figs-personification	τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Here, the good news is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+COL	1	5	ir6k	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	1	6	p5rv	figs-personification	τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 COL	1	6	z3g5	figs-hyperbole	ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in all the world	Here, **in all the world** is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that Paul and the Colossians knew about. If **all the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **world** refers to the known world at that time. Alternate translation: “in every place that we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	6	wk21	figs-metaphor	ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον	1	is bearing fruit and is growing	Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	6	ev91	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		Paul leaves out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your language needs these words, you could supply them from the context. Alternate translation: “just as this good news has reached you so that you do what is pleasing to God” or “just as it has done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ COL	1	9	s903	figs-infostructure	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν
 COL	1	9	mzz8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom** and **understanding**, you can express the ideas with adjectives or verbs. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “which includes being spiritually very wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	9	k8x2		σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1		Here, **spiritual wisdom and understanding** could refer to: (1) wisdom and understanding that comes from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding given by the Holy Spirit” (2) wisdom and understanding in spiritual matters. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding about spiritual things”
 COL	1	9	w78g	figs-doublet	σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	1	10	m4hf	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to walk worthily of the Lord	Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	10	m4hf	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to walk worthily of the Lord	Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	10	vv4g	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν	1	in every pleasing way	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing way** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking figuratively of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their fruit. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their fruit. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	10	b9l1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	11	gxv6	figs-activepassive	δυναμούμενοι	1	being strengthened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	11	da4r	figs-possession	τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ COL	1	13	dw5k	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1	t
 COL	1	13	z8b5	figs-possession	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	i0sn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	13	kgvf	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν	1		Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a kingdom. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a kingdom. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	13	o1pl	figs-possession	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	zav6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1	of his beloved Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Father’s beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 COL	1	14	qe6x	translate-textvariants	τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1	in whom	Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -90,15 +90,15 @@ COL	1	18	ybqn	figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the adjecti
 COL	1	18	uqrv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		This clause could identify: (1) the result of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is first among all things” (2) the purpose of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “in order that he might be first among all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	1	18	jjgh	figs-metaphor	γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	19	npzz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **for** provides a reason for previous statements. If **for** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Son’s headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	1	19	nyos	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking figuratively of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	1	19	zu89	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	19	nyos	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	1	19	zu89	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		Here, Paul speaks of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	19	wmdw	figs-metonymy	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα	1		In the context, **fullness** stands for the **fullness** of divinity, or everything that characterizes God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear that **fullness** refers to the **fullness** of God. Alternate translation: “the full divinity of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	20	qweh		ἀποκαταλλάξαι	1	through the blood of his cross	This verse continues the sentence from the previous verse, so **to reconcile** continues the same verb from there, “was pleased,” along with its implied subject, God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat that subject and verb here. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to reconcile”
-COL	1	20	cf2d		τὰ πάντα	1	through the blood of his cross	Here, **all things** includes everything that God created, including people. If **all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could be more specific. Alternate translation: “all things and all people”
+COL	1	20	cf2d		τὰ πάντα	1	through the blood of his cross	Here, **all {things}** includes everything that God created, including people. If **all {things}** would be misunderstood in your language, you could be more specific. Alternate translation: “all things and all people”
 COL	1	20	c3qd	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρηνοποιήσας	1	through the blood of his cross	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you can express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having made things right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	20	as3p	figs-possession	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	through the blood of his cross	Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	20	x5av	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the blood of his cross	Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. If the meaning of **blood** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	20	mbra	figs-infostructure	τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
+COL	1	20	mbra	figs-infostructure	τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all {things}**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all {things}**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 COL	1	20	quxc	figs-merism	εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and **the things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 COL	1	21	kv5u	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ποτε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **At one time** does not refer to one specific instance in time when the Colossians were alienated from God. Instead, it refers to all the time before they believed in Jesus. If **At one time** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **time** Paul is referring to. Alternate translation: “During the time before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 COL	1	21	wp3t	figs-activepassive	ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους	1	alienated	If your language does not use this passive form, you can describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ COL	1	23	lptz	translate-unknown	τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1		In Pau
 COL	1	23	g8iq	figs-personification	οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος διάκονος	1	of which I, Paul, became a servant	Here Paul speaks as if the good news were a person of whom he could become **a servant**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could explain that Paul is **a servant** of God, but his task from God is to proclaim the good news. Alternate translation: “which I, Paul, proclaim as God has commanded me, his servant, to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 COL	1	24	z01x	grammar-connect-words-phrases	νῦν	1		The word **Now** indicates that Paul wishes to tell the Colossians how he is currently serving the gospel. It does not indicate a change of topic, as it sometimes does in English. If **Now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a longer phrase to express this idea. Alternate translation: “While I write this letter,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	1	24	gq1n		ἐν τοῖς παθήμασιν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν	1		Alternate translation: “while I suffer for your sake”
-COL	1	24	fm9y	figs-metaphor	ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου	1	I fill up in my flesh	Paul speaks of his **flesh** as if it were a container that could **fill** up with **afflictions**. By this, he means that his bodily sufferings function to satisfy a specific purpose, which here is to finish what **Christ** started with his **afflictions**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “with my bodily suffering, I finish what the Messiah started when he suffered. I do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	24	fm9y	figs-metaphor	ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου	1	I fill up in my flesh	Paul speaks of his **flesh** as if it were a container that could **fill** up with **afflictions**. By this, he means that his bodily sufferings function to satisfy a specific purpose, which here is to finish what **Christ** started with his **afflictions**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “with my bodily suffering, I finish what the Messiah started when he suffered. I do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	24	nb2g	figs-explicit	τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul is not saying that there is a **lack** in Christ’s **afflictions** because those **afflictions** did not succeed in doing what they were supposed to do. Instead, the **lack** refers to what Christ wished for his disciples to do as his servants. The **lack**, then, is something that Christ intentionally did not accomplish, because he wanted Paul to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase **lack** so that it is clearer that Christ intentionally left something for Paul to do. Alternate translation: “the afflictions that Christ has called me to suffer to complete his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	24	k5yd	figs-possession	τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul uses two possessive forms to speak about the **lack** that characterizes the **afflictions** that **Christ** suffered. If your language would not use possessive forms to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause or two clauses. Alternate translation: “what Christ, when he suffered, left for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	24	mge9	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	for the sake of his body, which is the church	Here Paul speaks of the **church** as if it were Christ’s **body**, and he provides the explanation of what **body** means. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the **church** first and then identify it as his **body**. Alternate translation: “the church, which is his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ COL	1	25	j4xm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν οἰκονομίαν	1		The word **ste
 COL	1	25	t0oa	figs-possession	τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **stewardship** that could (1) come from God. Alternate translation: “the stewardship from God” (2) belong to God and be **given** to Paul. Alternate translation: “God’s own stewardship” or “God’s own oversight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	25	s0ax	figs-activepassive	τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “that God gave to me” or “that he gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	25	t6ud	figs-possession	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a word that is (1) from God. Alternate translation: “the word that came from God” (2) about God. Alternate translation: “the word about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	25	elpv	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message from God” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	1	25	elpv	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message from God” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	26	f3mt	figs-activepassive	τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον	1	the mystery that had been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	26	ijtl	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1		Here Paul calls “the word of God,” from [1:25](../01/25.md), a **mystery**. This does not mean that it is hard to understand, but rather, it had not yet been revealed. Now, however, Paul says that it “has been revealed.” If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that has been revealed, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	26	emw6	figs-explicit	τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν	1		This clause does not mean that the **ages** and the **generations** were unable to understand the “mystery.” Instead, **from the ages** and **from the generations** refer to the time during which the mystery was hidden. Those from whom the mystery was hidden are not expressed explicitly, but it is clear that they are those who were alive during those times. If your language would express explicitly those from whom the mystery was hidden, you could insert it into the sentence. Alternate translation: “that has been hidden from the people who lived during the ages and in the generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ COL	1	27	nkz3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης	1	the hope
 COL	1	28	va1x	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν	1	We proclaim … we may present	The pronoun **we** in this verse does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	28	lyz1	figs-explicit	πάντα ἄνθρωπον	-1	so that we may present every man	Here, **every man** refers to every person whom Paul has told about Jesus. If **every man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “every man whom we talk to … each of them … each of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	28	pwff	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	-1		Here, the word **man** does not refer to only male people but to any human being. If **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-COL	1	28	y1sb	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively when he says that he uses **all wisdom**, by which he means that he uses all of the wisdom that he possesses. He does not mean that he possesses all the wisdom that exists. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the wisdom that we have” or “all of the wisdom that God has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+COL	1	28	y1sb	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks when he says that he uses **all wisdom**, by which he means that he uses all of the wisdom that he possesses. He does not mean that he possesses all the wisdom that exists. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the wisdom that we have” or “all of the wisdom that God has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	28	p1la	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα παραστήσωμεν	1		Paul here explains the goal or purpose for which he and those with him “admonish” and “teach” people. In your translation, use a phrase that designates goal or purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we may present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	1	28	rrvr	figs-explicit	παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ	1		In this context, when Paul says that he intends to **present** people, he does not say to whom or where he will **present** them. If your language would include this information, you could explain what the situation is. Paul could be referring to (1) when people appear before God on the judgment day. Alternate translation: “we may present every man complete in Christ to God the Father on the judgment day” (2) when people worship God. Alternate translation: “we may present every man complete in Christ when they come before God in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	28	uk2i	translate-unknown	τέλειον	1	complete	The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or you could translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called him to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ COL	2	1	fn4z	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδ
 COL	2	1	rj7d	figs-idiom	οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	as many as have not seen my face in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, seeing a **face in the flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	2	ge1w	figs-123person	αὐτῶν	1	so that their hearts	Paul here switches from the second person to the third person because he wishes to include everyone he has not met in person, including the Colossians. If this switch would be misunderstood in your language, you could (1) use the second person from the previous verse but make it clear that this includes everyone Paul has not met in person. Alternate translation “your hearts and their” (2) retain the third person here and reverse the list in the previous verse as suggested by the note there (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	2	2	oyih	figs-activepassive	παρακληθῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν, συμβιβασθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express these verbs in their active forms, with Paul as the subject of the “encouraging” and God as the subject of the “bringing together.” Alternate translation: “I might encourage their hearts, with God bringing them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	2	spxx	figs-synecdoche	αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν	1		Here when Paul refers to **their hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **their hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-COL	2	2	a4px	figs-metaphor	πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας	1	having been brought together	Paul here speaks as if **full assurance** could be characterized as having **all the riches**. He uses this metaphor to describe **the full assurance** as complete and valuable. If **all the riches of the full assurance** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “the complete and valuable full assurance” or “all the blessings of the full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	2	spxx	figs-synecdoche	αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν	1		Here when Paul refers to **their hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **their hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+COL	2	2	a4px	figs-metaphor	πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας	1	having been brought together	Paul here speaks as if **full assurance** could be characterized as having **all the riches**. He uses this metaphor to describe **the full assurance** as complete and valuable. If **all the riches of the full assurance** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the complete and valuable full assurance” or “all the blessings of the full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	2	kdg8	figs-possession	τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως	1	all the riches of the full assurance of understanding	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **full assurance** that is gained from **understanding**. From the rest of the verse, it is clear that what is “understood” is **the mystery of God**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a relative clause to translate **of understanding**. Alternate translation: “of the full assurance that comes from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	2	qgi2	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the mystery of God	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **full assurance**, **understanding**, and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “having all the riches that come when they completely trust God because they understand, that is, they know the mystery of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	2	ahpn	figs-doublet	τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν	1	of the mystery of God	Here, the words **understanding** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both words to emphasize the breadth of spiritual knowledge he speaks about. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **understanding** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ COL	2	4	ksh8		μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται	1		Alternate t
 COL	2	4	y4r3	translate-unknown	πιθανολογίᾳ	1	persuasive speech	The phrase **persuasive speech** refers to arguments that appear plausible. The phrase itself does not suggest that the arguments are true or false, but the context here suggests that the arguments are false even though they sound believable. If **persuasive speech** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “plausible arguments” or “words that sound true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	5	ydw1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		The word **For** introduces further support for why the Colossians should not be “deceived” ([2:4](../02/04.md)). Even if Paul is physically absent, he is thinking about them and caring for them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could specify what the word **For** is supporting. Alternate translation: “This persuasive speech is false because,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	2	5	ubd9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…καὶ	1		Paul speaks as if being “absent” were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language would not use a conditional statement for something that is a current fact, you could translate these words as an affirmation. Alternate translation: “while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-COL	2	5	g1rp	figs-idiom	τῇ σαρκὶ ἄπειμι	1	I am absent in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, being **absent in the flesh** is a figurative way to speak about not being present in person. If **absent in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I am not there with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	2	5	g1rp	figs-idiom	τῇ σαρκὶ ἄπειμι	1	I am absent in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, being **absent in the flesh** is a figurative way to speak about not being present in person. If **absent in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not there with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	5	fz3t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		The word **yet** introduces a contrast with “absent in the flesh.” While the Colossians might expect that, since Paul is “absent in the flesh,” he is also absent “in the spirit,” Paul says the opposite: he is with them “in the spirit.” Use a word that indicates contrast or contraexpectation in your language. Alternate translation: “despite this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-COL	2	5	bz56	figs-idiom	τῷ πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμι	1	I am with you in the spirit	In Paul’s culture, being with someone **in the spirit** is a figurative way to speak of thinking about and caring about that person. If **with you in the spirit** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I am still connected to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	2	5	bz56	figs-idiom	τῷ πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμι	1	I am with you in the spirit	In Paul’s culture, being with someone **in the spirit** is a figurative way to speak of thinking about and caring about that person. If **with you in the spirit** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “I am still connected to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	5	yvvr		τῷ πνεύματι	1	I am with you in the spirit	Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) Paul’s spirit, which would be the part of him that rejoices over the Colossians from a distance. Alternate translation: “in my spirit” (2) the Holy Spirit, which connects Paul with the Colossians, even though they are not physically together. Alternate translation: “in God’s Spirit” or “by the power of God’s Spirit”
 COL	2	5	w0ye	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	χαίρων καὶ βλέπων	1		Here, **rejoicing and seeing** are what Paul does while he is with them “in the spirit.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the relationship between the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: (adding a period after “spirit”) “When I think about you, I rejoice and see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	2	5	t8mc	figs-hendiadys	χαίρων καὶ βλέπων	1		Paul here expresses a single idea with the two words **rejoicing** and **seeing**. He means that he “rejoices” when he “sees.” If **rejoicing and seeing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by translating **rejoicing** as an adverb or prepositional phrase. Alternate translation: “joyfully seeing” or “seeing with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ COL	2	5	hth1	figs-possession	τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν
 COL	2	5	kw3x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	the strength of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **strength** and **faith**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns in another way. Alternate translation: “how you strongly believe” or “the fact that you firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	6	a6cr	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** draws an inference or conclusion from what Paul has said in [2:1–5](../02/01.md), which includes the truth about Paul and the benefits that flow from knowing the Messiah. If **Therefore** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could specify from what does Paul draw his inference. Alternate translation: “Because of what I have told you about myself and about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	2	6	wqwi	figs-infostructure	ὡς…παρελάβετε τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε,	1		Paul here draws a comparison between the way in which the Colossians **received** the Messiah and the way in which he wishes them to behave now. If your language would put the comparison second, you could reverse the two clauses. Alternate translation: “walk in Christ Jesus the Lord just as you received him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	2	6	s99k	figs-metaphor	παρελάβετε τὸν Χριστὸν	1		Paul says that the Colossians **received Christ** as if they had welcomed him into their homes or received him as a gift. What this means is that they believed in Jesus and the teachings about him. If **received Christ** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to coming to believe in Jesus, or you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you first believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	6	s99k	figs-metaphor	παρελάβετε τὸν Χριστὸν	1		Paul says that the Colossians **received Christ** as if they had welcomed him into their homes or received him as a gift. What this means is that they believed in Jesus and the teachings about him. If **received Christ** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to coming to believe in Jesus, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “you first believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	6	m3f1	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε	1	walk in him	This command does not require the Colossians to walk around inside Jesus. Rather, in Paul’s culture, to **walk** is a common metaphor for how people live their lives, and the words **in him** refer to being united to Christ. If **walk in him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a verb that refers to behavior in life and connect it with how you have translated “in Christ” elsewhere. Alternate translation: “act as those who are united to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	7	e2x6	figs-explicit	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι…περισσεύοντες	1	being rooted … built up in him … confirmed in the faith … abounding in thanksgiving	Paul uses these four verbs to give examples of how the Colossians should “walk in” the Messiah ([2:6](../02/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could add a phrase that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “Walking in him entails being rooted … built up … confirmed … abounding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	7	en3l	figs-activepassive	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι	1		If your language does not use these passive forms, you can translate all three of these words in their active forms with the Colossians as the subject. Alternate translation: “rooting yourselves … building yourselves up … having confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	7	fw47	figs-metaphor	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐν αὐτῷ	1	being rooted	Paul wants the Colossians to be united so closely to Christ that he speaks of this union as if the Colossians were a plant with roots growing into Christ. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “being closely connected with … in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	7	tb5m	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ	1	built up in him	Paul wants the Colossians to base everything they think and do on Christ as if they were a house built on Christ, who is the foundation. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in him, and basing everything you think and do on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	7	fw47	figs-metaphor	ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐν αὐτῷ	1	being rooted	Paul wants the Colossians to be united so closely to Christ that he speaks of this union as if the Colossians were a plant with roots growing into Christ. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “being closely connected with … in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	7	tb5m	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ	1	built up in him	Paul wants the Colossians to base everything they think and do on Christ as if they were a house built on Christ, who is the foundation. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “in him, and basing everything you think and do on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	7	yh83	translate-unknown	βεβαιούμενοι τῇ πίστει	1	confirmed in the faith	The word **confirmed** refers to something being sure or valid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “sure about the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	7	umcl	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1	confirmed in the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “in what you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	7	l1is	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	just as you were taught	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb (1) in its active form with Epaphras as the subject (we know he was their teacher from [1:7](../01/07.md)) (2) with a verb such as “learned.” Alternate translation: “you learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -215,39 +215,39 @@ COL	2	8	l9jt	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπ
 COL	2	8	oy49	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world	Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	2	8	jg16	translate-unknown	τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου	1		The phrase **elemental teaching** could refer to (1) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “human worldviews” (2) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “spiritual beings that rule the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	9	slg7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **for** introduces a reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): Christ is God and provides access to God. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make what Paul is supporting more explicit. Alternate translation: “You must beware of any teaching without Christ, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	2	9	ahq5	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	Paul speaks as if Jesus were a place in which complete divinity (**fullness of deity**) lives (**dwells**). This metaphor indicates that Jesus, who is human (**in bodily form**), is truly and fully God. If this metaphor does not indicate Jesus’ full divinity and full humanity in your language, you could express this idea with a metaphor that does indicate this or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he is both fully God and fully man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	9	ahq5	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	Paul speaks as if Jesus were a place in which complete divinity (**fullness of deity**) lives (**dwells**). This metaphor indicates that Jesus, who is human (**in bodily form**), is truly and fully God. If this metaphor does not indicate Jesus’ full divinity and full humanity in your language, you could express this idea with a metaphor that does indicate this or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he is both fully God and fully man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	9	m529	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **fullness** and **deity**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that it means to be God” or “everything that belongs fully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	10	oykt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		The word **and** introduces another reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): not only is Christ fully God ([2:9](../02/09.md)), but he provides the way in which the Colossians are filled with everything they need. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this link more explicit. Alternate translation: “and furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-COL	2	10	lbk7	figs-metaphor	ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι	1	you are filled in him	Here Paul speaks as if people were containers that are filled when they are united to Christ, which means that people receive everything they need, including salvation, in their union with Christ. The word **filled** is very similar to the word Paul used in [2:9](../02/09.md) for “fullness.” If your language uses similar words in these two sentences, you could use a word like the one you used in [2:9](../02/09.md). If not, you could express this idea in another way, using a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you lack nothing because of your union with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	10	lbk7	figs-metaphor	ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι	1	you are filled in him	Here Paul speaks as if people were containers that are filled when they are united to Christ, which means that people receive everything they need, including salvation, in their union with Christ. The word **filled** is very similar to the word Paul used in [2:9](../02/09.md) for “fullness.” If your language uses similar words in these two sentences, you could use a word like the one you used in [2:9](../02/09.md). If not, you could express this idea in another way, using a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “you lack nothing because of your union with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	10	sbi0	figs-activepassive	ἐστὲ…πεπληρωμένοι	1		If in your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb in the active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has filled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	10	je36	figs-metaphor	ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας	1	who is the head of all rule and authority	The expression **head of** here refers to supremacy and authority over something or somebody. If **head** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with another noun, such as “sovereign” or “ruler,” or a verb, such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “the sovereign over all rule and authority” or “the one who rules over all rule and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	10	je36	figs-metaphor	ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας	1	who is the head of all rule and authority	The expression **head of** here refers to supremacy and authority over something or somebody. If **head** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly with another noun, such as “sovereign” or “ruler,” or a verb, such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “the sovereign over all rule and authority” or “the one who rules over all rule and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	10	pwg2	translate-unknown	πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας	1		The words **rule** and **authority** could refer to (1) powerful spiritual beings, as in [1:16](../01/16.md). Translate these words here as you translated them there. Alternate translation: “of all spirit beings who govern and rule” (2) anyone or anything with power and authority. Alternate translation: “of anyone with power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	11	xeq7	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ, ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός, ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in whom you were also circumcised	Here Paul uses **circumcision** as an image to describe what happens to believers when they are united to the Messiah. In the metaphor, the **circumcision** is completed **without hands**, which means that God accomplishes it. What is “removed” or cut off is the **body of flesh**, which refers to the broken and sinful parts of the person. If this metaphor about **circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you were also marked off by God as his own when he took away your body of flesh by the work of the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+COL	2	11	xeq7	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ, ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός, ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in whom you were also circumcised	Here Paul uses **circumcision** as an image to describe what happens to believers when they are united to the Messiah. In the metaphor, the **circumcision** is completed **without hands**, which means that God accomplishes it. What is “removed” or cut off is the **body of flesh**, which refers to the broken and sinful parts of the person. If this metaphor about **circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “you were also marked off by God as his own when he took away your body of flesh by the work of the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 COL	2	11	f6ek	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε	1	in whom you were also circumcised	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “in whom God also circumcised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	11	ii43	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός	1	with a circumcision made without hands	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **removal**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “remove.” Alternate translation: “when he removed the body of flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	11	m3xu	figs-possession	ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to connect **circumcision** with **Christ**. This does not refer to when Christ himself was circumcised or how he himself circumcises believers. Instead, the possessive form connects the extended metaphor of circumcision with Christ’s work: the circumcision that Paul speaks about is accomplished in what Christ has done. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between **circumcision** and **Christ** more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the circumcision accomplished by Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	11	fw80	figs-metonymy	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the word **Christ** to refer primarily to what **Christ** has accomplished. If your language does not use a person’s name to identify something that they have done, you can clarify that Paul is speaking of the “work” **of Christ**. Alternate translation: “that comes from what Christ did” or “that Christ’s work accomplished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	2	12	ln8e	figs-metaphor	συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ	1	having been buried with him in baptism	Paul here uses a metaphor that connects **baptism** to “burial” to further explain what happens to believers when they are united to Christ. This metaphor expresses how, when they are baptized, believers are united to Christ in his (death and) burial and are no longer who they once were. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having been united with the Messiah in his burial when you were baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	12	ln8e	figs-metaphor	συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ	1	having been buried with him in baptism	Paul here uses a metaphor that connects **baptism** to “burial” to further explain what happens to believers when they are united to Christ. This metaphor expresses how, when they are baptized, believers are united to Christ in his (death and) burial and are no longer who they once were. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “having been united with the Messiah in his burial when you were baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	12	s2a0	figs-synecdoche	συνταφέντες	1		Here Paul refers only to being **buried**, but he also implies “dying.” If **buried** would not include the idea of “dying” in your language, you could include “dying” in your translation. Alternate translation: “having died and been buried with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 COL	2	12	r8l8	figs-activepassive	συνταφέντες αὐτῷ	1	having been buried with him in baptism	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this phrase in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God burying you with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	12	g1rq	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ…συνηγέρθητε	1	in whom you were raised up	Paul here explains that believers are not only united to Christ in his burial but also in his resurrection. It is by being united to him in his resurrection that believers receive new life. If believers being **raised up** now would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	12	g1rq	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ…συνηγέρθητε	1	in whom you were raised up	Paul here explains that believers are not only united to Christ in his burial but also in his resurrection. It is by being united to him in his resurrection that believers receive new life. If believers being **raised up** now would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	12	yp7u	figs-activepassive	συνηγέρθητε	1	in whom you were raised up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the idea in its active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God raised you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	12	rec6	figs-idiom	συνηγέρθητε…τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	you were raised up	Paul uses the words **raised up** and **raised him from the dead** to refer to someone who had died and then came back to life. If your language does not use these words to describe coming back to life, use a comparable idiom or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you were restored to life … who restored him to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	12	oo6l	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you were raised up	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **faith** and **power**, you can express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because you trusted in the powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	12	j4uy	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 COL	2	13	oxde	writing-pronouns	ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν, συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς	1		Here Paul begins the sentence with **you**, and then he restates **you** when he identifies what God has done for **you**. If your language would not restate **you** or use this structure, you could separate the two uses of **you** into separate sentences. Alternate translation: “you were dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh. Then, he made you alive together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	2	13	c40c	grammar-connect-time-background	νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		This clause does not refer to the current situation of the Colossians, but rather it describes their situation before God acted to make them alive, as expressed in the rest of the verse. If the time of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that this clause describes a time before **he made you alive**. Alternate translation: “who used to be dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-COL	2	13	v6vi	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας	1	you, being dead	Paul speaks of people who are without Christ as if they were dead. By this he means that those who lack any relationship with God and are not united to Christ are spiritually dead. If calling the Colossians **dead** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual death or express the idea with a simile, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you, being like dead people” or “you, being totally separated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	13	v6vi	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας	1	you, being dead	Paul speaks of people who are without Christ as if they were dead. By this he means that those who lack any relationship with God and are not united to Christ are spiritually dead. If calling the Colossians **dead** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual death or express the idea with a simile, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “you, being like dead people” or “you, being totally separated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	emdw	figs-metaphor	νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		When Paul speaks of someone **being dead in** something, this identifies both why and in what state the person is dead. In other words, the Colossians were **dead** because of their **trespasses** and because of their **uncircumcision**, and these things also characterized them while they were dead. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a phrase like “because of,” or you could translate **trespasses** and **uncircumcision** as descriptors of **dead**. Alternate translation: “being dead because of your trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” or “being dead, that is, trespassing God’s commands and being uncircumcised in your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	pphm	translate-unknown	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here, **uncircumcision** could refer (1) to how the Colossians were not circumcised Jews and thus not part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews without God’s promises” (2) to the metaphor about circumcision in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “apart from God’s saving work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	13	gdke	figs-possession	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **flesh** that has not been “circumcised.” If your language does not express this idea with the possessive form, you can translate **uncircumcision** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “your uncircumcised flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	13	f9ms	figs-metaphor	συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	you, being dead … he made you alive together	Here Paul speaks of God’s work in restoring people to himself as if he brought these people back to life physically. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual life or express the idea with a simile or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he did something like making you alive together with him” or “he restored you to proper relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	13	f9ms	figs-metaphor	συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	you, being dead … he made you alive together	Here Paul speaks of God’s work in restoring people to himself as if he brought these people back to life physically. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual life or express the idea with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “he did something like making you alive together with him” or “he restored you to proper relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	upyk	writing-pronouns	συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ	1		The word **he** refers to God the Father, while the word translated **him** refers to God the Son. If these pronouns would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify the antecedent of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “he made you alive together with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-COL	2	14	w22z	figs-metaphor	ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ;	1	having canceled the written record of the decrees against us, which were opposed to us	Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if God **canceled** debts that we owed him. In the metaphor, God has crossed out or erased the **written record** of those debts and thus removed any impact these debts have on our relationship to him. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having taken away the guilt from our sins, he has kept those sins from impacting our relationship with him, having nailed them to the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	14	w22z	figs-metaphor	ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ;	1	having canceled the written record of the decrees against us, which were opposed to us	Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if God **canceled** debts that we owed him. In the metaphor, God has crossed out or erased the **written record** of those debts and thus removed any impact these debts have on our relationship to him. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “having taken away the guilt from our sins, he has kept those sins from impacting our relationship with him, having nailed them to the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	14	k0fg	figs-doublet	καθ’ ἡμῶν…ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν	1		The phrases **against us** and **opposed to us** might be considered redundant in your language. If this is the case, you could combine the two phrases into one. Alternate translation: “which were opposed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	2	14	phgg	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου	1		Paul speaks as if the **written record** was within the community of believers, and God takes it away. What he means by this is that the **written record** of our sins no longer affects our relationship with God and each other. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he has kept it from affecting our relationship with him and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	14	o5mx	figs-metaphor	προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ	1		Here Paul speaks as if God had nailed the “written record” to the cross. He means that Christ’s death on the cross “canceled” the “written record” as surely as if it had been nailed to the cross and died with Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea using a simile, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “destroying it through the Messiah’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	15	gh24	figs-metaphor	ἀπεκδυσάμενος…ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησίᾳ…θριαμβεύσας	1	he made a public spectacle of them	Here Paul speaks of God’s victory over powerful spiritual beings in terms that fit with what a conqueror often did to his prisoners in Paul’s culture. He would make a **public spectacle** or example of them, “stripping” them of their clothes and forcing them to parade behind him in his “triumph.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express these ideas with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having defeated … he showed everyone that he had conquered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	14	phgg	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου	1		Paul speaks as if the **written record** was within the community of believers, and God takes it away. What he means by this is that the **written record** of our sins no longer affects our relationship with God and each other. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he has kept it from affecting our relationship with him and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	14	o5mx	figs-metaphor	προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ	1		Here Paul speaks as if God had nailed the “written record” to the cross. He means that Christ’s death on the cross “canceled” the “written record” as surely as if it had been nailed to the cross and died with Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea using a simile, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “destroying it through the Messiah’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	15	gh24	figs-metaphor	ἀπεκδυσάμενος…ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησίᾳ…θριαμβεύσας	1	he made a public spectacle of them	Here Paul speaks of God’s victory over powerful spiritual beings in terms that fit with what a conqueror often did to his prisoners in Paul’s culture. He would make a **public spectacle** or example of them, “stripping” them of their clothes and forcing them to parade behind him in his “triumph.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express these ideas with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “having defeated … he showed everyone that he had conquered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	15	pbkm	translate-unknown	τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας	1		Just as in [1:16](../01/16.md) and [2:10](../02/10.md), the **rulers** and **authorities** could refer to (1) powerful spiritual beings that rule this world. Alternate translation: “the spiritual powers, including those known as rulers and authorities” (2) anybody or anything that rules and has authority. Alternate translation: “those who rule with authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	15	h7kx		ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Alternate translation: “by the cross” or “through the cross”
 COL	2	15	cg37	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ	1	in the cross	Here Paul uses **the cross** to refer to Christ’s death on the cross. If the meaning of **cross** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include a word or a phrase which includes Christ’s death. Alternate translation: “the Messiah’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -255,29 +255,29 @@ COL	2	16	bvs7	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** dr
 COL	2	16	e1rp	figs-imperative	μὴ…τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not have third-person imperatives, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “you should not let anyone judge you” or “do not permit anyone to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 COL	2	16	cii9	figs-explicit	ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει, ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων	1	in food or in drink	This list of areas in which someone might judge the Colossians refers to parts of the law of Moses. Some of these areas were also important for other religions in Paul’s culture. If Paul’s list of things that someone could **judge** the Colossians in would be misunderstood in your translation, you could clarify that these areas are covered by the law of Moses and sometimes by the traditions of other religions as well. Alternate translation: “for you how behave in relationship to the law of Moses and other religious traditions, including in the areas of food and drink and festivals, new moons or Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	16	b4kd	figs-metonymy	νουμηνίας	1	in regard to a festival, or a new moon, or Sabbaths	The word **new moon** refers to a festival or celebration that would take place when it was the time of the new moon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea with a longer phrase. Alternate translation: “a new moon celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	2	17	ip3a	figs-metaphor	ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	which are a shadow of the things coming, but the body is of Christ	A **shadow** shows the shape and outline of a **body**, but it is not the **body** itself. In a similar way, the things listed in the previous verse show the shape and outline of the **things coming**, but the **body** that casts this **shadow** is **Christ**. He is the substance of the **things coming**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “which are a foretaste of the things coming, but the full experience is of Christ” or “which hint at the things that were to come, but Christ is the one who came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	17	ip3a	figs-metaphor	ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	which are a shadow of the things coming, but the body is of Christ	A **shadow** shows the shape and outline of a **body**, but it is not the **body** itself. In a similar way, the things listed in the previous verse show the shape and outline of the **things coming**, but the **body** that casts this **shadow** is **Christ**. He is the substance of the **things coming**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “which are a foretaste of the things coming, but the full experience is of Christ” or “which hint at the things that were to come, but Christ is the one who came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	17	sev8	figs-possession	σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων	1		Paul here uses the possession form to show that the **shadow** is cast by the **things coming**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a shadow cast by the things coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	17	liqe	translate-unknown	τῶν μελλόντων	1		The **things coming** primarily refers to things that will happen or be experienced in the future. They can be connected with both the first and the second coming of Christ, which is why the **body** is of Christ in this verse. If that meaning of **coming** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **coming** refers to what Christ has blessed believers with at his first coming and what he will bless them with at his second coming. Alternate translation: “blessings that Christ brings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	17	ykh9	figs-possession	τὸ…σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify **Christ** as the **body** that casts the “shadow.” If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea with a simple “being” verb. Alternate translation: “the body is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	18	aa4v	figs-gendernotations	μηδεὶς…ἑόρακεν…αὐτοῦ	1		The words **no one**, **he**, and **his** do not refer to one male person. Instead, they refer in a generic way to anyone who acts in these ways. If the meaning of these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words with a comparable generic phrase in your language or make them plural. Alternate translation: “no one … they have seen … their” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	2	18	ontu	figs-imperative	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone … deprive you of your prize” or “Be on your guard against anyone … so that he does not deprive you of your prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-COL	2	18	zv2t	figs-metaphor	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1	Let no one … deprive you of your prize	Here Paul refers to the false teachers as if they were judges or umpires at a contest who could decide against the Colossians, thus keeping them from receiving the prize for winning the contest. This metaphor fits with the “judging” language in [2:16](../02/16.md). These two verses together suggest that the Colossians are tempted to choose the false teachers as their judges instead of Christ. If these figures of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Let no one … act instead of Christ as your judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	18	zv2t	figs-metaphor	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1	Let no one … deprive you of your prize	Here Paul refers to the false teachers as if they were judges or umpires at a contest who could decide against the Colossians, thus keeping them from receiving the prize for winning the contest. This metaphor fits with the “judging” language in [2:16](../02/16.md). These two verses together suggest that the Colossians are tempted to choose the false teachers as their judges instead of Christ. If these figures of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “Let no one … act instead of Christ as your judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	18	b5ce	figs-abstractnouns	ταπεινοφροσύνῃ	1	delighting in false humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **humility**, you can express the idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “humbling themselves falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	18	pmcn	figs-possession	θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe the act of worshiping angels, not the worship that angels present to God. If **worship of the angels** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify with a phrase such as “presented to.” Alternate translation: “worship presented to the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	18	kn5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμβατεύων	1	standing on things he has seen	Here Paul speaks as if the false teachers were **standing** on “things they have seen.” This metaphor means that they talk about what they have seen and base teachings on it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **standing** with a verb that expresses this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “constantly talking about” or “basing his teaching on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	18	kn5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμβατεύων	1	standing on things he has seen	Here Paul speaks as if the false teachers were **standing** on “things they have seen.” This metaphor means that they talk about what they have seen and base teachings on it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **standing** with a verb that expresses this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “constantly talking about” or “basing his teaching on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	18	p67q	figs-explicit	ἃ ἑόρακεν	1		In the context of angel worship, **things he has seen** refers to visions and dreams that reveal powerful beings, heaven, the future, or other secrets. If these implications would not be understood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these kinds of visions or dreams or use a phrase to express the idea. Alternate translation: “things he has seen in visions” or “secrets revealed to him in visions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	18	p7q4	figs-activepassive	εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the phrase in its active form. Alternate translation: “the mind of his flesh puffing him up without cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	18	wp42	figs-metaphor	φυσιούμενος	1	becoming puffed up	Here Paul describes people who boast as if they had made themselves larger by filling themselves with air. He means that they think of themselves as more important than they really are. If **becoming puffed up** would not mean “becoming prideful” in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “becoming self-important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	18	wp42	figs-metaphor	φυσιούμενος	1	becoming puffed up	Here Paul describes people who boast as if they had made themselves larger by filling themselves with air. He means that they think of themselves as more important than they really are. If **becoming puffed up** would not mean “becoming prideful” in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “becoming self-important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	18	zz4a	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **mind**, you can express this idea by using a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “by how he thinks in fleshly ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	18	if94	figs-possession	τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	the mind of his flesh	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mind** that belongs to the **flesh**. This phrase refers to thinking that is characterized by the flesh in its weakness and sinfulness. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can express the idea by translating **flesh** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “his fleshly mind” or “his weak and sinful mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	19	m2dz	figs-metaphor	οὐ κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν	1	not holding on to the head	Paul describes the false teachers as if they had let go of the **head**, which is Christ. This means that they have stopped treating Christ as the source and authority behind their teaching. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “not staying connected to the head” or “not treating the head, which is Christ, as most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	19	r4ca	figs-exmetaphor	τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον, αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	from which the whole body throughout the joints and ligaments is being supplied and held together	In this verse Paul uses an extended metaphor in which Christ is the **head** of the **body**, which is his church, which has **joints** and **ligaments**, and which **grows**. Paul uses this metaphor to describe how Christ leads, directs, nourishes, and unifies his church to help it become what he wants it to be. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea using the language of analogy, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “to the Messiah, from whom the whole church receives nourishment and leadership and in whom the church is united as it grows with the growth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+COL	2	19	m2dz	figs-metaphor	οὐ κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν	1	not holding on to the head	Paul describes the false teachers as if they had let go of the **head**, which is Christ. This means that they have stopped treating Christ as the source and authority behind their teaching. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “not staying connected to the head” or “not treating the head, which is Christ, as most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	19	r4ca	figs-exmetaphor	τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον, αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	from which the whole body throughout the joints and ligaments is being supplied and held together	In this verse Paul uses an extended metaphor in which Christ is the **head** of the **body**, which is his church, which has **joints** and **ligaments**, and which **grows**. Paul uses this metaphor to describe how Christ leads, directs, nourishes, and unifies his church to help it become what he wants it to be. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea using the language of analogy, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Messiah, from whom the whole church receives nourishment and leadership and in whom the church is united as it grows with the growth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 COL	2	19	i2yd	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the sentence in active form. Alternate translation: “which supplies and holds the whole body together throughout the joints and ligaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	19	qnsp	translate-unknown	τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων	1		The word **joints** refers to where parts of the body are connected together, while the word translated **ligaments** refers to what holds these parts together. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could use technical terms that correspond to **joints** and **ligaments**, or you could use more general language for what holds the body together. Alternate translation: “what holds it together” or “all its parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	19	wcds	figs-doublet	αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν	1		The words **grows** and **growth** are directly related and may be redundant in your language. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use just one form of “grow.” Alternate translation: “experiences the growth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	2	19	n3y4	figs-possession	τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul here speaks of **growth** that is **from God** to show that the church’s **growth** is given by **God** and fits with what **God** desires. If your language would not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “with the growth that God gives” or “with the growth that God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	20	cpki	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you can translate the clause as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you died with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-COL	2	20	yg7h	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ	1	If you died with Christ from the elemental principles of the world	Paul now returns to a metaphor he has used earlier: believers have died and “been buried with” Christ ([2:12](../02/12.md)). This means that, in their union with Christ, believers share in his death so that they too have died. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the language of analogy, or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	20	yg7h	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ	1	If you died with Christ from the elemental principles of the world	Paul now returns to a metaphor he has used earlier: believers have died and “been buried with” Christ ([2:12](../02/12.md)). This means that, in their union with Christ, believers share in his death so that they too have died. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the language of analogy, or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	20	oshk	figs-idiom	ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ ἀπὸ	1		To “die from” something does not identify what caused the death, but rather it indicates what the death separated the person from. Here, then, the Colossians were separated from the **elemental principles** by participating in Christ’s death. If “dying” **from** something would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you died with Christ, which separated you from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	20	ydqo	translate-unknown	τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ κόσμου	1		As in [2:8](../02/08.md), the word **elemental principles** could refer to (1) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “the powerful spiritual beings in this world” (2) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “the basic things that humans teach about the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	20	uu77	figs-infostructure	τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε	1	as living in the world, are you being subjected to its decrees	If this structure would be difficult to understand in your language, you could move the phrase **as living in the world** to the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “why are you being subjected to the world’s decrees as living in the world” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
@@ -295,8 +295,8 @@ COL	2	22	cmnf	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει
 COL	2	22	klsg	figs-possession	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to describe **commands and teachings** that come from **men**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can clarify that these teachings “come from” **men**. Alternate translation: “the commands and teachings that come from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	22	d4lu	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **commands** and **teachings**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “what men command and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	22	oqmf	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether men or women. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of men and women” or “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-COL	2	23	r2m8	figs-idiom	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας	1		Commands that have **a word of wisdom** are commands that come from wise thinking or require wise behavior. If this **having indeed a word of wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idiom with a comparable expression, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “are indeed characterized by wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	2	23	h2hk	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	2	23	r2m8	figs-idiom	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας	1		Commands that have **a word of wisdom** are commands that come from wise thinking or require wise behavior. If this **having indeed a word of wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idiom with a comparable expression, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “are indeed characterized by wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	2	23	h2hk	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	23	y2dc	figs-hypo	ἅτινά…λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	While there is no grammatical marker for a condition here, the word **in** functionally introduces a condition: these commands have a **word of wisdom** “if” one values **self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body**. It is only if one values these things that the commands have wisdom. If Paul’s explanation of how these commands could have **wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using a conditional expression, or use the word “seem.” Alternate translation: “which, having indeed a word of wisdom if one values self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 COL	2	23	g60j	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος,	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom**, **religion**, **humility**, and **severity**, you can rephrase this part of the verse so that you can express these ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “having indeed a word that seems wise according to people who serve God in their own way, who humble themselves for gain, and who act severely to their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	23	vr8p	translate-unknown	ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ	1		The phrase **self-made religion** could describe (1) people who worship God however they want to. Alternate translation: “invented religion” (2) people who pretend to worship God but do not. Alternate translation: “mock worship” or “false worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -308,22 +308,22 @@ COL	2	23	k3x6	figs-abstractnouns	πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός	1		If
 COL	3	intro	qtl2			0		# Colossians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in the next chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br>    * Seek the Things Above (3:1–4)<br>    * Take off Vices, Put on Virtues (3:5–17)<br>    * Commands for the Household (3:18–4:1)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Old and new “man”<br><br>Paul refers to the old and new “man” in [3:9–10](../03/09.md). These terms refer to the person before (“old”) and after (“new”) dying and rising with Christ. With these key words, Paul makes a similar claim to what he argued in [2:11–13](../02/11.md): believers are not who they used to be; rather, they have received new life in Christ and are new people. Your translation should reflect the idea that Paul tells the Colossians that they are new people in their union with Christ.<br><br>### The wrath of God<br><br>In [3:6](../03/06.md), Paul speaks of the “wrath of God,” which is “coming.” God’s “wrath” is not primarily an emotion, but rather, it is his act of judgment on those who do not believe and who disobey. It is “coming” because God will act in judgment soon. In your translation, emphasize God’s act over his emotion.<br><br>### No Greek and Jew …<br><br>In [3:11](../03/11.md), Paul refers to multiple different ways to categorize people in his world. See the notes on that verse for details. Paul says that none of these categories exist in the “new man.” By this, he means that these categories are not relevant for those who have died and risen with Christ. It is one’s status as a “new” person that is relevant and important.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Christ, your life<br><br>In [3:4](../03/04.md), Paul identifies Christ as the Colossians’ “life.” This metaphor comes from the previous verse, where Paul says that the Colossians’ life is “hidden with Christ.” Since their life is in Christ, Christ can be called their life. To say this a different way, the Colossians only have life in Christ, so their life and Christ’s life are bound together.<br><br>### Avoiding vices, pursuing virtues<br><br>In his exhortation to the Colossians to avoid vices and pursue virtues, Paul uses a number of metaphors. For avoiding vices, he uses the language of “putting to death” ([3:5](../03/05.md)), “laying aside” ([3:8](../03/08.md)), and “taking off” ([3:9](../03/09.md)). All these metaphors require separation from vices, whether that is pictured as putting to death parts of the body that pursue vices or as taking off evil desires as if they were clothing. For pursuing virtues, he opposes “taking off” with “putting on” ([3:10](../03/10.md); [3:12](../03/12.md)). Just as the Colossians should “take off” the desire to pursue vices, they should “put on” the desire to pursue virtues. These metaphors are all intended to help the Colossians pursue virtue instead of vice.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Vice and virtue lists<br><br>In [3:5](../03/05.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), Paul gives lists of vices. These lists are not meant to provide a complete catalog of immoral and evil behaviors. Instead, they provide some examples that are meant to show the Colossians the kinds of behaviors that Paul has in mind. In [3:12](../03/12.md), he provides a corresponding list of virtues. The same thinking applies here: this is not a complete catalog of correct or good behavior but instead gives examples of the kinds of things that Paul wants the Colossians to do. You could introduce these lists as examples if it would help your readers understand.<br><br>### The “household code”<br><br>In [3:18](../03/18.md)–[4:1](../04/01.md), Paul uses a form that was well-known in his culture. It is often called a “household code,” and it consists of a list of instructions to different members of the household, including parents, children, slaves, and others. Paul uses this form and gives his own specific instructions to members of the household. Of course, he is not addressing a household but a church. He gives his instructions to whomever in the audience was a parent or a child or a slave.
 COL	3	1	r5yh	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	If, therefore	The word **therefore** introduces an exhortation based on what Paul has already said about being “raised with Christ” in [2:12](../02/12.md). Use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or concluding command based on what has already been said. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	1	oav8	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since … you were raised with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-COL	3	1	t1jv	figs-metaphor	συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1	you were raised with Christ	Paul again states that believers have been raised from the dead with Christ. By this, he means that believers are united to Christ in his resurrection and thus receive new life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	1	t1jv	figs-metaphor	συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1	you were raised with Christ	Paul again states that believers have been raised from the dead with Christ. By this, he means that believers are united to Christ in his resurrection and thus receive new life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	1	qmzv	figs-idiom	συνηγέρθητε	1	you were raised with Christ	Paul uses the word **raised** to refer to someone who had died coming back to life. If this word does not refer to coming back to life in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you were restored to life with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	1	sl1f	figs-activepassive	συνηγέρθητε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father raised you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	3	1	vuct	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε	1		Here Paul speaks as if he wants the Colossians to look for or try to find **things above**. By using the word **seek**, Paul wants to tell the Colossians to focus on **the things above** as if they were something valuable that the Colossians had lost and needed to find. If **seek the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to the things above” or “focus on the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	1	vuct	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε	1		Here Paul speaks as if he wants the Colossians to look for or try to find **things above**. By using the word **seek**, Paul wants to tell the Colossians to focus on **the things above** as if they were something valuable that the Colossians had lost and needed to find. If **seek the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to the things above” or “focus on the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	1	p3fw	figs-idiom	τὰ ἄνω	1	the things above	The **things above** is another term for heavenly things, which Paul makes clear in the next phrase. If **the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	1	upi9	figs-explicit	ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθήμενος	1		This phrase implies two things. First, what Christ sits on is the divine throne in heaven. Second, **sitting** on this throne means that Christ has assumed a position of authority over the universe with God the Father. If **sitting at the right hand of God** would be misunderstood in your language, you could make either or both of these points explicit. Alternate translation: “sitting on the throne at the right hand of God” or “ruling at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	2	vpat		φρονεῖτε	1		The phrase **think about** refers not just to reasoning but also to focus and desire. Alternate translation: “Focus on”
 COL	3	2	f181	figs-idiom	τὰ ἄνω	1		Just as in [3:1](../03/01.md), the **things above** is another term for heavenly things. If **the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	2	ow7x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		The **things on the earth** describes those things in this world that are not connected to Christ, which are not **the things above**. Not thinking about **the things on the earth** does not mean that the Colossians are supposed to abandon all care for earthly things. Instead, Paul is urging them to focus on Christ and what he has promised for them, not on whatever they could gain on earth. If the meaning of **the things on the earth** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify this contrast by further describing **the things on the earth**. Alternate translation: “the things that matter in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	3	oa5x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		The word **for** introduces the reason why the Colossians should think about the things above ([3:1–2](../03/01.md)): it is because they **have died**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the transition more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You should think about the things above because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	3	3	l9yk	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε	1	For you died	Here Paul expresses in slightly different form the idea he already stated in [2:20](../02/20.md): the Colossians have been united to Christ in his death. As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having **died** with Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea as you did in [2:20](../02/20.md), or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you died in union with the Messiah” or “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	3	gkz6	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians’ lives were objects that could be **hidden** where Christ is, and as if the place they were hidden was God. By using this metaphor, Paul wants the Colossians to know that they are safe (**with Christ in God**) but also that their new life is not yet fully revealed (**hidden**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “God is protecting your new life with Christ and will reveal it when the time comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	3	l9yk	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε	1	For you died	Here Paul expresses in slightly different form the idea he already stated in [2:20](../02/20.md): the Colossians have been united to Christ in his death. As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having **died** with Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea as you did in [2:20](../02/20.md), or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “you died in union with the Messiah” or “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	3	gkz6	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians’ lives were objects that could be **hidden** where Christ is, and as if the place they were hidden was God. By using this metaphor, Paul wants the Colossians to know that they are safe (**with Christ in God**) but also that their new life is not yet fully revealed (**hidden**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “God is protecting your new life with Christ and will reveal it when the time comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	3	xetc	figs-activepassive	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. Alternate translation: “God has hidden your life with Christ in himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	3	ihr6	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you can rephrase the sentence so that you can use a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “you live in a hidden way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	4	ugge	figs-activepassive	ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the idea in active form with: (1) Christ as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ, your life, reveals himself” or “Christ, your life, appears” (2) God the Father as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father reveals Christ, your life,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	3	4	n4nj	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	Continuing the theme of the Colossians’ life being hidden with Christ, Paul now identifies Christ as the Colossians’ **life**. In other words, if the Colossians’ life is hidden with Christ, then Christ can be called their **life**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “who holds your life” or “with whom you have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	4	n4nj	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	Continuing the theme of the Colossians’ life being hidden with Christ, Paul now identifies Christ as the Colossians’ **life**. In other words, if the Colossians’ life is hidden with Christ, then Christ can be called their **life**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “who holds your life” or “with whom you have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	4	kpqf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you can express the idea with a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “in whom you live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	4	b2io	translate-unknown	φανερωθῇ…σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθήσεσθε	1		Paul uses the word **is revealed** to refer to Christ’s second coming, when he is **revealed** to everyone as who he truly is. Paul uses the phrase **will be revealed with him** to refer to how the Colossians will participate with Christ in that second coming and also be **revealed** as who they truly are. If the meaning of **revealed** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use words such as “coming” or “returning” instead of “revealing.” Alternate translation: “comes again … will come with him” or “returns … will return with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	4	vlxm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅταν…τότε	1		The word **when** indicates a moment in time, and the word translated **then** refers back to that same time. Therefore, the events described in two parts of this sentence occur at the same time. Use a construction that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “When … at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
@@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ COL	3	4	mz6o	translate-unknown	ἐν δόξῃ	1		As a previous note pointed out
 COL	3	4	ajcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δόξῃ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **glory**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	5	xvsp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		Here, the word **therefore** introduces an exhortation based on previous statements. In this case, Paul bases his exhortation on what he has said about the Colossians’ union with Christ and its end goal: being revealed with him in glory. If the meaning of **therefore** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable connecting word or express the idea with a phrase that refers back to what Paul has already said. Alternate translation: “because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	5	jl45	figs-infostructure	νεκρώσατε οὖν	1		If your language would normally put a transition word like **therefore** at the beginning of the sentence, you could move it there in your translation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, put to death” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	3	5	zn6i	figs-metaphor	νεκρώσατε…τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Here Paul speaks of the **members** as if they were people that one could kill or **put to death**. By using this metaphor, he wants to show the Colossians that the evil desires he lists should be treated as enemies and dealt with as harshly as possible. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Eliminate … the members that are on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	5	gdz8	figs-metaphor	τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Paul here speaks of sins as if they were **members** or limbs of the body that are part of the person **on the earth**. What this metaphor means is that these sins can be so much a part of a person while they are living on earth that getting rid of them is like cutting off an arm or leg. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “the sins that have become part of you while you live on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	5	zn6i	figs-metaphor	νεκρώσατε…τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Here Paul speaks of the **members** as if they were people that one could kill or **put to death**. By using this metaphor, he wants to show the Colossians that the evil desires he lists should be treated as enemies and dealt with as harshly as possible. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “Eliminate … the members that are on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	5	gdz8	figs-metaphor	τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Paul here speaks of sins as if they were **members** or limbs of the body that are part of the person **on the earth**. What this metaphor means is that these sins can be so much a part of a person while they are living on earth that getting rid of them is like cutting off an arm or leg. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the sins that have become part of you while you live on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	5	pu2k	figs-abstractnouns	πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακήν, καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρία;	1		If your language would not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **immorality**, **uncleanness**, **passion**, **desire**, **envy**, and **idolatry**, you could rephrase this sentence and use adjectives or verbs to express the idea. Alternate translation: “behaving in ways that are sexually immoral, unclean, wrongly emotional, lustful, and envious, which is idolatrous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	5	p9w9	translate-unknown	ἀκαθαρσίαν	1	uncleanness	The word **uncleanness** describes morally dirty or impure behavior. This is a general term that covers many sins that would make one unclean, that is, that would make other people avoid one. If you have a comparable expression in your language, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “unclean behavior” or “disgusting acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	5	e65k	translate-unknown	πάθος	1	passion	The word **passion** refers to negative emotions that are triggered by outside events. Examples would include forms of anger and jealousy. If **passion** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that these are improper emotions, since Paul is not saying that all emotions are wrong. Alternate translation: “improper emotions” or “evil passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -341,24 +341,24 @@ COL	3	5	h5v4	translate-unknown	τὴν πλεονεξίαν	1	envy, which is ido
 COL	3	5	j4n0	writing-pronouns	ἥτις	1	envy, which is idolatry	Here, **which** refers back to **envy** only, not to other items in the list. If what **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that it refers to **envy**. Alternate translation: “and envy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	6	wm23	translate-textvariants	ἔρχεται	1		Many ancient manuscripts include “on the sons of disobedience” after **is coming**. Several early and reliable manuscripts do not include it, however. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include these words if that translation includes them. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT and not include these words. The phrase “sons of disobedience” is an idiom that refers to people who disobey. Alternate translation: “is coming against people who disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 COL	3	6	dj6g	writing-pronouns	δι’ ἃ	1		With this phrase, Paul identifies the sins listed in the previous verse as the reason why God’s “wrath” is coming. If what the pronoun **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify this idea by including a word such as “sins” in the phrase. Alternate translation: “because of which sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-COL	3	6	s9lm	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the wrath of God	Here Paul speaks of **the wrath of God** as if it were a person or package that can arrive somewhere. By this, he means that God has not yet acted upon his **wrath** but that he will act soon. The Colossians can expect **the wrath** to come soon, just like a package that is arriving soon. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “God will act upon his wrath soon” or “the wrath of God will be enacted soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	6	s9lm	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the wrath of God	Here Paul speaks of **the wrath of God** as if it were a person or package that can arrive somewhere. By this, he means that God has not yet acted upon his **wrath** but that he will act soon. The Colossians can expect **the wrath** to come soon, just like a package that is arriving soon. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “God will act upon his wrath soon” or “the wrath of God will be enacted soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	6	ygaj	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ,	1		When the **wrath of God** “comes,” it must arrive somewhere and be against certain people. If you would explicitly state these things in your language, you could clarify that the **wrath** of God comes on earth and against those who do the sins listed in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the wrath of God is coming on earth against those who do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	6	xb24	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ,	1		The **wrath of God** does not refer simply to an emotion. Rather, this phrase primarily refers to God acting against the sin he hates (examples of which appear in the previous verse). If **wrath** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates action and not just emotion. Alternate translation: “punishment from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	7	u4p6	writing-pronouns	ἐν οἷς	1		The word **which** refers again back to the list of sins in [3:5](../03/05.md). If what **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could include the word “sins” to clarify this reference. Alternate translation: “in which sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-COL	3	7	p4q8	figs-metaphor	ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε	1	in which you also formerly walked	Paul speaks of behavior that is characteristic of one’s life as if it were something that one could “walk in.” By this, he means that the sinful behaviors were things that they normally did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “which formerly characterized your lives too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	7	p4q8	figs-metaphor	ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε	1	in which you also formerly walked	Paul speaks of behavior that is characteristic of one’s life as if it were something that one could “walk in.” By this, he means that the sinful behaviors were things that they normally did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “which formerly characterized your lives too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	7	jz5d	figs-explicit	περιεπατήσατέ ποτε	1		The word **formerly** is used to refer to some indefinite time in the past. Here Paul uses it to refer to the time before the Colossians believed in Jesus. If **formerly** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify the specific time reference. Alternate translation: “walked before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	7	jsfs	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅτε	1		The word **when** introduces a clause that occurs simultaneously with the main clause. Here, the Colossians “lived” **in them** at the same time as they were “walking” in them. Use an expression that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	3	7	s824	figs-metaphor	ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις	1	when you were living in them	The phrase **living in** something could mean (1) that the Colossians practiced these sins in addition to having lives characterized by them (“walking in them”). Alternate translation: “you were doing these things” (2) that the Colossians were living among people who did these things. Alternate translation: “you were living among people who did these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	7	pw57	figs-doublet	ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις.	1		If **which** and **them** both refer to the sins mentioned in [3:5](../03/05.md), then “walking” and **living** in them mean very similar things. Paul uses the repetition to emphasize how thoroughly the Colossians’ lives were characterized by sins. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one phrase for this concept, you can use just one of these phrases. Alternate translation: “in which you also formerly walked” or “in which you used to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	3	8	k2dx	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		The phrase **but now** introduces a contrast with the previous verse, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Colossians believed. It introduces how they should behave **now** in contrast to how they behaved “formerly” ([3:7](../03/07.md)). If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-COL	3	8	l019	figs-metaphor	ἀπόθεσθε	1		Here Paul exhorts the Colossians to **lay aside** sins as if the sins were garments that they could take off or objects they could set down and stop using. By talking this way, Paul encourages the Colossians to no longer use or be associated with sins that are not part of who they are in their union with Christ, just as clothes and objects are not part of the person but can be removed. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “must … separate yourselves from” or “must … no longer do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	8	l019	figs-metaphor	ἀπόθεσθε	1		Here Paul exhorts the Colossians to **lay aside** sins as if the sins were garments that they could take off or objects they could set down and stop using. By talking this way, Paul encourages the Colossians to no longer use or be associated with sins that are not part of who they are in their union with Christ, just as clothes and objects are not part of the person but can be removed. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “must … separate yourselves from” or “must … no longer do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	8	zltd	figs-abstractnouns	ὀργήν, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind these words, you can express the ideas by using verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “wrathful, angry, and lustful behavior, and slanderous and obscene words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	8	ahhs	figs-doublet	ὀργήν, θυμόν	1		The words **wrath** and **anger** are almost synonymous, with **wrath** emphasizing angry actions and **anger** emphasizing angry emotions. If your language does not have two words for “anger” that work here, you can express the idea with one word. Alternate translation: “anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	3	8	d3wr	translate-unknown	κακίαν	1	evil desire	The phrase **evil desire** is a broad term that means “vice,” the opposite of “virtue.” If your language has a general term for “vice,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “vice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	8	f59z	translate-unknown	αἰσχρολογίαν	1	and obscene speech	The phrase **obscene speech** refers to “shameful words,” words that are not spoken in polite company. If your language has a word or phrase for these kinds of words, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “and obscenities” or “and cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	8	n23c	figs-idiom	ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν	1	from your mouth	Here, **from your mouth** is an idiom that refers to speaking, since speech comes out of the **mouth**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a word such as “talk.” Alternate translation: “in your talk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	9	molr	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπεκδυσάμενοι	1		The clause that begins with **having taken off** could: (1) give the reason why the Colossians should not lie to each other (and should put off the sins listed in the previous verse). Alternate translation: “because you have taken off” (2) give another command. Alternate translation: “and take off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	3	9	vsd8	figs-metaphor	ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	having taken off the old man with its practices	Here Paul uses a metaphor that is similar to one he used in [2:11](../02/11.md), where he speaks of the “circumcision of Christ” that “puts off” the body of flesh. Here, he speaks of the **old man** as if it were a piece of clothing that the Colossians could “take off.” This does not mean that their true selves are found underneath the **old man**, since the next verse has them putting on the **new man**. Instead, Paul uses the metaphor to illustrate how they have changed identity from **old** to “new.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having forsaken your old identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	9	vsd8	figs-metaphor	ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	having taken off the old man with its practices	Here Paul uses a metaphor that is similar to one he used in [2:11](../02/11.md), where he speaks of the “circumcision of Christ” that “puts off” the body of flesh. Here, he speaks of the **old man** as if it were a piece of clothing that the Colossians could “take off.” This does not mean that their true selves are found underneath the **old man**, since the next verse has them putting on the **new man**. Instead, Paul uses the metaphor to illustrate how they have changed identity from **old** to “new.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “having forsaken your old identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	9	x13d	figs-idiom	τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Paul uses the phrase **the old man** as part of his language about dying and rising with Christ. The **old man** is thus the person who died with Christ. It does not refer to a part of the person, but rather, it refers to what the whole person used to be before dying with Christ. This is why the ULT uses the neuter pronoun **its** to refer to **old man** later in the verse. If **the old man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to the whole person and who he or she used to be. Alternate translation: “the old ‘you’” or “your old identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	9	qlmf	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		While the word **man** is grammatically masculine, it does not refer primarily to male people but to humans in general. If you have a general word for humans in your language, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “human” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	3	9	cowf	figs-abstractnouns	σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **practices**, you can express the idea by using a relative clause that refers to what the **old man** “normally does.” Alternate translation: “along with what it does” or “with how it acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -386,48 +386,48 @@ COL	3	12	yyfe	figs-metaphor	ἐνδύσασθε	1		The phrase **put on** uses th
 COL	3	12	vcc5	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς	1		Paul uses the word **as** to introduce his description of who the Colossians are. He describes them in ways that will give them a reason to “put on” the virtues he lists. If **as** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using a word or phrase that gives a reason or basis for a command. Alternate translation: “because you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	12	b5ti	figs-possession	ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	as chosen ones of God, holy and beloved	Paul here uses the possessive form to indicate that the Colossians are **chosen ones** because **God** chose them. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea by translating **chosen** with a verb such as “chose,” with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “ones whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	3	12	u914	figs-abstractnouns	σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, χρηστότητα, ταπεινοφροσύνην, πραΰτητα, μακροθυμίαν;	1	as chosen ones of God, holy and beloved	If your language would not use abstract nouns to express these ideas, you could (1) translate the abstract nouns as verbs. Alternate translation: “the character traits of showing care to others, treating them nicely, not thinking highly of yourselves, considering others more important than yourselves, and not being easily annoyed” (2) translate the abstract nouns as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient new man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	12	w259	figs-idiom	σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ	1		Greek speakers could refer to the **inner parts** as the location of emotions, especially emotions related to love or empathy for another person. The **inner parts of mercy**, then, refers to having **mercy** where one experiences emotions. In this sentence, **inner parts** is connected with an **of** only to **mercy**, not to any of the other character traits. If **inner parts of mercy** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an alternate metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “a heart of mercy” or “a merciful heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	12	w259	figs-idiom	σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ	1		Greek speakers could refer to the **inner parts** as the location of emotions, especially emotions related to love or empathy for another person. The **inner parts of mercy**, then, refers to having **mercy** where one experiences emotions. In this sentence, **inner parts** is connected with an **of** only to **mercy**, not to any of the other character traits. If **inner parts of mercy** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an alternate metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “a heart of mercy” or “a merciful heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	12	d217	translate-unknown	χρηστότητα	1	put on inward parts of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience	The word **kindness** refers to the character trait of being good, kind, or helpful to others. If **kindness** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “a generous attitude toward others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	12	dzuj	translate-unknown	πραΰτητα	1	put on inward parts of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience	The word **gentleness** describes the character trait of being considerate of and gentle with others. If **gentleness** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “a considerate attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	12	yn05	translate-unknown	μακροθυμίαν	1	put on inward parts of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience	In this context, the word **patience** refers to the ability to remain calm and even-tempered even when others do things that provoke one to anger. If **patience** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “and forbearance” or “and the ability to remain calm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	13	m1d9	figs-infostructure	ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων καὶ χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, ἐάν τις πρός τινα ἔχῃ μομφήν	1	bearing with one another	If your language would put the conditional statement first, you could move the **if** clause to the beginning, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “If someone may have a complaint against someone else, bear with one another and be gracious to each other” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	3	13	r8iy	figs-idiom	ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων	1	bearing with one another	In Paul’s culture, the phrase **bearing with one another** refers to being patient with others, even when they do things that are annoying or strange. If **bearing with one another** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “putting up with one another” or “being patient with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	13	r8iy	figs-idiom	ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων	1	bearing with one another	In Paul’s culture, the phrase **bearing with one another** refers to being patient with others, even when they do things that are annoying or strange. If **bearing with one another** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “putting up with one another” or “being patient with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	13	rts1	figs-hypo	ἐάν	1	being gracious to each other	Paul uses **if** to introduce a hypothetical situation that he thinks will happen among the Colossians at times. It is in this kind of situation that he wants them to “bear with one another and be gracious to each other.” If your language would not use **if** to express that idea, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that refers to any time something happens. Alternate translation: “whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 COL	3	13	f5f9	figs-idiom	τις πρός τινα ἔχῃ μομφήν	1	being gracious to each other	This phrase indicates a situation in which one person feels offended or hurt by another person. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or an expression that indicates that one party has been offended or hurt by another. Alternate translation: “a person has been offended by another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	13	p474	figs-abstractnouns	πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν	1	may have a complaint against	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **complaint**, you can express the idea by translating the abstract noun as a verb. Alternate translation: “may complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	13	lp1o	figs-infostructure	καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	may have a complaint against	If your language would put the comparison after the command, you could switch them in your translation, including “forgive” in the new first clause. Alternate translation: “you should forgive others, just as the Lord forgave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 COL	3	13	lkdl	figs-simile	καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν	1	may have a complaint against	Here Paul draws a comparison between how he wants the Colossians to forgive and how Jesus has forgiven them. Use a word or phrase that would normally be used for comparing things that are similar. Alternate translation: “in the same way that the Lord forgave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 COL	3	13	l0kr	figs-ellipsis	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	may have a complaint against	Paul leaves out words that could be needed in some languages to make a complete statement. If your language needs these words, you could supply words such as “forgive one another.” Alternate translation: “so also you should forgive each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-COL	3	14	l1ik	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these things**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	14	l1ik	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these {things}**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	14	mlfc	figs-ellipsis	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language would include more words, you could insert the words that Paul implies, which can be found in [3:12](../03/12.md): “put on.” Alternate translation: “put on love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	3	14	c5o7	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you can express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	14	x5g8	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here, **the bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	14	bp1w	figs-possession	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **the bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **the bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	3	14	welw	figs-abstractnouns	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you can express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	15	gtz3	figs-imperative	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could translate this imperative in the second person, with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “obey” and the **peace of Christ** as the object. Alternate translation: “in your hearts obey the peace of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-COL	3	15	hdg5	figs-metaphor	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Paul speaks of the **peace of Christ** as if it should be the “ruler” in the Colossians’ hearts. The word **rule** is closely related to the word translated “deprive of your prize” that Paul uses in [2:18](../02/18.md): both are used of a judge or an umpire making a decision, although in [2:18](../02/18.md), the judge or umpire decides against the Colossians. Here, the idea is that the **peace of Christ** acts as the judge or umpire in the **hearts** of the Colossians, which means that this **peace** helps them decide what to feel and do. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “let the peace of Christ make your decisions in your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	15	pz4p	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and plan. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	3	15	hdg5	figs-metaphor	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Paul speaks of the **peace of Christ** as if it should be the “ruler” in the Colossians’ hearts. The word **rule** is closely related to the word translated “deprive of your prize” that Paul uses in [2:18](../02/18.md): both are used of a judge or an umpire making a decision, although in [2:18](../02/18.md), the judge or umpire decides against the Colossians. Here, the idea is that the **peace of Christ** acts as the judge or umpire in the **hearts** of the Colossians, which means that this **peace** helps them decide what to feel and do. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “let the peace of Christ make your decisions in your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	15	pz4p	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and plan. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	15	okpr	writing-pronouns	ἣν	1	in your hearts	The pronoun **which** refers to “the peace of Christ.” If what **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “which peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	15	nj4e	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐκλήθητε	1	in your hearts	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God called you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	3	15	pod6	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι	1	in your hearts	Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were **in**, or part of, **one body**. With this metaphor, he clarifies the situation in which they have been called to peace: in the **one body**, which is the church. Just as the parts of a body are at “peace” with each other (when the body is working properly), so also the Colossians are to be at peace with each other in the church. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “as you together make up the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	15	pod6	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι	1	in your hearts	Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were **in**, or part of, **one body**. With this metaphor, he clarifies the situation in which they have been called to peace: in the **one body**, which is the church. Just as the parts of a body are at “peace” with each other (when the body is working properly), so also the Colossians are to be at peace with each other in the church. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “as you together make up the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	15	bfnp		εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε	1	in your hearts	Alternate translation: “become thankful people” or “be thankful”
 COL	3	16	agax	figs-imperative	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express Paul’s command in the second person with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “welcome.” Alternate translation: “Welcome the word of Christ richly into your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-COL	3	16	w9dv	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul speaks as if the **word of Christ** were a person who could **dwell** or live in a location, which is the group of believers in Colossae. This metaphor emphasizes how the **word of Christ** should be a consistent and constant part of the Colossians’ lives as surely as if it were somebody permanently living with them. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Let the word of Christ be a part of your lives consistently and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	16	w9dv	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul speaks as if the **word of Christ** were a person who could **dwell** or live in a location, which is the group of believers in Colossae. This metaphor emphasizes how the **word of Christ** should be a consistent and constant part of the Colossians’ lives as surely as if it were somebody permanently living with them. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “Let the word of Christ be a part of your lives consistently and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	16	g0h5	figs-possession	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul uses the possessive form to relate **the word** to **Christ**. This could mean: (1) that **the word** is about **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word concerning the Messiah” (2) that **the word** is spoken by **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	3	16	mz40	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	3	16	frn8	figs-metaphor	πλουσίως	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul speaks as if the “word” were wealthy and could do something **richly**. He uses this metaphor to command that the word should dwell in the Colossians completely and with all the blessings that come from it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in every way and with every blessing” or “fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	16	mz40	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	3	16	frn8	figs-metaphor	πλουσίως	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul speaks as if the “word” were wealthy and could do something **richly**. He uses this metaphor to command that the word should dwell in the Colossians completely and with all the blessings that come from it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “in every way and with every blessing” or “fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	16	aqx3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea another way. Alternate translation: “in all wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	16	e44g	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς…ᾄδοντες	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Paul uses the words **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** to show the Colossians some ways in which they can “let the word of Christ dwell” in them. Therefore, **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** happen at the same time as **the word of Christ** dwelling in them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could directly state it. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “you could do this by teaching and admonishing one another in all wisdom … and by singing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	3	16	h5k9	figs-doublet	διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες	1	admonishing one another	These two verbs have only slightly different meanings. The word **teaching** refers positively to giving someone information, skills, or concepts. The word **admonishing** refers negatively to warning someone against something. If you have words that fit these two ideas, you could use them here. If you do not have words that make these distinctions, you could translate both of them with a single verb such as “instruct.” Alternate translation: “instructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	3	16	ubi5	translate-unknown	ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	These three terms name different kinds of songs. The word **psalms** refers to songs from the book of Psalms in the Bible. The word **hymns** refers to songs sung in praise, usually to a deity. Finally, the word **songs** refers to vocal music that celebrates someone or something, usually in poem form. If you have words that roughly match these categories in your language, you could use them here. If you do not have words that match these categories, you could express the idea with only one or two words or use adjectives to describe the different types of songs. Alternate translation: “psalms and spiritual songs” or “biblical songs, praise songs, and celebratory spiritual songs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	16	eapz	translate-unknown	ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	The word **spiritual** could refer to (1) the Holy Spirit as the origin or inspiration of the **songs**. Alternate translation: “and songs from the Spirit” (2) **songs** that are sung by or in the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “and songs empowered by the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	16	ese7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ χάριτι,	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thankfulness**, you can express the idea by using an adverb such as “thankfully” or an adjective such as “thankful.” Alternate translation: “in thankful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	16	jv2b	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	Here the Colossians would have understood the phrase **in your hearts** to describe something that people do that they fully believe in. It means that the **singing** should be done with sincerity and the full approval of one’s own mind. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “with genuineness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	16	ives	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and desire. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	3	16	jv2b	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	Here the Colossians would have understood the phrase **in your hearts** to describe something that people do that they fully believe in. It means that the **singing** should be done with sincerity and the full approval of one’s own mind. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or plainly. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “with genuineness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	16	ives	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs	In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and desire. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	17	ivxg	figs-infostructure	πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα ἐν	1	in word or in deed	The word **all** refers back to **everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**. If your language would not write the object (**everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**) first, you could put it where **all** is, after the verb. Or, you could change the object into a relative clause. Alternate translation: “do everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed, in” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 COL	3	17	g059	figs-idiom	πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε	1	in word or in deed	In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to refer to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	17	g8p8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ	1	in word or in deed	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **word** and **deed**, you can express the idea with verbs such as “speak” and “act.” Alternate translation: “in speaking or in acting” or “when you speak or act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	17	uix9	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Acting **in the name of** a person means representing that person. Representatives, those who do anything **in the name of** someone else, should act so as to help others think well of and honor the people they represent. If **in the name of** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom for representing someone or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “as representatives of the Lord Jesus” or “in a way that leads to honor for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	17	uix9	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Acting **in the name of** a person means representing that person. Representatives, those who do anything **in the name of** someone else, should act so as to help others think well of and honor the people they represent. If **in the name of** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom for representing someone or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “as representatives of the Lord Jesus” or “in a way that leads to honor for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	17	bv84	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	through him	The phrase **through him** does not mean that the prayers of thanks are mediated to God the Father by God the Son. Rather, it is **through** the Son that the Colossians are able to give thanks. This means that they can give thanks because of what the Son has done for them. If that meaning of **through him** would not be understood in your language, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “because” or clarify that it is **through** the “work” of the Son. Alternate translation: “because of what he has done” or “through his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	18	tt9u		αἱ γυναῖκες	1	Wives, submit to your husbands	Here Paul directly addresses the **wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
 COL	3	18	gtft	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ COL	3	19	n9dm	figs-explicit	τὰς γυναῖκας	1	do not be embittered aga
 COL	3	19	lc4a	translate-unknown	μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς	1	do not be embittered against	The phrase **be embittered** could refer to (1) the husband doing or saying things that cause his wife to be bitter or upset with him. Alternate translation: “do not do what makes them bitter against you” (2) the husband becoming bitter or upside with his wife for doing or saying certain things. Alternate translation: “do not become bitter against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	20	mlu2		τὰ τέκνα	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul directly addresses the **Children** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You children”
 COL	3	20	imh3	figs-explicit	τοῖς γονεῦσιν	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul does not explicitly state that children must **obey** “their own” parents. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each child’s parents in mind. Alternate translation: “your own parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	3	20	gu2o	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	do not be embittered against	The phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that children should obey “everything their parents command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	20	gu2o	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	do not be embittered against	The phrase **in all {things}** is an idiom that indicates that children should obey “everything their parents command” or “in every situation.” If **in all {things}** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **{things}** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	20	kadq	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	do not be embittered against	The word **for** introduces the basis or reason for somethin; here it is Paul’s command to children. Use a word that indicates the reason for a command in your language. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	20	vbad	translate-unknown	εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν	1	do not be embittered against	If something **is pleasing**, that means that the person it “pleases” finds that thing acceptable, agreeable, or pleasant. If **is pleasing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that emphasizes that obedience to parents is something that is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “is acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	20	vps1	figs-explicit	εὐάρεστόν	1	do not be embittered against	Paul does not state to whom obedience to parents is **pleasing**, but it is clear that it pleases God. If your language would state who is pleased, you could expressly state that it is God. Alternate translation: “pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -453,15 +453,15 @@ COL	3	21	bjk2	translate-unknown	ἀθυμῶσιν	1	do not provoke your childre
 COL	3	22	lf6k		οἱ δοῦλοι	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	Here Paul directly addresses the **Slaves** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You slaves”
 COL	3	22	cx6a	figs-idiom	τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	The phrase **according to the flesh** describes the **masters** as humans on this earth. Paul uses this phrase to describe these **masters** because he is already setting up a contrast with the “Master” over these masters: Jesus (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If **according to the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with an adjective such as “human” or “earthly.” Alternate translation: “your earthly masters” or “your human masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	22	o6mi	figs-explicit	τοῖς…κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slave’s master in mind. Alternate translation: “your own masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	3	22	iy1n	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	Just as in [3:20](../03/20.md), the phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that slaves should obey “everything their masters command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	22	iy1n	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	Just as in [3:20](../03/20.md), the phrase **in all {things}** is an idiom that indicates that slaves should obey “everything their masters command” or “in every situation.” If **in all {things}** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **{things}** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	22	p36t	translate-unknown	μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	The word **eyeservice** describes how people sometimes behave to look good more than to do the right thing. If **eyeservice** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase such as “wanting to look impressive.” Alternate translation: “not focusing on how you appear to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	22	b5en	translate-unknown	ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	The phrase **people pleasers** describes the kind of people who care about “eyeservice.” Here, **people pleasers** are those who focus on impressing humans rather than doing what God desires. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could emphasize that **people pleasers** want to please humans only, not God. Alternate translation: “as people who want to please humans rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	22	r22m	figs-possession	ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	Paul here uses the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by its **sincerity**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea by translating **sincerity** with an adjective such as “sincere.” Alternate translation: “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	3	22	ouca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **sincerity**, you can express the idea by using an adjective such as “sincere” or and adverb such as “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely in your heart” or “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	22	m27w	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	In Paul’s culture, the **heart** is the place where a person thinks and desires. If that meaning of **heart** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “of mind” or “of desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	3	22	m27w	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	In Paul’s culture, the **heart** is the place where a person thinks and desires. If that meaning of **heart** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of mind” or “of desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	22	tsn9	grammar-connect-logic-result	φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον	1	with sincerity of heart	The phrase **fearing the Lord** could describe: (1) the reason why the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “because you fear the Lord” (2) the way or manner in which the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “showing fear for the Lord” or “in a way that shows that you fear the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	23	olwu	figs-idiom	ὃ ἐὰν ποιῆτε	1	as to the Lord	In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way of referring to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “In anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	23	itn9	figs-idiom	ἐκ ψυχῆς	1	as to the Lord	Working **from the soul** is comparable to the English idiom working “with all one’s heart,” which refers to doing something with diligence, without holding anything back. If **from the soul** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “with all your heart” or “with all your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	23	itn9	figs-idiom	ἐκ ψυχῆς	1	as to the Lord	Working **from the soul** is comparable to the English idiom working “with all one’s heart,” which refers to doing something with diligence, without holding anything back. If **from the soul** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your heart” or “with all your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	23	arw4	figs-idiom	ὡς τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις	1	as to the Lord	This contrast indicates that, even though they serve **men**, they should consider their work to be directed to or in service of **the Lord**. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a contrast phrase such as “even as.” Alternate translation: “to serve the Lord, even as you are serving men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	23	ckiz	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	as to the Lord	The word **men** does not refer to only male people but to humans in general. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that refers to people or humans in general. Alternate translation: “to humans” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	3	24	p5qy	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδότες	1	the reward of the inheritance	The word **knowing** introduces a reason why the slaves should obey as Paul commands them to in [3:22–23](../03/22.md). If **knowing** would not introduce a reason in your language, you could clarify this by using a word such as “because.” Alternate translation: “since you know” or “for you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ COL	3	24	oyo4	figs-declarative	τῷ Κυρίῳ Χριστῷ δουλεύετ
 COL	3	25	fvw0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	the reward of the inheritance	The word **for** introduces support for what has already been said. Here Paul uses it to introduce a negative reason for obedience (he already gave a positive reason in [3:24](../03/24.md)). If **for** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that it introduces another reason for obedience. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	25	u5lx	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀδικῶν…ἠδίκησεν	1	the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously	Here Paul speaks in general of anyone who does **unrighteousness**. However, he directs this general statement to the slaves he has been addressing (not the masters, since he does not address them until [4:1](../04/01.md)). If this generic form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary form for generic statements or include the slaves as the ones being addressed. Alternate translation: “any of you who do unrighteousness … you did unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 COL	3	25	sttw	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικῶν	1	the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you can express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	25	ak8j	figs-metaphor	κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν	1	doing unrighteousness	In this context, the phrase **will receive** refers to getting something in payment or in return for something else. Paul, then, speaks as if **the one doing unrighteousness** will **receive** as payment or recompense exactly **what he did unrighteously**. By this, Paul means that God will punish those who do **unrighteousness** in a way that fits with what they did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “will receive a punishment that fits the crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	25	ak8j	figs-metaphor	κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν	1	doing unrighteousness	In this context, the phrase **will receive** refers to getting something in payment or in return for something else. Paul, then, speaks as if **the one doing unrighteousness** will **receive** as payment or recompense exactly **what he did unrighteously**. By this, Paul means that God will punish those who do **unrighteousness** in a way that fits with what they did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive a punishment that fits the crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	25	c9fx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία	1	there is no favoritism	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	intro	nm3y			0		# Colossians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br>* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)<br><br>4. Letter Closing (4:7–18)<br>* The Messengers (4:7–9)<br>* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)<br>* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)<br>* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Paul’s chains<br><br>Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### A “master in heaven”<br><br>In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation.
 COL	4	1	b9nm		οἱ κύριοι	1	what is right and fair	Here Paul directly addresses the **Masters** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You masters”
@@ -486,28 +486,28 @@ COL	4	2	calz	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ	1	Continue steadfas
 COL	4	3	iqjo	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἅμα	1	:	In this context, the word **together** does not refer to people being together but rather, it refers to actions happening **together** or at the same time. If **together** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that the Colossians should pray for Paul at the same time they pray about other things (the things mentioned in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	4	3	sct4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν	1		In this verse, the word **us** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	4	3	ql6g	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) the content of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that” or “asking that” (2) the purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-COL	4	3	ub1i	figs-metaphor	ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here Paul speaks of God providing opportunities for Paul and Timothy to preach the gospel as if God were “opening” a **door** to them **for the word**. The image is of God opening a door so that Paul and Timothy can go in and preach the message about Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “God may give us opportunities to preach the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	3	ub1i	figs-metaphor	ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here Paul speaks of God providing opportunities for Paul and Timothy to preach the gospel as if God were “opening” a **door** to them **for the word**. The image is of God opening a door so that Paul and Timothy can go in and preach the message about Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “God may give us opportunities to preach the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	3	m7z4	figs-doublet	τοῦ λόγου, λαλῆσαι	1	God may open a door	Here, **for the word** and **to speak** mean almost the same thing. If your language would not use both of phrases here, you could combine them into one. Alternate translation: “to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	4	3	w4fl	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the message” or “for what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	4	3	w4fl	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the message” or “for what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	3	tl71	grammar-connect-logic-goal	λαλῆσαι	1	may open a door to us for the word	The phrase **to speak** indicates the purpose for which the “door” is opened. If **to speak** would not indicate purpose in your language, you could use a word or phrase that does indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we might speak” or “so that we can speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	3	ce37	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1	the mystery of Christ	Paul speaks of his message as **the mystery** of Christ. This does not mean that the message is hard to understand, but rather that it had not previously been revealed. Now, however, Paul does “make it clear” (as [4:4](../04/04.md) says). If a **mystery** that is revealed or spoken would be misunderstood in your language, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” or “the previously hidden message” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
 COL	4	3	fkva	figs-possession	τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the mystery of Christ	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mystery** whose content is a message about **Christ**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can express the idea with a preposition such as “about” or a relative clause such as “that concerns.” Alternate translation: “the mystery that concerns Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	4	3	gs8f	writing-pronouns	δι’ ὃ	1	the mystery of Christ	The pronoun **which** refers back to the “mystery of Christ.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly what **which** refers to more clearly by adding a word such as “mystery.” Alternate translation: “on account of which mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-COL	4	3	q4jx	figs-metonymy	δέδεμαι	1	on account of which also I have been bound	Here Paul uses the phase **I have been bound** to refer to how he is in prison. If **I have been bound** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that stands for being in prison or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I am imprisoned” or “I am incarcerated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	4	3	q4jx	figs-metonymy	δέδεμαι	1	on account of which also I have been bound	Here Paul uses the phase **I have been bound** to refer to how he is in prison. If **I have been bound** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that stands for being in prison or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “I am imprisoned” or “I am incarcerated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	3	lsdv	figs-activepassive	δέδεμαι	1	on account of which also I have been bound	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they have bound me” or “the authorities have bound me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	4	4	x8bf	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	in order that I may make it clear	The phrase **in order that** could introduce: (1) another thing for which the Colossians should pray (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and that” or “and asking that” (2) another purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	4	hm5w		φανερώσω αὐτὸ	1	in order that I may make it clear	Alternate translation: “I may reveal it” or “I may express it clearly”
 COL	4	4	rkal	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς	1	in order that I may make it clear	Here, the word **as** functions to introduce a reason why Paul must preach his message clearly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of **as** with a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action. Alternate translation: “because this is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	4	4	ofin	figs-explicit	δεῖ με λαλῆσαι	1	in order that I may make it clear	If your language would state who requires Paul to speak in these ways, you could include “God” as the one that role. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	4	5	z3ax	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε πρὸς	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	Here Paul uses the word **walk** to refer to consistent, habitual behavior (like putting one foot in front of the other). In this image, walking **toward** someone refers to consistent behavior in relationship with that person. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Act … with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	5	z3ax	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε πρὸς	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	Here Paul uses the word **walk** to refer to consistent, habitual behavior (like putting one foot in front of the other). In this image, walking **toward** someone refers to consistent behavior in relationship with that person. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “Act … with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	5	u3j7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν σοφίᾳ	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea with an adverb such as “wisely” or an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “in wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	5	ww8p	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἔξω	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	The phrase **those outside** is a way to identify people who do not belong to one’s group. Here, **those outside** would be anyone who does not believe in Jesus. If **those outside** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase for people who are not in one’s group. Alternate translation: “outsiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	5	nvqu	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἐξαγοραζόμενοι	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	The word **redeeming** introduces an example of how to “walk in wisdom toward those outside.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to indicate that the **redeeming** happens at the same time as “walking in wisdom” and gives an example of how it might look. Alternate translation: “which includes redeeming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-COL	4	5	b525	figs-metaphor	τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι	1	redeeming the time	Here Paul speaks of **time** as something that one could be **redeeming**. The picture is of a person buying **time** from someone. Paul uses this picture to refer to making the most of (**redeeming**) one’s opportunities (**the time**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “making the most of every chance you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	5	b525	figs-metaphor	τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι	1	redeeming the time	Here Paul speaks of **time** as something that one could be **redeeming**. The picture is of a person buying **time** from someone. Paul uses this picture to refer to making the most of (**redeeming**) one’s opportunities (**the time**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “making the most of every chance you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	6	bza7			0	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	This verse provides one way in which Paul wants the Colossians to “walk in wisdom toward those outside” ([4:5](../04/05.md)). They are to speak with words that are compelling and carefully chosen to fit the situation.
 COL	4	6	v14n	figs-ellipsis	ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	Paul has not included a verb for “speaking” in this phrase, because it was not necessary in his language. If your language would require a verb of speaking here, you could include it. Alternate translation: “speaking your words always with grace” or “your words always spoken with grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	4	6	u9mh	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν χάριτι	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **grace**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	4	6	fuv5	figs-metaphor	ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	In Paul’s culture, when food was **seasoned with salt**, it would taste good and be nourishing. Paul thus speaks of seasoning one’s “words” **with salt** to say that the words should be interesting (like food that tastes good) and helpful (like food that is nourishing). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “both compelling and helpful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	6	fuv5	figs-metaphor	ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος	1	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	In Paul’s culture, when food was **seasoned with salt**, it would taste good and be nourishing. Paul thus speaks of seasoning one’s “words” **with salt** to say that the words should be interesting (like food that tastes good) and helpful (like food that is nourishing). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or plainly. Alternate translation: “both compelling and helpful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	6	c1w4	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδέναι	1	to know how it is necessary for you to answer	Here Paul uses the phrase **to know** to introduce the result of speaking words **with grace** and **seasoned with salt**. If **to know** does not introduce a result in your language, you could use a word or phrase that more clearly expresses that Paul is speaking about a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that you will know” or “ so that you might know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	4	6	jdtx		πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς…ἀποκρίνεσθαι	1	to know how it is necessary for you to answer	Alternate translation: “how to best answer” or “the right answer to give to”
 COL	4	6	djl0	writing-pronouns	ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ	1	to know how it is necessary for you to answer	The phrase **each one** refers to individuals who would be considered part of “those outside” ([4:5](../04/05.md)). If what **each one** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could explicitly refer back to how you translated “those outside.” Alternate translation: “each outsider” or “each one who does not believe in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ COL	4	8	iv0m	translate-textvariants	ἵνα γνῶτε τὰ περὶ ἡμῶ
 COL	4	8	fr1z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα…καὶ	1	he might encourage your hearts	The words **so that** and **and that** introduce two of Paul’s purposes in sending Tychicus to the Colossians. If **so that** and **and that** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to introduce a goal or purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	8	cty1	figs-idiom	τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	the things concerning us	Just like the phrase “all the things concerning me” in [4:7](../04/07.md), the phrase **the things concerning us** refers to details about life such as where people are living, their health, how their work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the news about us” or “the details about how we are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	8	vyq5	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	the things concerning us	The word **us** does not include the Colossians. Instead, Paul is referring to himself and those who are with him, including Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-COL	4	8	rw4z	figs-synecdoche	τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	the things concerning us	Here when Paul refers to **your hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **your hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “your souls” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
+COL	4	8	rw4z	figs-synecdoche	τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	the things concerning us	Here when Paul refers to **your hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **your hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your souls” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
 COL	4	9	f18w	figs-explicit	σὺν Ὀνησίμῳ	1	the faithful and beloved brother	Paul uses this phrase to tell the Colossians that he is sending Onesimus along with Tychicus to the city of Colossae. If this implication would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit by adding a verb such as “sending.” Alternate translation: “With him I send Onesimus” (start a new sentence with “they will make”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	9	yqh9	translate-names	Ὀνησίμῳ	1	the faithful and beloved brother	**Onesimus** is the name of a man. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
 COL	4	9	aqe3	figs-idiom	ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	the faithful and beloved brother	The phrase **from among you** means that Onesimus used to live with the Colossians and was part of the group to whom Paul is writing the letter. To express this idea, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that a person belongs to a specific group of people. Alternate translation: “is from your town” or “used to live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -544,15 +544,15 @@ COL	4	11	ktfz	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος	1	Jesus who is called Ju
 COL	4	11	oscc	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος	1	Jesus who is called Justus	Paul has not included the verb “greet” in this clause because it was unnecessary in his language. If it is necessary in your language, you could include it here. Alternate translation: “and Jesus who is called Justus also greets you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	4	11	o5rh	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1	Jesus who is called Justus	The word **These** refers back to the three men mentioned in this verse and the previous verse: Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus. If what **These** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could restate their names or indicate the reference in another way. Alternate translation: “These three are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	4	11	ehgz	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία.	1	Jesus who is called Justus	Paul here describes the three men in two ways. First, he identifies them as the **only** ones among his **fellow workers** who are Jewish (**from the circumcision**). In other words, Paul distinguishes them from all the other people who work with him, because these three men are the only ones who are circumcised Jews. Second, he describes them as ones **who have been a comfort** to him. Here, he is not distinguishing them from other fellow workers; instead, he just wishes to say that they have **been a comfort** to him. If these descriptions would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate the two descriptions differently so that it is clear that the first distinguishes the three men while the second describes the three men. Alternate translation: “Out of all my fellow workers for the kingdom of God, these are the only ones being from the circumcision, and they have been a comfort to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-COL	4	11	ci74	figs-metonymy	ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς	1	These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision	Paul uses the label **from the circumcision** to identify the men as Jews who had received circumcision. If **from the circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea non-figuratively by using a term such as “Jewish.” Alternate translation: “who are Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	4	11	ci74	figs-metonymy	ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς	1	These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision	Paul uses the label **from the circumcision** to identify the men as Jews who had received circumcision. If **from the circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea plainly by using a term such as “Jewish.” Alternate translation: “who are Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	11	b7l6	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία	1	These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **comfort**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “comfort.” Alternate translation: “who have comforted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	12	gg86	translate-names	Ἐπαφρᾶς	1	Epaphras	**Epaphras** is the name of a man. He was the one who first preached the good news to the people in Colossae (see [Colossians 1:7](../01/07.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	4	12	et2g		ἀσπάζεται	1		As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
 COL	4	12	rq61	figs-idiom	ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	He is from among you	The phrase **from among you** means that Epaphras used to live with the Colossians and was part of the group to whom Paul is writing the letter. To express this idea, you could use a word or phrase that indicates in your language that a person belongs to a specific group of people. Alternate translation: “He is from your town” or “He used to live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	12	ek51	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	a servant of Christ Jesus	Here, **always** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Epaphras prays for them very often. If **always** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “consistently” or “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-COL	4	12	p8ff	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	always striving on behalf of you in prayers	The word **striving** is usually used for attempting to win a contest, whether that is athletic, military, or legal. While Epaphras is not actually participating in an athletic or military contest, Paul uses the metaphor to explain how earnestly Epaphras prays for the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “praying zealously for you” or “spending much effort on his prayers for you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+COL	4	12	p8ff	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	always striving on behalf of you in prayers	The word **striving** is usually used for attempting to win a contest, whether that is athletic, military, or legal. While Epaphras is not actually participating in an athletic or military contest, Paul uses the metaphor to explain how earnestly Epaphras prays for the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “praying zealously for you” or “spending much effort on his prayers for you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 COL	4	12	sn23	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) the content of Epaphras’ prayers. Alternate translation: “asking that” (2) the purpose or goal of Epaphras’ prayers. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-COL	4	12	nuh9	figs-metaphor	σταθῆτε τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians can **stand complete and fully assured in all the will of God**. By this, he means that they should consistently do God’s will, just as if God’s will served as a foundation underneath them. The words **complete and fully assured** explain the way in which they are supposed to **stand** or continue to obey. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you may be complete and fully assured as you consistently do all the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	12	nuh9	figs-metaphor	σταθῆτε τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians can **stand complete and fully assured in all the will of God**. By this, he means that they should consistently do God’s will, just as if God’s will served as a foundation underneath them. The words **complete and fully assured** explain the way in which they are supposed to **stand** or continue to obey. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “you may be complete and fully assured as you consistently do all the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	12	t6o3	translate-unknown	τέλειοι	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called you to be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
 COL	4	12	ojtu	translate-unknown	πεπληροφορημένοι	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The phrase **fully assured** describes people who are confident or sure of what they believe and do. If **fully assured** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “convinced about what you know” or “without doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	4	12	s7e7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **will**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “wants” or “desires.” Alternate translation: “in whatever God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ COL	4	17	z330		καὶ εἴπατε	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry
 COL	4	17	do70	translate-names	Ἀρχίππῳ	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	**Archippus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	4	17	yy8s	figs-quotations	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The instruction from Paul to Archippus is written as a direct quote. If your language does not use this form, you can write it as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “that he must look to the ministry that he has received in the Lord, so that he may fulfill it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 COL	4	17	d39x	figs-yousingular	εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς.	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The words **Look**, **you have received**, and **you may fulfill** all refer to Archippus alone and are singular. However, the word **say** refers to the Colossians and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-COL	4	17	dy11	figs-metaphor	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Here Paul speaks as if Archippus’ **ministry** were something he can **look to**. By this, he means that he wants Archippus to focus on carrying out his ministry just as if it were something he could stare at. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Focus on the ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	17	dy11	figs-metaphor	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Here Paul speaks as if Archippus’ **ministry** were something he can **look to**. By this, he means that he wants Archippus to focus on carrying out his ministry just as if it were something he could stare at. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “Focus on the ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	17	dau6	figs-extrainfo	τὴν διακονίαν…παρέλαβες	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Paul does not clarify or even hint at what **the ministry** is or from whom Archippus **received** it. If it is possible, leave this information unclear in your translation. If you must include some extra information, you could clarify that “God” gave him the **ministry** of serving the church. Alternate translation: “the task of serving the church … God gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 COL	4	17	uble	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of Archippus with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord** or united to the Lord identifies the situation in which he **received** his **ministry**. He received this **ministry** when he was united to **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	17	ufdy	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The phrase **so that** introduces a goal or purpose. Here, it is the purpose for which Archippus should **look to** or stay focused on his ministry. Use a word or phrase that introduces the goal or purpose of a previous statement. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	18	t5js		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	Paul concludes his letter by writing a final greeting to the Colossians. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “I ask to be remembered by my own hand” or “I say hello by my own hand”
 COL	4	18	fqek	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	In this culture, it was normal for a scribe to write down what the author of the letter was saying. Paul here indicates that he himself is writing these last words. The phrase **by my own hand** means that it was his own hand that took up the pen and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind **by my own hand**by using a comparable expression or include any extra information needed to make it clear. Alternate translation: “is in my handwriting” or “I write myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	18	sz0k	figs-123person	Παύλου	1	Remember my chains	Here Paul speaks of himself in the third person. He does this to sign his name to the letter, which shows that the letter is from Paul himself and carries his authority. If your language has a specific form for signing letters or documents, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I am Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-COL	4	18	h3kx	figs-metonymy	μου τῶν δεσμῶν	1	Remember my chains	Paul speaks of his **chains**, by which he means his imprisonment. If **chains** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “that I am in jail” or “remember my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	4	18	h3kx	figs-metonymy	μου τῶν δεσμῶν	1	Remember my chains	Paul speaks of his **chains**, by which he means his imprisonment. If **chains** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “that I am in jail” or “remember my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	18	w2vm	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Colossians. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness within you” or “I pray that you will have grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 COL	4	18	v7qw	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις μεθ’	1	Grace be with you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **Grace**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May God be gracious to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_54-2TH.tsv

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-2TH	front	intro	krd6			0		# Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-2)<br>1. Believers suffer from persecution (1:3-12)<br>       * God uses persecution to increase faith, love, and endurance in believers (1:3-4)<br>       * God is just: (1:5-12)<br>          * God will make believers worthy of his kingdom<br>          * God will give relief to believers<br>          * God will punish those who persecute believers<br>1. Some believers misunderstand about the second coming of Christ (2:1-12)<br>      * Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>      * Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian believers (2:13-17)<br>      * Paul calls the Thessalonian believers to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>      * Paul prays that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted believers. After he became a believer, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. Paul wrote this letter while he, Silvanus, and Timothy were staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return. He also warned them that they should not be idle but should work as they wait for Christ to return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians/believers in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### How are pronouns used in this letter?<br><br>In this letter, the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. If your language differentiates between inclusive and exclusive pronouns, use an exclusive pronoun for these. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br><br><br>In this letter, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, some ancient manuscripts have a different reading than others. The ULT follows the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in your area that your people are familiar with, consider using the reading that it follows. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Other versions follow the reading, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. The other reading is, “For God chose you from the first/beginning for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-2TH	1	intro	m987			0		# 2 Thessalonians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1-2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type in which the sender identified himself, then the recipient, then gave a greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible.<br><br>A paradox occurs in verses 4-5 where Paul talks about the Thessalonian believers’ faithfulness through persecution as “evidence of the righteous judgment of God.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But the fact that God gave them the ability to persevere in their faith is evidence that God claims them as his own and will judge them as worthy of his kingdom. In verses 5-10, Paul goes on to explain more of God’s righteous judgment, that God will reward those who believe in him and that he will punish those who afflict his people. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4-5](./04.md))<br><br>Another paradox occurs in verse 9 where Paul describes the penalty for rejecting God as “eternal destruction.” Normally when something is destroyed it ceases to exist. But in this case, the people who reject God will experience eternal separation from God, as the verse goes on to explain. Being separated from God destroys all that was enjoyable about their lives, and this continuous destruction is what they experience through eternity. ([2 Thessalonians 1:9](../01/09.md))
+2TH	front	intro	krd6			0		# Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1–2)<br>1. Believers suffer from persecution (1:3–12)<br>       * God uses persecution to increase faith, love, and endurance in believers (1:3–4)<br>       * God is just: (1:5–12)<br>          * God will make believers worthy of his kingdom<br>          * God will give relief to believers<br>          * God will punish those who persecute believers<br>1. Some believers misunderstand about the second coming of Christ (2:1–12)<br>      * Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1–2)<br>      * Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3–12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian believers (2:13–17)<br>      * Paul calls the Thessalonian believers to “stand firm” (2:13–15)<br>      * Paul prays that God will comfort them (2:16–17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1–5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6–15)<br>1. Closing (3:16–17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted believers. After he became a believer, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. Paul wrote this letter while he, Silvanus, and Timothy were staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return. He also warned them that they should not be idle but should work as they wait for Christ to return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians/believers in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### How are pronouns used in this letter?<br><br>In this letter, the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. If your language differentiates between inclusive and exclusive pronouns, use an exclusive pronoun for these. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br><br>In this letter, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, some ancient manuscripts have a different reading than others. The ULT follows the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in your area that your people are familiar with, consider using the reading that it follows. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Other versions follow the reading, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. The other reading is, “For God chose you from the first/beginning for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2TH	1	intro	m987			0		# 2 Thessalonians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1–2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type in which the sender identified himself, then the recipient, then gave a greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible.<br><br>A paradox occurs in verses 4–5 where Paul talks about the Thessalonian believers’ faithfulness through persecution as “evidence of the righteous judgment of God.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But the fact that God gave them the ability to persevere in their faith is evidence that God claims them as his own and will judge them as worthy of his kingdom. In verses 5–10, Paul goes on to explain more of God’s righteous judgment, that God will reward those who believe in him and that he will punish those who afflict his people. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4–5](./04.md))<br><br>Another paradox occurs in verse 9 where Paul describes the penalty for rejecting God as “eternal destruction.” Normally when something is destroyed it ceases to exist. But in this case, the people who reject God will experience eternal separation from God, as the verse goes on to explain. Being separated from God destroys all that was enjoyable about their lives, and this continuous destruction is what they experience through eternity. ([2 Thessalonians 1:9](../01/09.md))
 2TH	1	1	hm3e	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Silvanus	**Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you could use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TH	1	1	ge00	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 2TH	1	1	l8q8	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1		Although Paul wrote this letter, he identifies Silvanus and Timothy as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 2TH	1	2	g6rb	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace to you	Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TH	1	2	bv9m	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you can express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	1	3	o6v9	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 3-12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	1	3	o6v9	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 3–12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	1	3	m6z5		εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν…πάντοτε	1	General Information:	Paul is expressing here that he has a moral obligation to God to give thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. Use a natural expression for this in your language. Alternate translation: “We are bound always to thank” or “We can do no other than to thank” or “We must give thanks continually to”
 2TH	1	3	ea59	figs-hyperbole	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε	1	We ought always to give thanks to God	Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	1	3	o01t	figs-explicit	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί	1		If your readers might misunderstand his meaning and think that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you could express the reality explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	3	o01t	figs-explicit	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί	1		If your readers might think that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you could express the reality explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	3	h6t9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a nonfigurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	1	3	ezaf	writing-pronouns	καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν	1		If it is difficult to express **just as it is fitting** in your language or if it is unclear what **it** refers to, consider starting a new sentence here to state it clearly. Alternate translation: “When we give thanks for you we are doing the right thing” or “Giving thanks for you is right for us to be doing” or “…is the right thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TH	1	3	emu9	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you can express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	1	4	kx1n	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς	1	we ourselves	Here, **ourselves** is added to **we** to emphasize that even the apostle Paul and his associates are boasting about the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we are the ones who” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns)
 2TH	1	4	gcth	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you can express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	4	qlo9	figs-doublet	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2TH	1	4	md0d	figs-explicit	πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν	1		Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you could express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	4	md0d	figs-explicit	πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν	1		Here, **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you could express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	5	rs3b	figs-explicit	ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς	1		The **evidence** that Paul is referring to here is the faithful endurance of the Thessalonian believers while suffering persecution, which he mentioned in verse 4. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Your endurance while suffering is a clear indication of God’s righteous judgment, that he considers you worthy” or “Your faithfulness through persecution shows that God is just and right to consider you worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	5	dad9	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	5	xm2g	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ πάσχετε	1		Here, **also** could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers are suffering for the kingdom of God as well as being counted worthy of it. Alternate translation: “being a part of which is also the reason that you are suffering” (2) the Thessalonian believers are suffering along with other believers. Alternate translation: “which is why you are going through sufferings along with many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	1	6	cxx1	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ	1	if indeed it is righteous for God	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is just” or “for God is certainly right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2TH	1	6	cxx1	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ	1	if indeed it is righteous for God	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is just” or “for God is certainly right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2TH	1	6	id3i	figs-metaphor	παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1	for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you	Here, **to return** means to cause someone to experience the same thing that they did to someone else as though the same action were bouncing back onto the people who did that action. Use a natural expression for this kind of reciprocal action. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “for God to pay back those who are afflicting you” “for God to do the same to those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	1	6	zemk	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	7	hxy2	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1	and relief to you	The words **and relief to you** continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). If this would not be understood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and it is righteous for God to give relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	1	11	r8gk	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης, καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you can express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire, because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	11	c7o6	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πληρώσῃ	1		Here, **and he may fulfill** adds another reason why Paul and his associates **pray always** for the Thessalonian believers. This part of the sentence assumes some of the words from earlier in the sentence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the earlier part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that he may fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	1	12	nvth	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1		Here, **so that** introduces the purpose for which Paul and his associates pray all of the things mentioned in verse 11. It is a repetition of the same purpose that was given in verse 10, using similar words. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-2TH	1	12	c6ec	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	1	12	c6ec	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	1	12	q994	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	pg2i	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	and you in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus might glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	l4l1	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1		The phrase **and you in him** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make a complete sentence by supplying these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that you might be glorified in him” or “and so that he might glorify you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 2TH	1	12	z8k9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	according to the grace of our God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to how exceedingly kind our God and the Lord Jesus Christ are to you” or “as our God and the Lord Jesus Christ continue to abundantly bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	12	z1my		τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The phrase translated as **our God and the Lord Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) two persons of the Trinity, God the Father and Jesus the Son. (2) one person, Jesus, who is both God and Lord. Alternate translation: “our God and Lord, Jesus Christ”
 2TH	2	intro	jq9r			0		# 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br><br>This person is also called “the son of destruction” and “the lawless one” in this chapter. He is not Satan, but he is empowered by Satan and is the leader of those who do Satan’s evil work in the world in the last days. He is certainly one of the “antichrists” mentioned by John (1 John 2:18) and may be the final one, described as a beast in Revelation 13. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br><br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	2	1	r36t	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 1-12, Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back and warns them about the coming man of lawlessness. A heading for this section might be, “The Man of Lawlessness” or “The Deception before Jesus Returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	2	1	r36t	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 1–12, Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back and warns them about the coming man of lawlessness. A heading for this section might be, “The Man of Lawlessness” or “The Deception before Jesus Returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	1	q1uq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	2	1	uy4z	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		The **coming of our Lord Jesus Christ** and **our gathering to him** are two actions that happen at the same time. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “regarding the time of our Lord Jesus coming when we will be gathered together unto him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 2TH	2	1	sx2f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		If it is more natural in your language, you could use active verbs for the events of **coming** and **gathering**. Alternate translation: “about the time when our Lord Jesus will come and gather us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	2	k4dk	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ὅτι	1	as if that	Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “that talks as if” or “that falsely claims that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	2	2	ib6m		ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the day of the Lord	Here, **the day of the Lord** refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
 2TH	2	3	l9c5		μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον	1	General Information:	Alternate translation: “Do not permit anyone to fool you” or “Do not believe at all the wrong words that people are telling you about this”
-2TH	2	3	ej66	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡ ἀποστασία πρῶτον	1	it may not come	Here, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for the day of the Lord will not come unless the apostacy comes first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TH	2	3	ej66	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡ ἀποστασία πρῶτον	1	it may not come	Here, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for the day of the Lord will not come unless the apostacy comes first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	2	3	y7ch	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀποστασία	1	the apostacy	Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express it in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when many people will rebel against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	3	e86v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1	the man of lawlessness may be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man of lawlessness arrives” or “the man of lawlessness makes himself known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	3	jsyj	figs-possession	ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a man who is characterized by lawlessness. By this Paul means that this man will oppose all of God’s commandments and instructions. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless man” or “the man who opposes God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -83,14 +83,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	4	sk8t	figs-pastforfuture	αὐτὸν…καθίσαι	1		Here, **he sits** is part of a description of the kinds of things that this person does. If it is confusing in your language to use the present tense for this, you could use the future tense, since this will happen in the future. Alternate translation: “he will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 2TH	2	4	wj33		ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός	1	showing that he himself is God	Here, **showing that he himself is God** does not mean that this man is God, but only that he is displaying himself to the world as though he were God. Alternate translation: “showing himself as God” or “attempting to demonstrate to people that he is God”
 2TH	2	5	rsz1	figs-rquestion	οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι, ἔτι ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν	1	Do you not remember … these things?	Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to remind the Thessalonians of what he taught when he was with them previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2TH	2	5	lkk7	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to the topics that Paul mentioned in verses 3 and 4, including the rebellion against God, the man of lawlessness, and the return of Jesus on the day of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2TH	2	5	lkk7	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these {things}** refers to the topics that Paul mentioned in verses 3 and 4, including the rebellion against God, the man of lawlessness, and the return of Jesus on the day of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TH	2	6	hph0		καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε	1		There are two possibilities for understanding the function of the word **now** here. (1) It goes with **what is restraining him**. Alternate translation: “And you know what is restraining him now” or (2) it goes with **you know**. Alternate translation: “And now you know what is restraining him”
 2TH	2	6	ask4	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ	1	he is revealed in his time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proper time, when God will allow him to reveal himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	7	faa5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	γὰρ	1		Here, the word translated **For** serves to connect this sentence as a contrast to what Paul has said about **lawlessness**, starting in verse 3. Until here, Paul was talking about lawlessness in the future, but now he wants to clarify that people are already being lawless.Use a natural way in your language for introducing this contrast. Alternate translation: “Now” or “Actually,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2TH	2	7	si9i	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας	1	mystery of lawlessness	Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you can express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws, as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	7	fcu7		ὁ κατέχων	1	the one who restrains him	To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “the one who has been holding him back”
 2TH	2	7	bijc	writing-pronouns	γένηται	1		Here, **he** refers to the one who is restraining the man of lawlessness. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who restrains the man of lawlessness moves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	2	7	tt88	figs-metaphor	ἐκ μέσου γένηται	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	7	tt88	figs-metaphor	ἐκ μέσου γένηται	1		Here Paul speaks of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	8	hn67	figs-activepassive	καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος	1	and then the lawless one will be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	8	vay9	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	with the breath of his mouth	In this figure of speech, **breath** represents the power of God and **mouth** represents the spoken word of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	2	8	hy3y	figs-parallelism	ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming	These two phrases describe the same event. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how much more powerful Jesus is than the man of lawlessness. If it is confusing for your readers to talk about killing someone and then bringing him to nothing, you could reverse the order of the phrases, as in the UST, or you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “will destroy by his glorious appearance and with the breath of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	10	sl5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	This phrase could express: (1) the result of receiving the love of the truth. Alternate translation: “and thus be saved” or (2) the purpose of loving the truth. Alternate translation: “so that they could be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	10	xst1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	11	sj1v	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	because of this	What follows this connector is the result of the action of the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. Use a connector that shows that what the people did in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in this verse. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because the people did not receive the love of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking figuratively of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending** something to them. Alternate translation: “God is allowing them to think wrongly so that they believe the lies of the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending** something to them. Alternate translation: “God is allowing them to think wrongly so that they believe the lies of the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	11	u7a0	figs-possession	ἐνέργειαν πλάνης	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **working** that is characterized by **error**. This means something that works to produce error in them. Alternate translation: “the ability to think in a wrong way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	2	11	nass	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God sends the **working of error**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2TH	2	11	bkpm	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **them** refers to the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that these people may believe” or “in order that the people who did not receive the love of the truth may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	14	pke7	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “so that you might become glorious like our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	15	holv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1		The words **So then** connect this verse with verses 13 and 14 as their logical conclusion. Because God did the wonderful things in those verses, the Thessalonians should do what verse 15 says. Use a natural way to introduce a conclusion in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Because God did all of that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	15	pa9j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	15	u9ss	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths about Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them figuratively as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	15	u9ss	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths about Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	15	cpdo	figs-doublet	στήκετε καὶ κρατεῖτε	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of doing this. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “keep on firmly believing” or “do not allow anyone to change your mind in any way about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	15	z2vs	figs-synecdoche	διὰ λόγου	1	whether by word or by our letter	Here, **by word** is an expression that means that Paul had been present with them and taught them personally. Alternate translation: “by what we said to you in person” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -143,31 +143,31 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	17	x3rr	figs-metonymy	παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι	1	may he comfort and strengthen your hearts	Here, the word **hearts** represents both the emotion and will of a person. If **hearts** does not mean this in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he give comfort and strength to your livers” or “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	2	17	yw5f	figs-synecdoche	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ	1	every good work and word	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you could do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TH	3	intro	b8hk			0		# 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
-2TH	3	1	k33i	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 1-5, Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions and encourages them. A heading for this section might be, “Pray for Us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	3	1	k33i	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 1–5, Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions and encourages them. A heading for this section might be, “Pray for Us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	1	jy75	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τὸ λοιπὸν	1	Finally	Here, the word **Finally** marks a change in topic. To **pray** is not the final instruction that Paul gives but it is how Paul opens the last section of his letter where he will discuss a few remaining matters. Alternate translation: “One more thing” or “So, continuing on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	3	1	m1s5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	3	1	v8k2	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		The pronoun **us** refers to Paul and his companions. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TH	3	1	r54v	figs-metaphor	τρέχῃ	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. He is comparing the rapid spread of God’s word to a person who takes good news to others. Alternate translation: “might spread rapidly” or “might be heard by many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	1	yvkm	figs-activepassive	καὶ δοξάζηται	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	You can state this in active form, if the passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and that many people would honor it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	3	1	egho	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “just as also happened with you” or “which is exactly what you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TH	3	1	egho	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “just as also happened with you” or “which is exactly what you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	3	2	xg2h	figs-activepassive	ῥυσθῶμεν	1	we might be rescued	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	3	2	h11p	figs-doublet	ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν	1		These two terms mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize the amount of evil. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very wicked men” or “many wicked men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	3	2	p1ct	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις	1	for not everyone has faith	The phrase **not everyone** is a negative understatement that emphasizes how rare faith is. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for people who believe in Jesus are few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2TH	3	2	appf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	3	3	yx9g	figs-explicit	ὃς στηρίξει	1	who will strengthen	The word **strengthen** here refers to spiritual strength, not physical strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, it can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “who will strengthen you spiritually” or “who will make you inwardly strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	3	3	yx9g	figs-explicit	ὃς στηρίξει	1	who will strengthen	The word **strengthen** here refers to spiritual strength, not physical strength. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “who will strengthen you spiritually” or “who will make you inwardly strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	3	p91k		τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	This could mean: (1) the evil being Satan. Alternate translation: “Satan” or (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil”
 2TH	3	4	xk85	figs-nominaladj	πεποίθαμεν δὲ	1	we are confident	The phrase **We are also confident** may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “We also have faith” or “We also trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-2TH	3	4	w79e	figs-metaphor	πεποίθαμεν δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		This could mean: (1) Paul has confidence in the Thessalonian believers because of the close relationship that they have with the Lord Jesus. In this case, Paul is speaking figuratively of this relationship as if they were inside the Lord Jesus. Alternative translation: “Because you are united to the Lord, we are also confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) Paul has confidence in the Lord Jesus, that he will cause them to do what is right. Alternative translation: “Because we trust in the Lord Jesus to enable you, we are also confident”
+2TH	3	4	w79e	figs-metaphor	πεποίθαμεν δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		This could mean: (1) Paul has confidence in the Thessalonian believers because of the close relationship that they have with the Lord Jesus. In this case, Paul is speaking of this relationship as if they were inside the Lord Jesus. Alternative translation: “Because you are united to the Lord, we are also confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) Paul has confidence in the Lord Jesus, that he will cause them to do what is right. Alternative translation: “Because we trust in the Lord Jesus to enable you, we are also confident”
 2TH	3	5	giz4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	may the Lord direct your hearts	Here, **hearts** stands for a person’s thoughts or mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand the love of God and the endurance of Christ” or “may the Lord help you to know the love of God and the endurance of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	5	wre3	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ	Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. If your readers would not understand this figure of speech, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and the endurance that Christ supplies you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	5	dzbn	figs-possession	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **love of God** can mean (1) the love that comes from God. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you” or (2) the love that people give to God. Alternate translation: “to love God more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	3	5	ia7x	figs-possession	εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **endurance of Christ** can mean (1) the endurance that Christ gives to his people. Alternate translation: “to experience the endurance that Christ gives you” or (2) the endurance that Christ had through his suffering. Alternate translation: “to know how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TH	3	6	mst3	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 6-15, Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. A heading for this section might be, “Believers Must Work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	3	6	mst3	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 6–15, Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. A heading for this section might be, “Believers Must Work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	6	v33v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	3	6	x9l8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ	1	brothers	Here, the words **brothers** and **brother** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters … brother or sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** figuratively stands for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you could express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** stands for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term is not clear in your language, you could express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	6	jvw1	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	of our Lord	Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2TH	3	6	x2r8	figs-metaphor	ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of people who are not living well as if they walk in a haphazard manner. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “who is living in a bad way” or “who is not living correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	6	x2r8	figs-metaphor	ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος	1		Here Paul speaks of people who are not living well as if they walk in a haphazard manner. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “who is living in a bad way” or “who is not living correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	6	se1g		τὴν παράδοσιν	1		Here, **the traditions** refers to the teachings that the apostles received from Jesus and are passing along to all believers. Alternate translation: “the teachings” or “the instructions”
 2TH	3	7	h222	figs-explicit	μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	The phrase **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	7	b1i1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	we did not behave disorderly among you	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or “we worked diligently when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	3	13	jx8t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δέ	1	But	Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Concerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2TH	3	13	e59v	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers, so it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TH	3	13	usu9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	14	mzs4	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	Paul is figuratively referring to his command to the Thessalonian believers as a **word**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	3	14	mzs4	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	Paul is referring to his command to the Thessalonian believers as a **word**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	14	nv3v	figs-idiom	τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε	1	note this one	Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “point out that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	3	14	y552	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐντραπῇ	1	so that he may be put to shame	Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. If necessary, you could make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	15	idj6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφόν	1		Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	16	nef4	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 16-18, Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica. A heading for this section might be, “Closing Remarks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	3	16	nef4	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 16–18, Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica. A heading for this section might be, “Closing Remarks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	16	z1zs	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	3	16	whb9	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν	1	may the Lord of peace himself give you	Paul ends the letter with blessings that are also prayers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself may give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TH	3	16	zl1s	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης	1	the Lord of peace himself	Here, **himself** emphasizes that the Lord is the source of peace and that he will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

en_tn_55-1TI.tsv

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-1TI	front	intro	wy83			0		# Introduction to 1 Timothy<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy<br><br>In this letter, Paul alternates between personal commands to Timothy that empower him to act as his representative and with his authority, and instructions for how followers of Jesus should live in community.<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1-2)<br>2. Paul commands Timothy to tell people not to teach false doctrines (1:3-20)<br>3. Paul gives instructions about how to re-establish order and decency in the church (2:1-15)<br>4. Paul gives instructions about how to ensure that elders and deacons are properly qualified (3:1-13)<br>5. Paul commands Timothy regarding his own personal conduct (3:14-5:2)<br>6. Paul gives instructions to ensure church support for worthy widows (5:3-16) and elders (5:17-20)<br>7. Paul commands Timothy that he must be impartial (5:21-25)<br>8. Paul gives instructions to ensure order in master-servant relationships (6:1-2a)<br>9. Paul commands Timothy regarding how he should teach and conduct himself (6:2b-16)<br>10. Paul gives instructions for how people who are rich should live (6:17-19)<br>11. Paul commands Timothy to guard what has been entrusted to his care (6:20-21a)<br>12. Closing blessing to the whole church (6:21b)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>A man named Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul may have written other letters to Timothy, but this is the earliest one that we still have. That is why it is known as 1 Timothy or First Timothy. Timothy was Paul’s disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote this letter near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches while Timothy himself trained other leaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its customary title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is discipleship?<br><br>Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ”?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>In [6:5](../06/05.md), the oldest Greek manuscripts differ from later Greek manuscripts. Modern translations may also differ depending on the Greek manuscript that they translate from. The ULT text translates the Greek from the oldest manuscripts and puts the differences from later manuscripts in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider following the decision in that translation. If not, translators are advised to follow the oldest Greek manuscripts as reflected in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TI	1	intro	a4v2			0		# 1 Timothy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter Paul speaks figuratively of people who are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith as if they had “missed the mark” that they were aiming at, as if they had “turned away” down a wrong path, and as if they had been “shipwrecked.” He speaks figuratively of following Jesus faithfully as “fighting the good fight.”
+1TI	front	intro	wy83			0		# Introduction to 1 Timothy<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy<br><br>In this letter, Paul alternates between personal commands to Timothy that empower him to act as his representative and with his authority, and instructions for how followers of Jesus should live in community.<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1–2)<br>2. Paul commands Timothy to tell people not to teach false doctrines (1:3–20)<br>3. Paul gives instructions about how to re-establish order and decency in the church (2:1–15)<br>4. Paul gives instructions about how to ensure that elders and deacons are properly qualified (3:1–13)<br>5. Paul commands Timothy regarding his own personal conduct (3:14–5:2)<br>6. Paul gives instructions to ensure church support for worthy widows (5:3–16) and elders (5:17–20)<br>7. Paul commands Timothy that he must be impartial (5:21–25)<br>8. Paul gives instructions to ensure order in master-servant relationships (6:1–2a)<br>9. Paul commands Timothy regarding how he should teach and conduct himself (6:2b–16)<br>10. Paul gives instructions for how people who are rich should live (6:17–19)<br>11. Paul commands Timothy to guard what has been entrusted to his care (6:20–21a)<br>12. Closing blessing to the whole church (6:21b)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>A man named Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul may have written other letters to Timothy, but this is the earliest one that we still have. That is why it is known as 1 Timothy or First Timothy. Timothy was Paul’s disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote this letter near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches while Timothy himself trained other leaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its customary title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is discipleship?<br><br>Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ”?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>In [6:5](../06/05.md), the oldest Greek manuscripts differ from later Greek manuscripts. Modern translations may also differ depending on the Greek manuscript that they translate from. The ULT text translates the Greek from the oldest manuscripts and puts the differences from later manuscripts in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider following the decision in that translation. If not, translators are advised to follow the oldest Greek manuscripts as reflected in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1TI	1	intro	a4v2			0		# 1 Timothy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1–2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter Paul speaks of people who are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith as if they had “missed the mark” that they were aiming at, as if they had “turned away” down a wrong path, and as if they had been “shipwrecked.” He speaks of following Jesus faithfully as “fighting the good fight.”
 1TI	1	1	i3zz		Παῦλος	1	Paul	In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you, Timothy”
 1TI	1	1	xl6d		κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν Θεοῦ	1	by the command of God	Alternate translation: “by the authority of God”
-1TI	1	1	wb8j		Θεοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	God our Savior	Alternate translation: “God, who saves us”
-1TI	1	1	sw77	figs-metonymy	Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἡμῶν	1	the Lord Jesus Christ our hope	Here, **our hope** refers figuratively to the person in whom we have hope. Alternate translations: “Christ Jesus, the one in whom we have confidence” or “Christ Jesus, whom we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	1	1	wb8j		Θεοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	God our Savior	Alternate translation: “of God, who saves us”
+1TI	1	1	sw77	figs-metonymy	Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἡμῶν	1	the Lord Jesus Christ our hope	Here, **our hope** refers to the person in whom we have hope. Alternate translations: “of Christ Jesus, the one in whom we have confidence” or “of Christ Jesus, whom we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	2	pyi6	figs-metaphor	γνησίῳ τέκνῳ	1	a true son	Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **son**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ. That would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child, since Timothy entered his new life as a follower of Jesus because of Paul. Alternate translation: “who is truly like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	2	rd5v		χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, peace	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Alternate translation: “I hope you are experiencing God’s kindness, mercy, and peace”
+1TI	1	2	rd5v		χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	Grace, mercy, peace	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Alternate translation: “I hope you are experiencing God’s kindness, mercy, and peace”
 1TI	1	2	p4lz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	God the Father	Here, **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1TI	1	2	zx37		Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	Christ Jesus our Lord	Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus, who is our Lord”
-1TI	1	3	k4tm		καθὼς παρεκάλεσά σε	1	As I urged you	Alternate translation: “as I told you”
-1TI	1	3	k35a	figs-yousingular	σε	1	you	In this letter, with one exception, the words **you**, **your**, and **yourself** refer to Timothy and so are singular. A note will discuss the one exception in [6:21](../06/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+1TI	1	3	k4tm		καθὼς παρεκάλεσά σε	1	As I urged you	Alternate translation: “As I told you”
+1TI	1	3	k35a	figs-yousingular	σε	1	you	In this letter, with one exception, the words **you**, “your,” and “yourself” refer to Timothy and so are singular. A note will discuss the one exception in [6:21](../06/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1TI	1	3	amp4		προσμεῖναι ἐν Ἐφέσῳ	1	remain in Ephesus	Alternate translation: “wait for me there in the city of Ephesus”
 1TI	1	3	t112	translate-names	Ἐφέσῳ	1	Ephesus	**Ephesus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1TI	1	3	t113		τισὶν	1	certain ones	Alternate translation: “certain people”
@@ -20,24 +20,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	4	ft33		γενεαλογίαις	1	genealogies	Usually, the term **genealogies** refers to a record of a person’s ancestors. However, in this case it could also mean a record of the supposed ancestors of spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “lists of names”
 1TI	1	4	qb9l		αἵτινες ἐκζητήσεις παρέχουσι	1	which promote arguments	The people were debating about these stories and lists of names, but no one could know for certain whether they were true. Alternate translation: “these make people disagree angrily”
 1TI	1	4	eu9f	figs-abstractnouns	οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ	1	the stewardship of God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this phrasebehind the abstract noun **stewardship** with a concrete noun such as “plan” or “work.” Alternate translations: “helping us to understand God’s plan to save us” or “helping us to do God’s work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	1	4	p2sr	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν πίστει	1	which is by faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the word **faith**behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translations: “which we learn by believing in God” or “which we do by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	1	4	p2sr	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν πίστει	1	which is by faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the word **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translations: “which we learn by believing in God” or “which we do by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	5	myi5		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help Timothy understand the purpose of what he is commanding him. You can translate it with a word or phrase in your language that introduces background information.
 1TI	1	5	iwnk	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν	1	Now the goal of this command is	Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TI	1	5	l7un		τῆς παραγγελίας	1	command	Here, **this command** refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
+1TI	1	5	l7un		τῆς παραγγελίας	1	command	Here, **{this} command** refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
 1TI	1	5	i9rs	figs-explicit	ἐστὶν ἀγάπη	1	is love	That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you could state “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	1	5	t123	figs-metaphor	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	5	mbe6	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	1	5	t123	figs-metaphor	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here the **heart** represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	5	mbe6	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here, **pure** indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	5	ar8t		συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς	1	a good conscience	Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
 1TI	1	5	m53g		πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	Paul presents **a sincere faith** as the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
-1TI	1	5	zziu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the phrase **a sincere faith**behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	1	6	j4z3	figs-metaphor	τινες ἀστοχήσαντες	1	some, having missed the mark	Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	6	se38	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν εἰς	1	have turned away to	Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	5	zziu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the phrase **a sincere faith** by expressing the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	1	6	j4z3	figs-metaphor	τινες ἀστοχήσαντες	1	some, having missed the mark	Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	6	se38	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν εἰς	1	have turned away to	Here, **turned away** means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	7	v28u	figs-explicit	νομοδιδάσκαλοι	1	teachers of the law	Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	7	kz8x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μὴ νοοῦντες	1	not understanding	If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	1	7	t131	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ…μήτε…μήτε	1	not … either … or	Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TI	1	7	t132	figs-parallelism	ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται	1	what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TI	1	8	d6dz		οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος	1	we know that the law is good	Alternate translations: “we understand that the law is useful” or “we understand that the law is beneficial”
-1TI	1	8	t134	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1TI	1	8	t134	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, “us,” and “our” to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TI	1	8	r86g		ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται	1	if one uses it lawfully	Alternate translations: “if a person uses it correctly” or “if a person uses it in the way that God intended”
 1TI	1	9	xs94		εἰδὼς τοῦτο	1	knowing this	Alternate translation: “we also know this”
 1TI	1	9	fq4i	figs-activepassive	δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται	1	the law is not made for the righteous	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -46,45 +46,45 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	9	t141		πατρολῴαις καὶ μητρολῴαις, ἀνδροφόνοις	1	father-killers and mother-killers, man-slayers	In this list Paul uses several compound words to express his meaning concisely and vividly. In each case the first term in the compound, a noun, is the object of the second term in the compound, a verb. Three of these compound words are in this verse, and two more are in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these terms by translating them either with single terms or with phrases. Alternate translations: “patricides and matricides, murders” or “people who kill other people, even their own fathers and mothers”
 1TI	1	9	t142	figs-gendernotations	ἀνδροφόνοις	1	man-slayers	Paul uses the term **man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	1	10	y5dx	figs-nominaladj	πόρνοις	1	the immoral	Paul is using the adjective **immoral** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have sexual relations outside of marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TI	1	10	v1gh	figs-idiom	ἀρσενοκοίταις	1	male-liers	The term **male-liers** is the fourth compound word on the list. The term “lie” figuratively means to have sexual relations. Alternate translation: “men who have sexual relations with other males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	1	10	v1gh	figs-idiom	ἀρσενοκοίταις	1	male-liers	The term **male-liers** is the fourth compound word on the list. The term “lie” means to have sexual relations. Alternate translation: “men who have sexual relations with other males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	1	10	bzw4	figs-gendernotations	ἀνδραποδισταῖς	1	man-stealers	The term **man-stealers** is the fifth and last compound word on the list. Paul uses the term **man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people who kidnap other people to sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	1	10	gg42		καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται	1	and if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that, in many languages, a sentence would need to be complete. He means that if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching, then the law is made for people who do that, too. Alternate translation: “and for people who do anything else that is against wholesome teaching”
 1TI	1	10	t147	figs-metonymy	τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	healthy teaching	The phrase **healthy teaching** is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	11	mg4t		τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου Θεοῦ	1	to the gospel of glory of the blessed God	This phrase could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: “the gospel about the glory that belongs to the blessed God” or “the glorious gospel about the blessed God”
 1TI	1	11	a58d	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ	1	with which I have been entrusted	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express what had been entrusted to Paul with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for which God made me responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	1	12	t150		χάριν ἔχω	1	I have gratitude to	Alternate translation: “I thank”
+1TI	1	12	t150		χάριν ἔχω	1	I have gratitude to	Alternate translation: “I am thankful”
 1TI	1	12	uu6n		πιστόν με ἡγήσατο	1	he considered me trustworthy	Alternate translation: “he believed that he could rely on me”
 1TI	1	12	ff1n	figs-metaphor	θέμενος εἰς διακονίαν	1	placing me into service	Paul speaks of the task of serving God as if it were a location that one could be placed in. Alternate translations: “he assigned me to serve him” or “he appointed me as his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	13	q75p	figs-explicit	ὄντα βλάσφημον	1	being a blasphemer	Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. He is probably referring to how he used to say that Jesus was not the Messiah and that people should not believe in him. Alternate translation: “I was a person who said wrong things about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	13	gbd4	figs-explicit	διώκτην	1	a persecutor	Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “a person who persecuted those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	13	k85c	figs-explicit	ὑβριστήν	1	an aggressor	Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translations: “a violent person” or “a person who used violence against those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	13	rq2m	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἠλεήθην, ὅτι ἀγνοῶν, ἐποίησα ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ	1	I was shown mercy because not knowing, I acted in unfaithfulness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases since the second phrase, “not knowing,” gives the reason for the action that the first phrase, “I was shown mercy,” describes. Alternate translation: “I did not act the way God would have trusted me to act, but that was because I did not know what I was doing, and so Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TI	1	13	nv6k	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express who showed mercy to Paul with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	1	14	t158		δὲ	1	Indeed	Paul here uses the word **indeed** to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
+1TI	1	13	nv6k	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express who showed **mercy** to Paul with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	1	14	t158		δὲ	1	Indeed	Paul here uses the word **Indeed** to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
 1TI	1	14	c1lg	figs-metaphor	ὑπερεπλεόνασεν…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	the grace of our Lord overflowed	Paul speaks of the **grace** of Jesus as if it were a liquid that fills a container until it flows over the top. Alternate translation: “Jesus showed me unlimited grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	14	z5lv	figs-idiom	μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	1	14	z5lv	figs-idiom	μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	This could refer to: (1) **faith and love** that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) **faith and love** that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	1	15	z48s		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	In this context, the term **word** refers to an entire statement. Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
 1TI	1	15	rh2r		καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος	1	and worthy of all acceptance	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
 1TI	1	15	t163	figs-quotemarks	Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι	1	Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners	Paul uses this phrase as a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow, “Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners,” with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1TI	1	15	t164		ὧν πρῶτός εἰμι ἐγώ	1	of whom I am the first	Here the term **first** has the sense of the superlative example of a class, in this case a negative class. Alternate translation: “and I am the worst one of all”
-1TI	1	16	z5kg	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express who showed mercy to Paul with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	1	16	z5kg	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express who showed **mercy** to Paul with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	1	16	epe2		ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ	1	so that in me, the first	Alternate translation: “so that through me, the worst sinner of all”
 1TI	1	17	k9sc		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce a change in what he is writing. As a result of what he has been teaching Timothy, he now writes a blessing to and about God. Use a word to indicate this change in your language, such as “so” or “now.”
 1TI	1	17	ts5z	figs-abstractnouns	τιμὴ καὶ δόξα	1	be honor and glory	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **grace** by stating the ideas behind the them with verbs. Alternate translation: “may people honor and glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	18	ijn8	figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν παρατίθεμαί σοι	1	This command I am placing before you	Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translations: “I am entrusting you with this command” or “this is what I am commanding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	18	b6uq	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	child	Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **child**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	18	y6jg		κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας	1	in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how these prophecies happened and who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
-1TI	1	18	w2ex	figs-metaphor	στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν	1	fight the good fight	Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	18	w2ex	figs-metaphor	στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν	1	fight the good fight	Paul speaks about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	19	jj6k	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχων πίστιν	1	holding faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	19	ly6q	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν	1	a good conscience	See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	19	dyr6	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	regarding the faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	20	pv7f	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Hymenaeus … Alexander	**Hymenaeus** and **Alexander** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you could state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you could state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	20	az10	figs-explicit	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1		This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	20	s76c	figs-activepassive	ἵνα παιδευθῶσι	1	so that they may be taught	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	intro	c6rf			0		# 1 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br><br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Other scholars believe that God wants women to use the gifts He gives them on an equal basis with men. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
-1TI	2	1	yk2z	figs-idiom	πρῶτον πάντων	1	first of all	As in [1:15](../01/15.md), the term **first** figuratively means the superlative example of a class. Alternate translation: “most importantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	2	1	yk2z	figs-idiom	πρῶτον πάντων	1	first of all	As in [1:15](../01/15.md), the term **first** means the superlative example of a class. Alternate translation: “most importantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	2	1	iag7		παρακαλῶ	1	I urge	Alternate translation: “I encourage” or “I exhort”
 1TI	2	1	ql7a	figs-activepassive	ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας	1	for requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to be made	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	1	t183	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	7	t202	translate-names	ἐθνῶν	1	the Gentiles	This word **Gentiles** is the name for people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “of non-Jewish people groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1TI	2	8	a841	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ	1	the men in every place	Here the word **men** refers specifically to males. The term is not generic, since Paul addresses women next. Alternate translations: “the males in all places” or “men everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	2	8	unw6	translate-symaction	ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας	1	to pray, lifting up holy hands	It was the customary posture in this culture for people to raise their **hands** while praying. You could translate this in a way that would make that clear. Alternate translation: “reverently lifting up their hands in the customary way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-1TI	2	8	yzg3	figs-synecdoche	προσεύχεσθαι…ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας	1	to pray, lifting up holy hands	Paul describes one part of the person, the **hands**, as holy to indicate that the entire person is to be holy. Alternate translation: “lifting up their hands to pray in holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TI	2	8	yzg3	figs-synecdoche	προσεύχεσθαι…ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας	1	to pray, lifting up holy hands	Paul describes one part of the person, the **hands**, as holy to indicate that the entire person is to be holy. Alternate translation: “to lift up their hands to pray in holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TI	2	8	t206	figs-hendiadys	χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ	1	without anger and argument	Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **anger** tells what kind of **argument** the men should avoid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “without angry arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TI	2	9	t207	figs-ellipsis	ὡσαύτως	1	likewise	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “in the same way, I also want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	2	9	sw21	translate-unknown	μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν	1	not in braided hair	During this time, many Roman women braided their hair lavishly to try to make themselves attractive. If your readers would not be familiar with the practice of braiding hair, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translations: “they should not have fancy hairstyles” or “they should not have elaborate hairstyles that attract attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -127,46 +127,46 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	14	wq5k	figs-activepassive	Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη	1	Adam was not deceived	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	14	n6td	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν	1	but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	14	t221	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν	1	came into transgression	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **transgression** by stating the ideas behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	2	15	krx4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TI	2	15	t222		σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” Later in the sentence, **they**  refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
+1TI	2	15	krx4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Paul uses the word **But** to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TI	2	15	t222		σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” Later in the sentence, **they** refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
 1TI	2	15	u8iv		σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1	she will be saved through childbearing	This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
-1TI	2	15	i0ap	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1		If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TI	2	15	i0ap	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1		If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: **childbearing**. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TI	2	15	n818	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	15	gh3c		ἐὰν μείνωσιν	1	if they remain	Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
 1TI	2	15	sl57	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ	1	in faith and love and holiness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	2	15	dcf3	figs-idiom	μετὰ σωφροσύνης	1	with self-control	Here, **with self-control** could mean: (1) with good judgment. (2) with modesty. (3) with clear thinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TI	3	intro	d9db			0		# 1 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[3:16](../03/16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to express what it understood to be the meaning of who Jesus was and what he did.<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the Greek term in verses 1-2, which means literally an “over-seer.” The word “bishop” is derived directly from the letters of this Greek term. Paul writes about another kind of church leader, a “deacon,” in verses 8 and 12.<br><br>### Character qualities<br><br>This chapter lists several qualities that an overseer or deacon in the church must have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	3	intro	d9db			0		# 1 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[3:16](../03/16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to express what it understood to be the meaning of who Jesus was and what he did.<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the Greek term in verses 1–2, which means literally an “over-seer.” The word “bishop” is derived directly from the letters of this Greek term. Paul writes about another kind of church leader, a “deacon,” in verses 8 and 12.<br><br>### Character qualities<br><br>This chapter lists several qualities that an overseer or deacon in the church must have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	3	1	t227		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	As in [1:15](../01/15.md), in this context the term **word** has a meaning more like “statement” or “message.” Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
 1TI	3	1	t228	figs-quotemarks	πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1TI	3	1	t229	translate-unknown	ἐπισκοπῆς	1	overseer	The term **overseer** describes a leader of the early Christian church whose work was to take care of the spiritual needs of believers and make sure that they received accurate biblical teaching. Alternate translation: “spiritual leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1TI	3	1	f133		καλοῦ ἔργου	1	a good work	Alternate translations: “an honorable task” or “an honorable role”
-1TI	3	2	dff6		μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα	1	a husband of one wife	Here, **if one wife** means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translations: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife”
-1TI	3	2	qnq9		δεῖ…εἶναι…νηφάλιον, σώφρονα, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον	1	must be … sober, self-controlled, orderly, hospitable	Alternate translation: “He must … not do anything to excess, he must be reasonable and behave well, and he must be welcoming to strangers”
-1TI	3	3	c2c7		μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον	1	not a drunkard, not a brawler, but gentle, peaceful	Alternate translation: “he must not drink alcohol to excess, and he must not fight and argue, but instead, he must be gentle and peaceful”
+1TI	3	2	dff6		μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα	1	a husband of one wife	Here, **of one wife** means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translations: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife”
+1TI	3	2	qnq9		νηφάλιον, σώφρονα, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον	1	must be … sober, self-controlled, orderly, hospitable	Alternate translation: “not do anything to excess, reasonable and behave well, welcoming to strangers”
+1TI	3	3	c2c7		μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον	1	not a drunkard, not a brawler, but gentle, peaceful	Alternate translation: “not drink alcohol to excess, not fight and argue, but instead, gentle and peaceful”
 1TI	3	3	pc2g	figs-metaphor	ἀφιλάργυρον	1	not money-loving	If the expression **loving** money would not convey the idea of something inappropriate in your language, it might be helpful to use a term that expresses the idea of “greed.” Alternate translation: “not greedy for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	4	a8gu		προϊστάμενον	1	managing	Alternate translations: “he should lead” or “he should take care of”
 1TI	3	4	w3un		ἐν ὑποταγῇ, μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος	1	in obedience with all honor	This could mean: (1) the overseer’s children should obey their father and show respect to him. Alternate translation: “who obey him completely respectfully” (2) the overseer’s children should show respect to everyone. Alternate translation: “who obey him and show respect to everyone” or (3) the overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them. Alternate translation: “who obey him as he treats them with respect”
 1TI	3	5	n5lt	figs-rquestion	εἰ δέ τις τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται?	1	for if someone does not know how to manage his own household, how will he take care of the church of God?	Paul is making a statement, not actually asking a question. He does not expect Timothy to explain how a man who could not manage his own household could take care of God’s church. Instead, Paul is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for an overseer to demonstrate faithfulness in his personal life before assuming a leadership role in the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I say this because a man who is not able to manage his own household will certainly not be able to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1TI	3	5	c814	figs-metonymy	ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ	1	the church of God	Here the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	3	6	q7hu		μὴ νεόφυτον	1	not a new convert	Alternate translations: “he should not be still just learning the faith” or “he must be mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
+1TI	3	6	q7hu		μὴ νεόφυτον	1	not a new convert	Alternate translations: “not still just learning the faith” or “mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
 1TI	3	6	t240	figs-explicit	τυφωθεὶς	1	puffed up	Paul is warning that a new convert might become excessively proud if he were given an important leadership position right away. Alternate translation: “becoming proud of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	3	6	t241	figs-metaphor	τυφωθεὶς	1	puffed up	Paul describes being proud figuratively as if it made a person swell in size. Alternate translation: “thinking that he is better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	6	t241	figs-metaphor	τυφωθεὶς	1	puffed up	Paul describes being proud as if it made a person swell in size. Alternate translation: “thinking that he is better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	6	v6f5	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	so that he may not fall … into the judgment of the devil	Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him … as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	3	7	si1d	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἔξωθεν	1	those outside	Paul speaks of the church figuratively as though it were a place and unbelievers were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: “those who are not believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	3	7	qsa6	figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ	1	so that he may not fall into disgrace	Paul speaks of disgrace figuratively as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: “so that he does not do anything that would make him ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	3	7	t245	figs-metaphor	παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου	1	the trap of the devil	Paul speaks of the devil tempting someone to sin as if it were a trap that could catch a person. Alternate translation: “so that the devil is not able to tempt him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	7	si1d	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἔξωθεν	1	those outside	Paul speaks of the church as though it were a place and unbelievers were physically **outside** of it. Alternate translation: “those who are not believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	7	qsa6	figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ	1	so that he may not fall into disgrace	Paul speaks of **disgrace** as if it were a hole that a person could **fall into**. Alternate translation: “so that he does not do anything that would make him ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	7	t245	figs-metaphor	παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου	1	the trap of the devil	Paul speaks of **the devil** tempting someone to sin as if it were a **trap** that could catch a person. Alternate translation: “so that the devil is not able to tempt him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	8	nz2w		διακόνους ὡσαύτως	1	Likewise deacons	Alternate translation: “deacons, just like overseers”
-1TI	3	8	sxq4	figs-metaphor	μὴ διλόγους	1	not double-talkers	Paul speaks figuratively about some people as if they could say two things at once. Alternate translation: “they should not say one thing but mean something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	3	8	g5qi	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ διλόγους	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind **not double-talkers** positively. Alternate translation: “be honest in what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1TI	3	9	c44a	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντας	1	holding	Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could hold. Alternate translation: “they must continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	8	sxq4	figs-metaphor	μὴ διλόγους	1	not double-talkers	Paul speaks about some people as if they could say two things at once. Alternate translation: “not saying one thing but meaning something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	8	g5qi	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ διλόγους	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind **not double-talkers** positively. Alternate translation: “honest in what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1TI	3	9	c44a	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντας	1	holding	Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could hold. Alternate translation: “continuing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	9	jda1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μυστήριον	1	the mystery	Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	3	9	rfv7	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως	1	the mystery of the faith	Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	3	9	y91f	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	9	y91f	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	10	hl1p	figs-activepassive	καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον	1	let them also be tested first	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	11	xyc9		γυναῖκας	1	the women	This could mean: (1) deacons’ wives. (2) female deacons.
-1TI	3	11	q5qx		σεμνάς	1	dignified	Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
-1TI	3	11	a12k		μὴ διαβόλους	1	not slanderers	Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
-1TI	3	11	akm5		νηφαλίους	1	sober	See how you translated **sober** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “not doing anything to excess.”
+1TI	3	11	q5qx		σεμνάς	1	dignified	Alternate translations: “must be people who act properly” or “must be people who are worthy of respect”
+1TI	3	11	a12k		μὴ διαβόλους	1	not slanderers	Alternate translation: “not saying malicious things about other people”
+1TI	3	11	akm5		νηφαλίους	1	sober	See how you translated **sober** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “not doing anything to excess”
 1TI	3	12	wji2		μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες	1	husbands of one wife	See how you translated this phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translations: “not married to more than one woman” or “faithful to their wives”
 1TI	3	12	dv31		τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων	1	managing their own children and households well	Alternate translation: “taking proper care of their children and their personal affairs”
 1TI	3	13	rfq2	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Paul here uses the word **For** to introduce what the results will be if people with the qualifications he has just described are chosen as church leaders. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	3	14	zzzu	figs-go	ἐλθεῖν	1	to come	In some languages it is more natural to say “go” here, rather than **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 1TI	3	15	z9z8		ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω	1	but if I delay	This phrase does not imply that Paul might choose to take his time rather than hurrying. Alternate translations: “but in case I cannot get there soon” or “but if something prevents me from getting there soon”
 1TI	3	15	p9u4		ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι	1	so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God	Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. This could refer to: (1) the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” (2) Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
-1TI	3	15	wzk3	figs-distinguish	οἴκῳ Θεοῦ…ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	the household of God, which is the church of the living God	This phrase gives us further information about **the household of God**. It is not making a distinction between a household of God that is the church and one that is not the church. Alternate translation: “household of God, by which I mean the community of people who believe in the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TI	3	15	wzk3	figs-distinguish	οἴκῳ Θεοῦ…ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	the household of God, which is the church of the living God	This phrase gives us further information about **{the} household of God**. It is not making a distinction between a household of God that is the church and one that is not the church. Alternate translation: “household of God, by which I mean the community of people who believe in the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TI	3	15	cd5r	figs-metaphor	στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	a pillar and support of the truth	Paul speaks of the truth as if it were a building and of the community of believers as if they were helping to hold up that building. Alternate translation: “which helps to proclaim God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	15	t267	figs-doublet	στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα	1	a pillar and support	The terms **pillar** and **support** mean basically the same thing. They are architectural features that hold up parts of buildings. Paul uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “which helps promote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	3	15	sg64	figs-idiom	Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Alternate translations: “the God who is genuinely alive” or “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	3	16	t271	figs-explicit	μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον	1	great is the mystery of godliness	Since Paul follows this statement by quoting a hymn or poem about the life of Jesus, the implication is that he sees Jesus as having made it possible for people to worship God in the most genuine way. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed about why we worship Jesus is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	3	16	y8sp	writing-poetry	ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ	1	Who was revealed in flesh, was justified in the Spirit, was seen by angels, was proclaimed among the nations, was believed in the world, was taken up in glory.	This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
 1TI	3	16	m4xi	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί	1	Who was revealed in flesh	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	3	16	rqp6	figs-metonymy	ἐν σαρκί	1	in flesh	Paul uses the term **flesh** figuratively here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	3	16	rqp6	figs-metonymy	ἐν σαρκί	1	in flesh	Paul uses the term **flesh** here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	3	16	gm36	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι	1	was justified in the Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	16	fn1k	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις	1	was seen by angels	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	16	c3wx	figs-activepassive	ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν	1	was proclaimed among the nations	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -198,18 +198,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	1	b931	figs-metaphor	ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως	1	some will leave the faith	Paul speaks of people ceasing to trust in Christ as if they were physically leaving a place. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	1	hw98	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως	1	some will leave the faith	Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	4	1	q13m		προσέχοντες	1	attending to	Alternate translations: “and turn their attention to” or “because they are paying attention to”
-1TI	4	1	ae5w	figs-doublet	πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων	1	deceiving spirits and teachings of demons	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TI	4	1	ae5w	figs-doublet	πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων	1	deceiving spirits and teachings of demons	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “to the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	4	2	pw29		ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων	1	in false-speaking hypocrisy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
-1TI	4	2	u2f4	figs-metaphor	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	Paul is speaking figuratively of these people as if their sense of right and wrong had been ruined like skin that someone had burned with a hot iron. Alternate translation: “they will not have any sense of right and wrong any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	2	u2f4	figs-metaphor	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	Paul is speaking of these people as if their sense of right and wrong had been ruined like skin that someone had burned with a hot iron. Alternate translation: “they will not have any sense of right and wrong any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	2	t288	figs-activepassive	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	4	3	t289		κωλυόντων γαμεῖν	1	forbidding to marry	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “these people teach that it is wrong to marry”
+1TI	4	3	t289		κωλυόντων γαμεῖν	1	forbidding to marry	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “These people teach that it is wrong to marry”
 1TI	4	3	wd2l	figs-explicit	κωλυόντων γαμεῖν	1	forbidding to marry	The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid believers to **marry**. Alternate translation: “these people will forbid believers to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	3	t291	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων	1	to abstain from foods	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He does not mean that these false teachers will forbid believers to abstain from certain foods, but that the false teachers will require them to abstain from certain foods. In other words, the meaning of **forbidding** does not carry forward from the previous clause; rather, the meaning of “requiring” should be supplied. Alternate translation: “they will require believers to abstain from certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	4	3	m1d6	figs-explicit	ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων	1	to abstain from foods	The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid only certain **foods** and that they will impose this restriction on believers. Alternate translation: “they will forbid believers to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	3	t293	figs-doublet	τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the faithful and the ones knowing the truth	These two expressions mean the same thing. Paul uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “by the genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	4	3	t294	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πιστοῖς	1	the faithful	Paul is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “by people who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	4	4	pppf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The word **For** communicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul just said. Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TI	4	4	dv4s	figs-distinguish	πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν	1	every creature of God is good	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the phrase**every creation**behind the expression **creation of God** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TI	4	4	dv4s	figs-distinguish	πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν	1	every creature of God is good	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the phrase **every creation** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TI	4	4	a15j	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον	1	nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	5	gwcs	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		The word **for** communicates that what follows is the reason for the last part of what Paul has just said. In other words, it is the reason why “nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile.” Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TI	4	5	m5mb	figs-activepassive	ἁγιάζεται	1	it is sanctified	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translations: “it becomes holy” or “it is suitable to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	6	ks5x	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	Placing these things before the brothers	Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically placed in front of the other believers. Alternate translation: “if you help the believers remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	6	hfx3		ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to the teaching that began in [3:16](../03/16.md).
 1TI	4	6	h6qr	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	before the brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TI	4	6	uyeb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers	The term **the brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	6	uyeb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers	The term **the brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	6	t304	figs-activepassive	ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας	1	being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	6	f8vs	figs-metaphor	ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας	1	being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed	Paul speaks of these statements and teachings as if they could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	4	6	ny78	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας	1	by the words of the faith and of the good teaching	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	4	6	ny78	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας	1	by the words of the faith and of the good teaching	Paul uses the term **words** to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	4	7	th4i		τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους	1	the profane and old-womanish myths	See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
 1TI	4	7	elk7	figs-idiom	γραώδεις μύθους	1	old-womanish myths	The term **old-womanish** is an idiom that means “silly” or “foolish.” Paul tells Timothy in [5:2](../05/02.md) that he should respect older women as mothers, so Paul’s expression here should be recognized as idiomatic rather than disrespectful. Your language may have a similar expression. Alternate translation: “old wives’ tales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TI	4	7	sea5	figs-metaphor	γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν	1	train yourself for godliness	Paul tells Timothy figuratively to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	7	sea5	figs-metaphor	γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν	1	train yourself for godliness	Paul tells Timothy to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	8	t311	figs-quotemarks	γὰρ	1	for	What follows after the word **for** is a direct quotation of a saying that Paul uses for teaching. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1TI	4	8	i6rh		σωματικὴ γυμνασία	1	bodily training	Alternate translation: “physical exercise”
 1TI	4	8	t313		πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος	1	is valuable for a little	This could mean: (1) it has some small value. (2) it has value for a little while. (3) it does not have very much value.
@@ -245,26 +245,26 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	14	hdd9	figs-explicit	μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος	1	Do not neglect the gift in you	The implication is that this **gift** is the ability that God has given Timothy for ministry. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	14	xp1k	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας	1	which was given to you through prophecy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	14	rr8f	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου	1	with the imposition of the hands of the elders	Paul is speaking of a ceremony during which the church leaders put their **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do. Alternate translation: “when the elders all laid their hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-1TI	4	15	sbcg	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	4	15	m65m	figs-metaphor	ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι	1	Study these things, be in them	Paul is speaking figuratively as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	15	sbcg	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these {things}** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	4	15	m65m	figs-metaphor	ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι	1	Study these things, be in them	Paul is speaking as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	15	merc	figs-explicit	σου ἡ προκοπὴ	1	your progress	If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	16	uq6c		ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	Pay attention to yourself and to the teaching	Alternate translation: “Pay attention to how you live and to what you teach”
-1TI	4	16	zxe7		ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς	1	Continue in these things	Alternate translation: “continue to do these things”
+1TI	4	16	zxe7		ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς	1	Continue in these things	Alternate translation: “Continue to do these things”
 1TI	4	16	u7ez		καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου	1	you will save both yourself and your listeners	This could mean: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
 1TI	5	intro	jx4e			0		# 1 Timothy 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br><br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows because they could not provide for themselves.<br><br>### Variation in names<br><br>In this chapter, as in chapter 4, Paul speaks of church leaders called “elders.” Here, as well, they seem to be the same kind of leaders that he calls “overseers” in chapter 3.
 1TI	5	1	wt5y	figs-you		0	General Information:	Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-1TI	5	1	l4w5		πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς	1	Do not rebuke an older man	Alternate translation: “do not reprimand an older man”
+1TI	5	1	l4w5		πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς	1	Do not rebuke an older man	Alternate translation: “Do not reprimand an older man”
 1TI	5	1	dnf2		ἀλλὰ παρακάλει	1	but exhort him	Alternate translation: “instead, encourage him”
 1TI	5	1	enp9	figs-simile	ὡς πατέρα, νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς	1	as a father, younger men as brothers	Paul uses these two similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with the same sincere love and respect that he would show to family members. Alternate translation: “as if he were your own father, and encourage younger men as if they were your own brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TI	5	2	t1pv	figs-simile	ὡς μητέρας, νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφὰς	1	as mothers, younger women as sisters	Paul uses these two similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect, just as he would treat family members. Alternate translation: “encourage each of them as if they were your own mother, and encourage younger women as if they were your own sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TI	5	2	ivl7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνίᾳ	1	in all purity	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **purity** by translating it with an adjective such as “pure.” Alternate translation: “making sure that your thoughts and actions are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	5	3	smp5	figs-idiom	χήρας τίμα	1	Honor widows	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	5	3	smp5	figs-idiom	χήρας τίμα	1	Honor widows	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	3	qc6s		τὰς ὄντως χήρας	1	real widows	Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
 1TI	5	4	vv64		τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα	1	children or grandchildren	Here these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
 1TI	5	4	w38h		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” (2) these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
 1TI	5	4	fnab		μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν	1	let them learn to honor	Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
 1TI	5	4	t344	figs-parallelism	μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις	1	let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears	These two phrases may: (1) mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be helpful to your readers. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” (2) have a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TI	5	4	g5mu	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον	1	their own household	Paul uses this phrase figuratively to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	5	4	g5mu	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον	1	their own household	Paul uses this phrase to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	5	4	q5c8		ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις	1	make repayment to their forebears	Alternate translation: “let them do good to their mother or grandmother in return for the good things their parents and grandparents gave them”
 1TI	5	4	t347	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	for	Paul uses the term **for** to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TI	5	4	t348	figs-metaphor	τοῦτο…ἐστιν ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this is pleasing before God	Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Alternate translations: “this is pleasing in God’s view” or “this pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -273,21 +273,21 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	5	u1lj	figs-ellipsis	προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	continues in requests and prayers	Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	5	5	rwp4	figs-hendiadys	ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	in requests and prayers	The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
 1TI	5	5	rb9f	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας	1	night and day	The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1TI	5	6	qy5h	figs-metaphor	ζῶσα τέθνηκεν	1	living, has died	Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	6	qy5h	figs-metaphor	ζῶσα τέθνηκεν	1	living, has died	Paul speaks about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	7	qw6m		καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν	1	Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable	This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
 1TI	5	8	p7h2	figs-idiom	τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ	1	someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members	Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	8	y645	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται	1	he has denied the faith	Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus and obeying him. Paul explains that this action would be equivalent to denying all of this. Alternate translations: “by doing that, he denies that he belongs to Jesus” or “he has shown that he does not follow the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	5	8	evm7	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων	1	is worse than an unbeliever	The implication is that this person is **worse than an unbeliever** because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	5	9	s8ql	figs-activepassive	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1	Let a widow be enrolled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	5	9	khe1	figs-explicit	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1		There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	5	9	s8ql	figs-activepassive	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1	Let a widow be enrolled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “Have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	5	9	khe1	figs-explicit	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1		There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	9	i27x	figs-litotes	μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα	1	being not less than sixty years old	Paul is using the figure of speech **not less than** here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “if she is at least sixty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TI	5	9	q9dj	figs-idiom	ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή	1	a wife of one husband	Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this could mean: (1) she has only one husband. Alternate translation: “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) she was only married once. If it means this second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men. Alternate translation: “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	10	l8nm	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη	1	attested in good works	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	5	10	mik7		ἐξενοδόχησεν	1	has received strangers	Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
-1TI	5	10	ygl3	translate-symaction	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-1TI	5	10	t366	figs-synecdoche	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TI	5	10	mik7		ἐξενοδόχησεν	1	has received strangers	Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “has practiced hospitality”
+1TI	5	10	ygl3	translate-symaction	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “she has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+1TI	5	10	t366	figs-synecdoche	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	Paul may be using one type of humble service to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TI	5	10	bw4h	figs-idiom	ἁγίων	1	the saints	The term **saints** refers to believers in Jesus as people who are “holy” or “set apart” for God. Alternate translations: “the believers” or “God’s holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TI	5	10	ey6i	figs-nominaladj	θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν	1	she has relieved the afflicted	Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TI	5	10	ey6i	figs-nominaladj	θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν	1	she has relieved the afflicted	Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “she has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	10	h96j	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν	1	she has pursued every good work	Paul uses the word **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “she has done many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TI	5	11	rv5h		νεωτέρας δὲ χήρας παραιτοῦ	1	But refuse younger widows	Alternate translation: “But do not add the names of widows who are younger than 60 years old to the list of widows”
 1TI	5	11	vqq9	figs-explicit	ὅταν…καταστρηνιάσωσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	when they become wanton against Christ	The implication of this phrase is that when a widow accepted a place on the register, she promised to remain unmarried and devote herself to serving other believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when they feel bodily desires that are contrary to their pledge of chastity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -301,19 +301,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	14	u94k		τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ	1	the one opposing	This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
 1TI	5	15	fy54	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	having … turned aside after Satan	Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	16	mf4s	figs-explicit	ἔχει χήρας	1	has widows	The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	5	16	y6hf	figs-metaphor	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	16	y6hf	figs-metaphor	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	Paul speaks of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	16	t384	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	16	d35m		ὄντως χήραις	1	genuine widows	Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
 1TI	5	17	u93q	figs-activepassive	οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν	1	The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	17	wp9d	figs-abstractnouns	διπλῆς τιμῆς	1	of double honor	Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	5	17	t389	figs-hendiadys	ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	in the word and in teaching	This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TI	5	17	t390	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	the word	Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	5	18	kh55	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή	1	For the Scripture says	Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1TI	5	18	t392	figs-declarative	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	You will not muzzle a threshing ox	Here the Scriptures use a statement in order to give a command. Alternate translation: “you must not muzzle an ox while it is treading on grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1TI	5	18	vw3a	figs-metaphor	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	You will not muzzle a threshing ox	Paul is quoting this passage figuratively. He is using it to indicate that, just as God wanted oxen to be able to eat some of the grain that they were working to separate from its husks, so church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community that they are serving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	5	18	g985	translate-unknown	οὐ φιμώσεις	1	you will not muzzle	A **muzzle** is a sleeve that goes over an animal’s snout to prevent it from opening its jaws and eating while it is doing work. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use a more general expression instead. Alternate translations: “Do not keep an ox’s mouth shut” or “You must not prevent an ox from eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+1TI	5	17	t389	figs-hendiadys	ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	in the word and in teaching	This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in {the} word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+1TI	5	17	t390	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	the word	Paul may be using the term **word** here to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	5	18	kh55	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή	1	For the Scripture says	Paul describes **Scripture** as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TI	5	18	t392	figs-declarative	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	You will not muzzle a threshing ox	Here the Scriptures use a statement in order to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not muzzle an ox while it is treading on grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1TI	5	18	vw3a	figs-metaphor	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	You will not muzzle a threshing ox	Paul is quoting this passage. He is using it to indicate that, just as God wanted oxen to be able to eat some of the grain that they were working to separate from its husks, so church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community that they are serving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	18	g985	translate-unknown	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	you will not muzzle	A **muzzle** is a sleeve that goes over an animal’s snout to prevent it from opening its jaws and eating while it is doing work. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use a more general expression instead. Alternate translations: “Do not keep an ox’s mouth shut” or “You must not prevent an ox from eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1TI	5	18	t6kp	translate-unknown	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα	1	a threshing ox	An **ox** in this culture would “thresh” grain by walking on it or pulling a heavy object over it to separate the grain from the husks. Alternate translation: “an ox that is separating grain from husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1TI	5	18	kys1		ἄξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	The worthy is worthy of his wages	Alternate translations: “a worker has a right to be paid” or “a worker should receive his wages”
+1TI	5	18	kys1		ἄξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	The worthy is worthy of his wages	Alternate translations: “A worker has a right to be paid” or “A worker should receive his wages”
 1TI	5	19	af68	grammar-connect-exceptions	κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ	1	do not receive an accusation, except if	If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 1TI	5	19	t399	figs-ellipsis	ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων	1	on two or three witnesses	Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	5	19	kmy5		δύο ἢ τριῶν	1	two or three	Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
@@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	20	ql4m	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	so that the rest also may have fear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	20	t404	figs-idiom	φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	may have fear	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	21	x0zp		διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων	1	I adjure you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels	By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
-1TI	5	21	t405	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	21	t405	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	21	t7jq	figs-idiom	τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων	1	the chosen angels	This phrase refers to the **angels** whom God has **chosen** to serve him in a special way. Alternate translation: “the angels who are God’s special servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	21	dph6		ταῦτα φυλάξῃς	1	keep these things	Alternate translation: “you follow these instructions”
 1TI	5	21	t409		ταῦτα	1	these things	Grammatically, this could refer either to the instructions Paul has just given Timothy about elders or to the instructions he is about to give Timothy regarding his own personal conduct. But since Paul tells Timothy to follow these instructions without favoring one person over another, it is most likely that this refers to the instructions about elders. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just told you”
 1TI	5	21	t408	figs-doublet	χωρὶς προκρίματος, μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ πρόσκλισιν	1	without partiality, doing nothing out of favoritism	The terms **partiality** and **favoritism** mean similar things. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that Timothy must judge honestly and be fair to everyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “being completely fair to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TI	5	22	qb71	translate-symaction	χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει	1	Place hands hastily on no one	The **placing of hands** was a ceremony in which one or more church leaders would put their hands on people and pray that God would enable them to serve the church in a way that would please God. Timothy was to wait until a person had shown good character for a long time before officially and publicly setting that person apart in this way to serve the Christian community. Alternate translation: “wait until a person has consistently demonstrated good character before appointing that person to church leadership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-1TI	5	22	t411	figs-litotes	χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει	1	Place hands hastily on no one	Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “wait until a person has consistently demonstrated good character before appointing that person to church leadership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TI	5	22	qb71	translate-symaction	χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει	1	Place hands hastily on no one	The “placing of hands” was a ceremony in which one or more church leaders would put their hands on people and pray that God would enable them to serve the church in a way that would please God. Timothy was to wait until a person had shown good character for a long time before officially and publicly setting that person apart in this way to serve the Christian community. Alternate translation: “Do not appoint a person to church leadership until he has consistently demonstrated good character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+1TI	5	22	t411	figs-litotes	χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει, μηδὲ	1	Place hands hastily on no one	Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “Wait until a person has consistently demonstrated good character before appointing that person to church leadership, and do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TI	5	22	pyl8	figs-explicit	μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις	1	nor share in the sins of others	The implication in context may be that if Timothy appoints a person to leadership before they are ready or without ensuring that their character is exemplary, then Timothy will bear some responsibility for that person’s ultimate failure as a leader, or he will appear to have approved of the person’s sins, once they are uncovered. Alternate translation: “so that you do not become responsible for the moral and leadership failures of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	23	xl32	figs-explicit	οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ	1	use a little wine	Paul is telling Timothy to use wine specifically as medicine. The water in that area was impure and often caused sickness. Alternate translation: “in addition, you should drink some wine from time to time as medicine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	24	uk56	figs-gendernotations	τινῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	of some men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of some people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -337,70 +337,70 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	25	qlu5	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ	1	good works	The implication of **good works** is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	25	bl51	figs-metaphor	καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1	and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden	Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	25	t420	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1	and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and people who secretly do good works will not be able to hide them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	5	25	bb2t	figs-doublenegatives	κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the double-negative **not … hidden** in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1TI	5	25	bb2t	figs-doublenegatives	κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the double-negative **not … hidden** in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about them later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TI	6	intro	rks4			0		# 1 Timothy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>In this chapter Paul teaches slaves about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving their masters. This does not mean that he is endorsing slavery as a good thing or as something that God approves of. Instead, Paul is encouraging believers to be godly and content in every situation that they are in. This does not mean that they cannot also work to change those situations.
-1TI	6	1	nm4n	figs-metaphor	ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι	1	As many slaves as are under the yoke	Paul speaks of people who work as **slaves** as though they were oxen plowing or pulling with a **yoke** around their necks. Alternate translation: “concerning people who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	1	nm4n	figs-metaphor	ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι	1	As many slaves as are under the yoke	Paul speaks of people who work as **slaves** as though they were oxen plowing or pulling with a **yoke** around their necks. Alternate translation: “Concerning people who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	1	ep1l	figs-explicit	ὅσοι εἰσὶν…δοῦλοι	1	as many … as are	The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “All the believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	1	he2n	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται	1	so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	1	e3ce		ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this negative phrase in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
 1TI	6	1	xb92	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the name of God	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	1	f5pc	figs-explicit	ἡ διδασκαλία	1	the teaching	Implicitly Paul means **the teaching** about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	6	2	fvv7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί εἰσιν	1	they are brothers	Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+1TI	6	2	fvv7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί εἰσιν	1	they are brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	2	nmh9		καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ	1	beloved	This could have either, or both, meanings: (1) God loves these people. Alternate translation: “whom God loves” (2) other believers love these people. Alternate translation: “and so their believing slaves should love them”
 1TI	6	3	t430	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	6	3	t431	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	6	3	sshf		τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		This could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
-1TI	6	4	pn8n	figs-metaphor	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	4	t433	figs-activepassive	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the phrase **puffed up** with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	3	t431	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	Paul uses the term **words** to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	6	3	sshf		τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **the ones** could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
+1TI	6	4	pn8n	figs-metaphor	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Paul speaks of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “he is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	4	t433	figs-activepassive	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the phrase **puffed up** with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	4	t434	figs-gendernotations	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	4	z2rb	figs-hyperbole	μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος	1	understanding nothing	Paul uses the term **nothing** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is specifically God’s true message that the person does not understand. Alternate translation: “he understands nothing about God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TI	6	4	qu86	figs-metaphor	νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις	1	ailing about controversies and word-battles	Paul speaks of people who feel compelled to engage in useless arguments as if they were ill. Such people greatly desire to argue, and they do not really want to find a way to agree. Alternate translation: “morbidly craves arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	4	i3lk	figs-doublet	ζητήσεις καὶ λογομαχίας	1	controversies and word-battles	These two terms mean basically the same thing, although the second term refers more specifically to arguments about the meaning of words. Paul uses these terms together for emphasis. If these are not separate ideas in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	6	4	xt1z		λογομαχίας	1	word-battles	Alternate translation: “fights about the meaning of words”
 1TI	6	4	y3mx		βλασφημίαι	1	blasphemies	While the term **blasphemies** often refers to untrue or disrespectful things that people say about God, in this context it refers to people falsely saying bad things about each other. Alternate translation: “insults”
-1TI	6	4	kn69		ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί	1	evil suspicions	Alternate translation: “people thinking incorrectly that others want to harm them”
+1TI	6	4	kn69		ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί	1	evil suspicions	Alternate translation: “thinking incorrectly that others want to harm them”
 1TI	6	5	x93f	figs-metaphor	διαπαρατριβαὶ	1	friction	Here, **friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	5	z2d8	figs-activepassive	διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας	1	men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	5	tyf7	figs-parallelism	διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας	1	men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth	These two phrases mean basically the same thin; Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are no longer able to recognize the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TI	6	5	t443	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	between men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	6	q5sq	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the false teachers believe about godliness and what is really true about godliness. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	6	6	ya9z	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας	1	godliness with contentment	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **godliness** and **contentment** by stating the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “doing what is godly along with being content with what a person has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	6	6	o6j4	figs-abstractnouns	ἔστιν…πορισμὸς μέγας	1	is great gain	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gain**behind  it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “makes a person very well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	6	7	t446	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “after all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TI	6	6	o6j4	figs-abstractnouns	ἔστιν…πορισμὸς μέγας	1	is great gain	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gain** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “makes a person very well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	6	7	t446	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TI	6	7	j6qv	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν…εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	we brought nothing into the world	The implication of this phrase is that Paul is speaking about when a person is born. Alternate translation: “brought nothing into the world when we were born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	7	t448	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι	1	that	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and so it is also clear that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	6	7	jlv8	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα	1	neither are we able to take anything out	The implication of this phrase is that Paul is speaking about when a person dies. Alternate translation: “we can take nothing out of the world when we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	8	lbk5	figs-declarative	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1TI	6	8	t451	figs-activepassive	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	9	ij4j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Now	Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TI	6	9	pl5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα	1	fall into temptation and a trap	Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	9	pl5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα	1	fall into temptation and a trap	Paul speaks about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	gfy7	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς	1	and many foolish and harmful desires	This phrase continues the figure of speech from the previous phrase. Paul speaks about these desires if they too were a hole that a hunter was using as a trap. Alternate translation: “and will experience destructive impulses than they cannot overcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	t456	figs-hendiadys	ἐπιθυμίας…ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς	1	foolish and harmful desires	Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **foolish** tells why these desires are **harmful**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destructive impulses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TI	6	9	nc3i	figs-metaphor	αἵτινες βυθίζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν	1	whatever plunges men into ruin and destruction	This phrase summarizes the character of the temptations and impulses that Paul has just described. He speaks of them figuratively as if they could make people drown in deep water. Alternate translation: “people cannot escape from such things and they destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	9	nc3i	figs-metaphor	αἵτινες βυθίζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν	1	whatever plunges men into ruin and destruction	This phrase summarizes the character of the temptations and impulses that Paul has just described. He speaks of them as if they could make people drown in deep water. Alternate translation: “which people cannot escape, and such things destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	t458	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1	men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	9	t459	figs-doublet	ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν	1	ruin and destruction	These two words **ruin** and **destruction** mean very similar things. Paul uses them both to emphasize that this is very bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use one term with a word that adds emphasis. Alternate translations: “complete destruction” or “total ruin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TI	6	10	t460	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses the word **For** to introduce the reasons for what the previous sentence stated. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TI	6	10	xs9d	figs-metaphor	ῥίζα…πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία	1	a root of all evils is the love of money	Paul speaks figuratively of evil as if it were a plant, and of **the love of money** as if it were the **root** from which that plant grew. Alternate translation: “loving money leads a person to do all kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	10	t460	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses the word **For** to introduce the reasons for what the previous sentence stated. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TI	6	10	xs9d	figs-metaphor	ῥίζα…πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία	1	a root of all evils is the love of money	Paul speaks of evil as if it were a plant, and of **the love of money** as if it were the **root** from which that plant grew. Alternate translation: “loving money leads a person to do all kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	10	t462	figs-hyperbole	πάντων τῶν κακῶν	1	of all evils	Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “of many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-1TI	6	10	j5z9		ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι	1	which, some desiring	The reference here is to people **desiring** money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “people who want to become rich”
-1TI	6	10	b83v	figs-metaphor	ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	10	t465	figs-activepassive	ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	10	j5z9		τινες ὀρεγόμενοι	1	which, some desiring	The reference here is to people **desiring** money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “some people who want to become rich”
+1TI	6	10	b83v	figs-metaphor	ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	Paul speaks of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	10	t465	figs-activepassive	ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “a love for money that has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	10	a1fx	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς	1	have pierced themselves with many sorrows	Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	11	tp97		ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ	1	O man of God	Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
+1TI	6	11	tp97		ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ	1	O man of God	Alternate translations: “You servant of God” or “You person who belongs to God”
 1TI	6	11	h9c6	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα φεῦγε	1	flee these things	Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	11	a88g		ταῦτα	1	these things	This phrase could refer to: (1) everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money). (2) what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference.
 1TI	6	11	zjl3	figs-metaphor	δίωκε	1	pursue	Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	12	w21p	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως	1	Fight the good fight of the faith	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	12	y6m8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	grasp eternal life	Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	12	w21p	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως	1	Fight the good fight of the faith	Here, Paul speaks about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “Do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	12	y6m8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	grasp eternal life	Paul speaks about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	12	usd1	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης	1	to which you were called	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	12	qw96		ὡμολόγησας τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν	1	you confessed the good confession	Alternate translation: “you publicly stated your faith in Jesus”
 1TI	6	12	vm6q	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	before many witnesses	The implication is that Timothy’s statement of his faith was binding because these **witnesses** were present and could testify that he had made it. In your translation, you could use the expression used in your culture for a public, legal commitment. Alternate translation: “while many people were watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	t476	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	The implication is that Paul is asking **God** to be his witness that he has given Timothy this command. Alternate translation: “with God as my witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	ts65		τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τὰ πάντα	1	the one enlivening all	Alternate translation: “who causes all things to live”
-1TI	6	13	t477	figs-explicit	καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	and Christ Jesus	The implication is that Paul is also asking **Jesus** to be his witness. Alternate translation: “and with Christ Jesus … as my witness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	6	13	t477	figs-explicit	καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	and Christ Jesus	The implication is that Paul is also asking **Jesus** to be his witness. Alternate translation: “and with Christ Jesus as my witness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	amy1	figs-explicit	τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πειλάτου τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν	1	the one having testified the good confession before Pontius Pilate	Paul is offering Jesus to Timothy as an example of someone who publicly affirmed his obedience to God even when others were hostile and threatening. Alternate translation: “who acknowledged God himself when Pontius Pilate put him on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	14	p9n9	figs-doublet	ἄσπιλον ἀνεπίλημπτον	1	spotless, irreproachable	The terms **spotless** and **irreproachable** mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TI	6	14	t480	figs-metaphor	ἄσπιλον	1	spotless	A spot figuratively means a moral fault. This could mean: (1) Timothy should live in such a way that Jesus will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. (2) Timothy should live in such a way that other people will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. Alternate translation: “blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	14	t480	figs-metaphor	ἄσπιλον	1	spotless	A spot means a moral fault. This could mean: (1) Timothy should live in such a way that Jesus will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. (2) Timothy should live in such a way that other people will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. Alternate translation: “blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	14	nk52		μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ	Alternate translation: “until our Lord Jesus Christ returns”
 1TI	6	15	t482	figs-idiom	καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	in its own times	See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	6	15	ac6y	figs-explicit	ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης	1	the blessed and only Sovereign	This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -409,17 +409,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	16	t487	figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων	1	none of men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	17	te3z	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	the rich	Paul is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	6	17	z4ec		ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι	1	in the present age	The **present age** is the time period in which we are living, before Jesus returns and establishes God’s rule over all people. Alternate translation: “at this time”
-1TI	6	17	drj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι	1	in the uncertainty of riches	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **uncertainty**behind this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “in riches, which are so uncertain” or “in wealth, which a person can lose so easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI	6	17	drj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι	1	in the uncertainty of riches	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **uncertainty** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “in riches, which are so uncertain” or “in wealth, which a person can lose so easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	6	17	iq61	figs-ellipsis	πάντα πλουσίως εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν	1	all things richly unto enjoyment	By **all**, Paul is referring to all of the things that anyone actually has, not to everything that it might be possible to have. If it would be helpful in your language, you may want to include words to make that clear. Alternate translation: “all of the things that we have so that we can enjoy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TI	6	18	cii3	figs-metaphor	πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς	1	to be rich in good works	Paul speaks figuratively of doing things to help others as a way of becoming wealthy, but it is measured in something other than money. Alternate translation: “to serve and help others in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	19	zc9d	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul speaks figuratively about the blessings that God will give to those who have served him faithfully as if they were riches that a person was **storing** in a safe place. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	19	t493	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul also speaks figuratively about the blessings that God will give as if they were the **foundation** of a building. He means that they will give a person a good start on their new life in the presence of God forever. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	19	t494	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	for what is coming	In the New Testament, this expression can refer to different things, but in this case it seems to refer to the new life that believers will have in God’s presence after death and the end of history. It is equivalent to the expression “the coming life” in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TI	6	19	z5ru	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς ὄντως ζωῆς	1	so that they may grasp genuine life	Paul is using the same image as in the phrase **grasp** eternal **life** in [6:12](../06/12.md). He is speaking figuratively about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. Alternate translation: “so that they can indeed live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	18	cii3	figs-metaphor	πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς	1	to be rich in good works	Paul speaks of doing things to help others as a way of becoming wealthy, but it is measured in something other than money. Alternate translation: “to serve and help others in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	19	zc9d	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul speaks about the blessings that God will give to those who have served him faithfully as if they were riches that a person was **storing** in a safe place. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	19	t493	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul also speaks about the blessings that God will give as if they were the **foundation** of a building. He means that they will give a person a good start on their new life in the presence of God forever. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	19	t494	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	for what is coming	In the New Testament, this expression can refer to different things, but in this case it seems to refer to the new life that believers will have in God’s presence after death and the end of history. It is equivalent to the expression “for the coming life” in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “for their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	6	19	z5ru	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς ὄντως ζωῆς	1	so that they may grasp genuine life	Paul is using the same image as in the phrase **grasp** eternal **life** in [6:12](../06/12.md). He is speaking about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. Alternate translation: “so that they can indeed live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	20	dd1v	figs-explicit	τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον	1	guard the entrustment	The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	20	vgr8	figs-metonymy	ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας	1	avoiding the profane chatter	In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	20	t498		καὶ ἀντιθέσεις	1	and contradictions	This could mean: (1) the false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” (2) the false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time.
 1TI	6	20	y2u7	figs-activepassive	τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως	1	of miscalled knowledge	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	21	e6rb	figs-metaphor	περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν	1	have missed the mark regarding the faith	See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	21	t501		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who will give this grace and who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
-1TI	6	21	hix2	figs-you	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+1TI	6	21	t501		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who will give this grace and who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”
+1TI	6	21	hix2	figs-you	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

en_tn_56-2TI.tsv

@@ -1,34 +1,34 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-2TI	front	intro	s7fk			0		# Introduction to 2 Timothy<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).<br>2. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14-26).<br>3. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).<br>4. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-22).<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and advice about enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he spoke of being a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers have to obey to their leaders. In the same way, Christians have to obey Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why the Bible is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about it. First, everything that the Bible teaches is free from error and can be trusted. Second, God will always preserve his Scripture for every generation of people. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Inclusive and exclusive “we” and “us”<br><br>In this book, “we” and “us” include the writer, Paul, the recipient, Timothy, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, the oldest Greek manuscripts differ from later Greek manuscripts. Modern translations may also differ depending on the Greek manuscript that they translate from. The ULT text translates the Greek from the oldest manuscripts, and puts the differences from later manuscripts in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible already exists in the general region, translators should consider following the decision in that translation. If not, translators are advised to follow the oldest Greek manuscripts as reflected in the ULT text.<br>* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some later manuscripts read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”<br>* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some later manuscripts read, “Warn them before the Lord.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-2TI	1	intro	p5lf			0		# 2 Timothy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” So even though Paul was not Timothy’s father, Paul speaks of his relationship with Timothy as that of a father and son in a spiritual sense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Persecution<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel.
-2TI	1	1	p001	translate-names	Παῦλος	1	Paul	This is the name of a man, the author of the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	front	intro	s7fk			0		# Introduction to 2 Timothy<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1–2:13).<br>2. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).<br>3. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1–4:8).<br>4. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9–22).<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and advice about enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he spoke of being a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers have to obey to their leaders. In the same way, Christians have to obey Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why the Bible is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about it. First, everything that the Bible teaches is free from error and can be trusted. Second, God will always preserve his Scripture for every generation of people. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Inclusive and exclusive “we” and “us”<br><br>In this book, “we” and “us” include the writer, Paul, the recipient, Timothy, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, the oldest Greek manuscripts differ from later Greek manuscripts. Modern translations may also differ depending on the Greek manuscript that they translate from. The ULT text translates the Greek from the oldest manuscripts, and puts the differences from later manuscripts in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible already exists in the general region, translators should consider following the decision in that translation. If not, translators are advised to follow the oldest Greek manuscripts as reflected in the ULT text.<br>* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some later manuscripts read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”<br>* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some later manuscripts read, “Warn them before the Lord.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2TI	1	intro	p5lf			0		# 2 Timothy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1–2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” So even though Paul was not Timothy’s father, Paul speaks of his relationship with Timothy as that of a father and son in a spiritual sense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Persecution<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel.
+2TI	1	1	p001	translate-names	Παῦλος	1	Paul	**Paul** is the name of a man, the author of the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	1	ha4l		Παῦλος	1	Paul	This letter follows the normal custom of the time by beginning with the name and identity of the author, then mentioning the recipient (in verse 2). Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am writing this letter”
 2TI	1	1	vl2g		διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ	1	through the will of God	Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle. Alternate translation: “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so”
 2TI	1	1	e1lg		κατ’	1	according to	This could mean: (1) God appointed Paul to tell others about the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of announcing” (2) Paul became an apostle because he himself received the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a result of receiving”
 2TI	1	1	m9kv	figs-metaphor	ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of life that is in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	1	2	p002	translate-names	Τιμοθέῳ	1	to Timothy	This is the name of a man, the person to whom this letter is written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	1	2	p002	translate-names	Τιμοθέῳ	1	to Timothy	**Timothy** is the name of a man, the person to whom this letter is written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	2	rp5u		Τιμοθέῳ	1	to Timothy	Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you, Timothy”
 2TI	1	2	ey7g	figs-metaphor	ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ	1	my beloved child	Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	2	w43q	translate-blessing	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ	1	Grace, mercy, and peace from	After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-2TI	1	2	p003	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, and peace	Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you could use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	1	2	ub7c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	God the Father	This is an important title for God. Here, **Father** could refer to: (1) the Father of Christ. (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+2TI	1	2	p003	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, and peace	Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes the three abstract nouns **Grace**, **mercy**, and **peace**. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you could use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TI	1	2	ub7c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	God the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Here, **Father** could refer to: (1) the Father of Christ. (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2TI	1	2	dcr3	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TI	1	3	p004	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ	1	I have gratitude to God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	3	tvb7	figs-idiom	ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων	1	whom I serve from my ancestors	This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	1	3	ha9d	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a **clean conscience** does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: “knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	3	ha9d	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks of his **conscience** as if it could be physically **clean**. A person with a **clean conscience** does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: “knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	3	rz7s	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν	1	as I have constant remembrance of you	Paul speaks of the action of remembering by using the abstract noun **remembrance**. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “as I think about you constantly in my prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	3	p005	figs-yousingular	σοῦ	1	you	The word **you** is singular here and throughout the book, since Paul is addressing Timothy. A note will discuss the one exception in 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 2TI	1	3	pa6q	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας	1	night and day	Here, **night and day** are used together to refer to all the time included in the night and the day. This means that Paul prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that he prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” Alternate translation: “always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2TI	1	4	p006	figs-explicit	μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων	1	remembering your tears	It is implied that Paul is referring here to the time when Paul was leaving Timothy. If this is unclear, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “remembering how you cried when I left you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	4	kk82	figs-metonymy	σου τῶν δακρύων	1	your tears	Here, **your tears** refers to the act of Timothy’s crying or being very sad. Alternate translation: “that you cried” or “your sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	1	4	gu8c	figs-metaphor	χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ	1	I may be filled with joy	Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that someone could **fill**. Alternate translation: “I may be very joyful” or “I may rejoice a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	4	gu8c	figs-metaphor	χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ	1	I may be filled with joy	Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that could be **filled**. Alternate translation: “I may be very joyful” or “I may rejoice a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	4	p007	figs-activepassive	χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ	1	I may be filled with joy	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “joy may fill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	1	5	ayl4	figs-idiom	ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν	1	having received remembrance	This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	1	5	buc3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως	1	of the genuine faith in you	Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	5	p008	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως	1	of the genuine faith in you	Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	1	5	vgz2	figs-personification	ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί	1	of … faith in you, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you	Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-2TI	1	5	l8wc	translate-names	Λωΐδι	1	Lois	This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	1	5	p009	translate-names	Εὐνίκῃ	1	Eunice	This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	1	5	vgz2	figs-personification	ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί	1	of … faith in you, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you	Paul is speaking of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of the genuine faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2TI	1	5	l8wc	translate-names	Λωΐδι	1	Lois	**Lois** is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	1	5	p009	translate-names	Εὐνίκῃ	1	Eunice	**Eunice** is the name of a woman, Timothy’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	6	j58k		δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν	1	for which reason	Paul writes that the **reason** for asking Timothy to rekindle his gift is that he is confident of Timothy’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because of your faith in Jesus”
 2TI	1	6	h6eq	figs-metaphor	ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα	1	to rekindle the gift	Paul speaks about Timothy’s need to start using his **gift** again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: “be eager once more to use the gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	6	i977	translate-symaction	τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου	1	the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands	Paul placed his **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God’s Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do. Then Timothy received the gift from the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in 1 Tim 4:14. Alternate translation: “the gift of God that you received when I prayed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -45,167 +45,166 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	8	hi9a		τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ	1	for the gospel, according to the power of God	Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
 2TI	1	9	ld55	figs-metonymy	καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ	1	called us with a holy calling	Here, **with a holy calling** could refer to: (1) what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” (2) the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	9	lmas		οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν	1	not according to our works	It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
-2TI	1	9	kyr5	figs-hendiadys	ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν	1	but according to his own purpose and grace	Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+2TI	1	9	kyr5	figs-hendiadys	ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν	1	but according to his own purpose and grace	Here the words **purpose** and **grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	1	9	p012	figs-activepassive	καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	1	9	pq1z	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **purpose and grace** or “gracious purpose” as if it were an object inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to God’s plan to save people that Jesus fulfilled. So when people begin a relationship with Jesus, then God saves them. Alternate translation: “through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	9	pq1z	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks of God’s **purpose and grace** or “gracious purpose” as if it were an object inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to God’s plan to save people that Jesus fulfilled. So when people begin a relationship with Jesus, then God saves them. Alternate translation: “through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	9	zq7m	figs-idiom	πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων	1	before eternal times	This is an idiom that indicates that God decided to save through faith in Christ before time and the creation of the world. Alternate translation: “before time began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	1	10	h5e5	figs-metaphor	φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν	1	and which now has been revealed	Paul speaks of God’s gracious plan to save us as if it were an object that could be uncovered and shown to people through the arrival of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “and which now people can know” or “and which now people can experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	10	p013	figs-activepassive	φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν	1	and which now has been revealed	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “which now God has revealed” or “which now God has allowed people to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	1	10	i3wl	figs-metaphor	φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel	Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	1	10	a1n7	figs-hendiadys	ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν	1	life and immortality	Here, **life and immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+2TI	1	10	i3wl	figs-metaphor	φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel	Paul refers to **life** and **immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	10	a1n7	figs-hendiadys	ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν	1	life and immortality	Here, **life** and **immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	1	11	tb9b	figs-activepassive	ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ	1	I was appointed a herald	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God chose me to be a herald” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	1	11	p014	translate-unknown	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	1	11	p015	figs-metaphor	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	12	j37g		δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν	1	for which reason	Paul provides the **reason** for his suffering by referring back to his status as an apostle. Alternate translation: “because I am an apostle”
-2TI	1	12	y8l4	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω	1	I also suffer also these things	Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	1	12	td39		πέπεισμαι	1	I am certain	Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
+2TI	1	12	y8l4	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω	1	I also suffer also these things	Paul does not mention the specific **{things}** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	1	12	td39		πέπεισμαι	1	I am certain	Paul expresses that he is **certain** that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
 2TI	1	12	p6pi	figs-metaphor	τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι	1	to guard my deposit	Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. This could mean: (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	12	hhu5	figs-possession	τὴν παραθήκην μου	1	my deposit	The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TI	1	12	qcu3	figs-explicit	ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	that day	This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	1	13	h1qd	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαινόντων λόγων	1	of the healthy words	Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	1	13	p016	figs-metonymy	λόγων	1	of … words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	1	13	h1qd	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαινόντων λόγων	1	of the healthy words	Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **healthy words** means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “of the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	1	13	p016	figs-metonymy	λόγων	1	of … words	Paul uses the term **words** to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	13	p017	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	13	b2ld		ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Here, **love** could refer to: (1) the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
-2TI	1	13	ix6w	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this phrase in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	13	ix6w	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks of **faith** and **love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this phrase in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	14	i5g5	figs-explicit	τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην	1	the good deposit	Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	14	cb5q	figs-explicit	τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον	1	Guard the good deposit	Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	14	a3v2		διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	through the Holy Spirit	Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
 2TI	1	15	p018	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ	1	all who are in Asia	The word **all** could mean: (1) “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TI	1	15	p019	translate-names	Ἀσίᾳ	1	Asia	This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	1	15	p019	translate-names	Ἀσίᾳ	1	Asia	**Asia** here refers to a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	15	p6f4	figs-metaphor	ἀπεστράφησάν με	1	turned away from me	This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	15	p020	figs-explicit	ἀπεστράφησάν με	1	turned away from me	Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	1	15	x6cc	translate-names	Φύγελος	1	Phygelus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	1	15	p021	translate-names	Ἑρμογένης	1	Hermogenes	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	1	16	e6hl	translate-names	Ὀνησιφόρου	1	of Onesiphorus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	1	16	izk9	translate-blessing	δῴη ἔλεος ὁ Κύριος τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ	1	May the Lord grant mercy to the household of Onesiphorus	Paul is asking God to bless the family of Onesiphorus. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be kind to the family of Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord bless the family of Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+2TI	1	15	x6cc	translate-names	Φύγελος…Ἑρμογένης	1	Phygelus	**Phygelus** and **Hermogenes** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	1	16	izk9	translate-blessing	δῴη ἔλεος ὁ Κύριος τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ	1	May the Lord grant mercy to the household of Onesiphorus	Paul is asking God to bless the family of **Onesiphorus**. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be kind to the family of Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord bless the family of Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+2TI	1	16	e6hl	translate-names	Ὀνησιφόρου	1	of Onesiphorus	**Onesiphorus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	16	zz44	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ὀνησιφόρου οἴκῳ	1	to the household of Onesiphorus	The word **household** refers to **Onesiphorus** and to all the people in his family, possibly even his servants. Alternate translation: “to Onesiphorus and everyone who lives with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	16	td1q	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη	1	was not ashamed of my chain	The word **chain** refers to being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: “was not ashamed of my imprisonment” or “was not ashamed of my being in prison” or “was not ashamed of me, even though I was in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	17	xfg1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	but	Here, **but** indicates a contrast between the previous verse and this verse. Instead of being ashamed that Paul was in prison, Onesiphorus searched for Paul and found him there. Use whatever form is most natural in your language to show this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-2TI	1	17	p022	translate-names	Ῥώμῃ	1	Rome	This is the name of a city, the capital of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	1	17	p022	translate-names	Ῥώμῃ	1	Rome	**Rome** is the name of a city, the capital of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	18	p3di	translate-blessing	δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου	1	May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord	Paul is again asking for the Lord to **grant mercy** to Onesiphorus. You can express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord will be merciful to Onesiphorus” or “May the Lord have mercy on Onesiphorus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TI	1	18	x0eo	grammar-connect-logic-result	(δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ), καὶ ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις	1	May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord in that day. And how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the action that the first sentence describes. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TI	1	18	r54t	writing-pronouns	δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου	1	May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from the Lord	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name “Onesiphorus” instead of the pronoun **him** to make it clear who is receiving mercy. Alternate translation: “May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TI	1	18	x2dk	figs-metaphor	εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου	1	to find mercy from the Lord	Paul speaks of **mercy** as if it were an object that could be found. Paul is expressing his desire that God show **mercy** to Onesiphorus on the day of judgment. Alternate translation: “to receive mercy from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	18	f3ep	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	The expression **that day** refers to the day when God will judge all people; at that time they will receive mercy from the Lord, as Paul mentions, or wrath. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	1	18	p024	translate-names	Ἐφέσῳ	1	Ephesus	This is the name of a city, the place where Timothy, the recipient of the letter, is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	1	18	p025	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις	1	how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well	Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, in Ephesus. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	intro	k3zn			0		# 2 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 11b-13, Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn. To show the reader that this may be a quotation, in your translation you may choose to set these verses farther to the right than the other verses in the chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br><br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br><br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
+2TI	1	18	p024	translate-names	Ἐφέσῳ	1	Ephesus	**Ephesus** is the name of a city, the place where Timothy, the recipient of the letter, is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	1	18	p025	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις	1	how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well	Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, **in Ephesus**. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	2	intro	k3zn			0		# 2 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 11b–13, Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn. To show the reader that this may be a quotation, in your translation you may choose to set these verses farther to the right than the other verses in the chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br><br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br><br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
 2TI	2	1	bll5	figs-metaphor	τέκνον μου	1	my child	Here, **child** is a term of great love and approval. Timothy is not Paul’s biological child. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who are like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	1	p026	figs-activepassive	ἐνδυναμοῦ	1	be strengthened	you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	2	1	p026	figs-activepassive	ἐνδυναμοῦ	1	be strengthened	You could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	1	e6ex	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the grace that is in Christ Jesus	Paul wants Timothy to experience the strength that God provides through his **grace** or kindness. Believers experience God’s grace through knowing Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “as you allow Christ Jesus to kindly empower you through your relationship to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	2	ig9v	figs-explicit	διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	along with many witnesses	Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	2	kv1m	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	entrust these things to faithful men	Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	2	kv1m	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα παράθου	1	entrust these things to faithful men	Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	2	p027	figs-gendernotations	πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	to faithful men	Here the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “to faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	2	3	yc1j	figs-explicit	συνκακοπάθησον	1	Suffer together	Here, **together** could mean: (1) Timothy should suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) Timothy should suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	3	juu2	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as a good soldier of Jesus Christ	Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	4	a4x7	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις	1	No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	4	a4x7	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις	1	No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a **soldier** who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	4	p7n5	figs-metaphor	ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις	1	gets entangled in the affairs of life	Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	4	p028	figs-activepassive	ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις	1	gets entangled in the affairs of life	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	4	p029	figs-explicit	τοῦ βίου	1	of life	By **life**, Paul means, in the context of this metaphor, “civilian life.” The implication is that Timothy and all believers should not allow competing concerns to keep them from serving Christ. Alternate translation: “of everyday life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	4	d2lg		τῷ στρατολογήσαντι	1	the one who enlisted him	Alternate translation: “his leader” or “the one who commands him”
-2TI	2	5	d483	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ	1	if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of an athlete who has to decide between competing lawfully or not lawfully. The athlete will only receive the crown given to the winner if he competes lawfully. By making this comparison with an athlete competing in games, Paul is implicitly telling Timothy that Christ will not reward him unless he serves him **lawfully**, that is, unless he obeys him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “consider that the officials only crown an athlete as the winner if he competes according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	5	d483	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ	1	if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of an athlete who has to decide between competing **lawfully** or not lawfully. The athlete will only receive the crown given to the winner if he competes lawfully. By making this comparison with an athlete competing in games, Paul is implicitly telling Timothy that Christ will not reward him unless he serves him **lawfully**, that is, unless he obeys him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “consider that the officials only crown an athlete as the winner if he competes according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	5	p031	figs-hypo	ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ	1	if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully	Paul is also using a hypothetical situation to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: “suppose an athlete did not compete by the rules. Then he would not be crowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 2TI	2	5	p032		ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις	1	if anyone competes	Here, **competes** refers to competing in an athletic event. Alternate translation: “if an athlete competes in an event”
 2TI	2	5	xbn6	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ	1	he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the officials will only crown him if he competes by the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2TI	2	5	p033	figs-activepassive	οὐ στεφανοῦται	1	he is not crowned	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “the officials will not crown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	5	p034	figs-explicit	οὐ στεφανοῦται	1	he is not crowned	Paul assumes that Timothy will know that in this culture crowning indicated the winner of a competition. Alternate translation: “the officials will not crown him as the winner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	5	lea8	translate-unknown	οὐ στεφανοῦται	1	he is not crowned	In Paul’s time, when athletes won competitions, they were crowned with wreaths made from the leaves of plants. You can express this idea in your translation by referring to the comparable custom in your own culture, or by using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the officials will not give him an award” or “the officials will not declare him to be the winner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+2TI	2	5	lea8	translate-unknown	οὐ στεφανοῦται	1	he is not crowned	In Paul’s time, when athletes won competitions, they were **crowned** with wreaths made from the leaves of plants. You can express this idea in your translation by referring to the comparable custom in your own culture, or by using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the officials will not give him an award” or “the officials will not declare him to be the winner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	2	5	reg6	figs-explicit	μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ	1	he has competed lawfully	Paul is referring to the rules that governed a competition. The athletes had to obey the rules or they would be removed from the competition and not have an opportunity to win. If it would be helpful in your language, you could mention these rules. Alternate translation: “he does not compete according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	6	wz35	figs-metaphor	τὸν κοπιῶντα γεωργὸν δεῖ πρῶτον τῶν καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν	1	The hardworking farmer ought to be first to receive of the crops	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a farmer who has to decide between working hard or not working hard. The farmer will receive a share of the harvest if he is working hard. By making this comparison, Paul is encouraging Timothy to work hard in his service to Christ so that God will reward him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “Consider that a farmer who works hard should receive a share of the crops before anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	6	wz35	figs-metaphor	τὸν κοπιῶντα γεωργὸν δεῖ πρῶτον τῶν καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν	1	The hardworking farmer ought to be first to receive of the crops	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a **farmer** who has to decide between working hard or not working hard. The farmer will receive a share of the harvest if he is working hard. By making this comparison, Paul is encouraging Timothy to work hard in his service to Christ so that God will reward him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “Consider that a farmer who works hard should receive a share of the crops before anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	6	p035	figs-explicit	πρῶτον τῶν καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν	1	first to receive of the crops	In this illustration, it seems that the hardworking farmer is working with other farmers who will all receive a part of the crop after the harvest. But since this farmer works harder than the others, he should receive before the others. It is implied that receiving first is best, possibly because the quality of the crop is better. Alternate translation: “receive the best share of the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	7	bdk9	figs-explicit	νόει ὃ λέγω, δώσει γάρ σοι ὁ Κύριος σύνεσιν	1	Think about what I am saying, for the Lord will give you understanding	Paul gave Timothy three metaphors in verses 3-6, but he did not completely explain their implications. He expected Timothy to figure out, with God’s help, the lesson of these metaphors for Christ’s servants. For that reason, if you want to include an explanation of the meaning of the metaphors, we recommend that you state the meaning in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. Alternate translation: “you will have to think carefully about what I have just told you to understand it completely, but you can depend on God to help you to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	2	7	bdk9	figs-explicit	νόει ὃ λέγω, δώσει γάρ σοι ὁ Κύριος σύνεσιν	1	Think about what I am saying, for the Lord will give you understanding	Paul gave Timothy three metaphors in verses 3–6, but he did not completely explain their implications. He expected Timothy to figure out, with God’s help, the lesson of these metaphors for Christ’s servants. For that reason, if you want to include an explanation of the meaning of the metaphors, we recommend that you state the meaning in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. Alternate translation: “you will have to think carefully about what I have just told you to understand it completely, but you can depend on God to help you to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	7	p036	figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω	1	what I am saying	Paul refers to what he has just written in his letter with the verb **saying** to express the idea of communicating. Alternate translation: “what I have just told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	7	a22q	figs-explicit	ἐν πᾶσιν	1	in everything	Here, **in everything** refers to everything related to the three metaphors that Paul has written just before this. Alternate translation: “about everything that I have just said” or “about all that I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	8	mh1k	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυείδ	1	from the seed of David	The phrase **from the seed of** refers figuratively to Jesus being descended from King David. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	8	p037	translate-names	Δαυείδ	1	of David	This is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	2	8	wt31	figs-idiom	ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised from the dead	The expression **raised from the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TI	2	8	mh1k	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυείδ	1	from the seed of David	The phrase **from {the} seed of** refers to Jesus being descended from King David. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	8	p037	translate-names	Δαυείδ	1	of David	**David** is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	2	8	wt31	figs-idiom	ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised from the dead	The expression **raised from {the} dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	2	8	p038	figs-activepassive	ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised from the dead	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “whom God raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	8	s4vh	figs-possession	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου	1	according to my gospel	The term **my** conveys the idea that it is the gospel associated with Paul because he preaches it. Alternate translation: “according to the gospel message that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TI	2	9	t2ax	figs-metonymy	μέχρι δεσμῶν	1	unto chains	Paul uses the expression **unto chains** figuratively to express how far his suffering has gone: from being beaten, to being arrested, to being in chains in prison. Alternate translation: “to the point of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	9	t2ax	figs-metonymy	μέχρι δεσμῶν	1	unto chains	Paul uses the expression **unto chains** to express how far his suffering has gone: from being beaten, to being arrested, to being in chains in prison. Alternate translation: “to the point of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	9	p039	figs-simile	ὡς κακοῦργος	1	like a criminal	Paul compares his situation to the shameful one that a person would be in who had actually committed a crime. Alternate translation: “as if I were a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2TI	2	9	pc6t	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται	1	the word of God is not bound	Here, **bound** means being held in chains as a prisoner, referring to Paul’s condition. Paul contrasts himself, an actual prisoner, with God’s message, which can never be held prisoner. Alternate translation: “nothing is holding back the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	9	p040	figs-activepassive	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται	1	the word of God is not bound	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this idea. Alternate translation: “nothing is holding back the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	2	9	p041	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the message from God that he and others are communicating with words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	9	p041	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Paul uses the term **word** to describe the message from God that he and others are communicating with words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	10	p042	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ὑπομένω	1	I endure all things	Here the term **all** is a generalization that likely refers to the sufferings that Paul describes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I endure all of these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	2	10	aa1x	figs-nominaladj	διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	for the chosen	The term **chosen** is an adjective that functions as a noun here and refers to a group of people. If your language would not use an adjective in that way, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-2TI	2	10	j2bk		καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus	The phrase **obtain the salvation** could also be expressed with Christ Jesus, who grants salvation, as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may grant them salvation”
+2TI	2	10	j2bk		καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus	The phrase **obtain salvation** could also be expressed with Christ Jesus, who grants salvation, as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may grant them salvation”
 2TI	2	10	p043	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	10	el68	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου	1	with eternal glory	The abstract noun **glory** refers to the wonderful condition that people will experience when they are in the presence of God. It comes from God himself and he shares it with those who are saved by Jesus Christ, and this condition is **eternal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “and know how glorious it is to be with God forever” or “and experience God’s wonderful presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	11	nr7u		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	In this context, the term **word** refers to the statement of doctrine that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Timothy 1:15](../1ti/01/15.md) Alternate translation: “This statement is dependable”
 2TI	2	11	p044		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you could trust this statement”
 2TI	2	11	p045	figs-quotemarks	πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 2TI	2	11	g6e4	writing-poetry	εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν	1	For if we died with him, we will also live with him	This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
-2TI	2	11	in38	figs-metaphor	εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν	1	if we died with him	Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could refer to: (1) the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	11	in38	figs-metaphor	εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν	1	if we died with him	Paul is speaking since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually **died**. This could refer to: (1) the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	11	p046		καὶ συνζήσομεν	1	we will also live with him	Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could refer to: (1) life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
 2TI	2	12	p048		εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα	1	if we deny him	Paul uses the term **deny** to refer to the action of believers saying that they do not know Jesus Christ during this present life. It is presented as the opposite of **endure**, so it refers to someone who gives in to persecution and denies being a follower of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if we say now that we do not know him”
 2TI	2	12	p049		κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς	1	he also will deny us	In this second usage of the word **deny**, Paul is referring to the action of Jesus Christ on the day of final judgment. On that day, Jesus will either receive a faithful believer or reject those who are not true followers. Those who deny that they are followers of Jesus while on earth are not true followers. Alternate translation: “he will reject us on the day of judgment”
 2TI	2	13	ke4w		εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν	1	if we are unfaithful	Paul uses the word **unfaithful** to express the condition of believers who do not continue to obey Jesus, but rather disobey him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey Jesus” or “if we do not do what Jesus wants us to do”
 2TI	2	13	p050	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει	1	he remains faithful	This could mean : (1) he remains faithful to them. (2) he remains true to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	13	ihd4		ἀρνήσασθαι…ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται	1	he is not able to deny himself	Paul states that Jesus is not able to **deny himself**, meaning that Jesus is not able to go against his character and will remain true to what he said he would do. Paul may have one or both of the following ideas in mind. (1) Jesus’ character includes being the Savior who can forgive our unfaithfulness when we repent of it, as Peter experienced (John 21:15-19). This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains faithful to us.” (2) Jesus’ character also includes being the holy God who judges people for their sin when they do not repent. This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains true to himself.” Alternate translation: “he must always act according to his character”
-2TI	2	14	u661		ὑπομίμνῃσκε	1	Remind them	The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
-2TI	2	14	p051	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	13	ihd4		ἀρνήσασθαι…ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται	1	he is not able to deny himself	Paul states that Jesus is not able to **deny himself**, meaning that Jesus is not able to go against his character and will remain true to what he said he would do. Paul may have one or both of the following ideas in mind. (1) Jesus’ character includes being the Savior who can forgive our unfaithfulness when we repent of it, as Peter experienced (John 21:15–19). This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains faithful to us.” (2) Jesus’ character also includes being the holy God who judges people for their sin when they do not repent. This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains true to himself.” Alternate translation: “he must always act according to his character”
+2TI	2	14	u661		ὑπομίμνῃσκε	1	Remind them	The word **{them}**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
+2TI	2	14	p051	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	14	r5lq	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	The implication is that Paul is telling Timothy to tell the believers, when he gives them this command, that God will be watching what they do. Alternate translation: “with God as their witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	14	g6p7	figs-metaphor	μὴ λογομαχεῖν	1	not to battle about words	Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) the believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) the believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	14	g6p7	figs-metaphor	μὴ λογομαχεῖν	1	not to battle about words	Paul uses the term **battle** to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) the believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) the believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	14	rke6		ἐπ’ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον	1	it is useful for nothing	Paul adds that battling about words has no benefit for those involved. Alternate translation: “it does not benefit anyone”
 2TI	2	14	ywty	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων	1	to the destruction of those who hear	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	14	x7gx	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων	1	to the destruction of those who hear	Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	15	m3vy		σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ	1	Strive to present yourself approved to God	Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
-2TI	2	15	rj6y	figs-metaphor	ἐργάτην	1	a worker	Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	15	xgz9	figs-metaphor	ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	cutting the word of truth straight	Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	15	p052	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could refer to: (1) the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	15	rj6y	figs-metaphor	ἐργάτην	1	a worker	Paul says that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	15	xgz9	figs-metaphor	ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	cutting the word of truth straight	Paul refers to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	15	p052	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Paul uses the term **word** to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could refer to: (1) the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	15	p053	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	2	16	e27q	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας	1	they will advance into greater ungodliness	Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	16	e27q	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας	1	they will advance into greater ungodliness	Paul speaks of these discussions as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of **ungodliness** as that direction. Paul is describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	17	i73t	figs-simile	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει	1	their word will have a spreading like gangrene	This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread could refer to: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions. (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2TI	2	17	p054	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν	1	their word	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	2	17	p055	translate-unknown	ὡς γάγγραινα	1	like gangrene	**Gangrene** is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-2TI	2	17	p056	writing-pronouns	ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος	1	among whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus	Paul gives Timothy the names of two men who are examples of ungodliness and foolish talk. To make the relationship between these names and the preceding **their word** clear in your language, you may have to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Hymeneus and Philetus are such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TI	2	17	x2k6	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος	1	Hymenaeus and Philetus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	2	18	fi9z	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠστόχησαν	1	who have missed the mark regarding the truth	Paul uses this expression to speak figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which people should aim. Those who have **missed the mark** do not believe or teach what is true. Alternate translation: “who are teaching things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	17	p054	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν	1	their word	Paul uses the term **word** to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	17	p055	translate-unknown	ὡς γάγγραινα	1	like gangrene	“Gangrene” is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+2TI	2	17	p056	writing-pronouns	ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος	1	among whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus	Paul gives Timothy the names of **Hymenaeus** and **Philetus** examples of ungodliness and foolish talk. To make the relationship between these names and the preceding **their word** clear in your language, you may have to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Hymeneus and Philetus are such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2TI	2	17	x2k6	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος	1	Hymenaeus and Philetus	**Hymenaeus** and **Philetus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	2	18	fi9z	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠστόχησαν	1	who have missed the mark regarding the truth	Paul uses this expression to speak of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which people should aim. Those who have **missed the mark** do not believe or teach what is true. Alternate translation: “who are teaching things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	18	p057	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠστόχησαν	1	who have missed the mark regarding the truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “who teach things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	18	pu22	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι	1	the resurrection has already happened	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God has already raised the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	18	ura5	figs-metaphor	ἀνατρέπουσιν τήν τινων πίστιν	1	who are destroying the faith of some	Paul refers to **faith** as though it were an object that could be destroyed. Alternate translation: “they are causing some people to stop believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	19	ir1z	figs-metaphor	ὁ…στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν	1	the firm foundation of God stands	Paul uses the image of the foundation of a building to explain that even though a false and destructive message has been destroying the faith of some people, God has nevertheless given people who want to continue to follow him a true message, which figuratively provides for them a safe and secure “place to stand.” Alternate translation: “God has provided a secure basis for people to continue to believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	19	p058	figs-metonymy	ἔχων τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην	1	having this seal	Paul speaks figuratively of the inscription on this foundation as if it were a **seal**, since seals on the outside of documents often bore inscriptions describing their contents. Alternate translation: “having this inscription” or “which can be described in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	19	ir1z	figs-metaphor	ὁ…στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν	1	the firm foundation of God stands	Paul uses the image of the **foundation** of a building to explain that even though a false and destructive message has been destroying the faith of some people, God has nevertheless given people who want to continue to follow him a true message, which provides for them a safe and secure “place to stand.” Alternate translation: “God has provided a secure basis for people to continue to believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	19	p058	figs-metonymy	ἔχων τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην	1	having this seal	Paul speaks of the inscription on this foundation as if it were a **seal**, since seals on the outside of documents often bore inscriptions describing their contents. Alternate translation: “having this inscription” or “which can be described in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	19	p059	figs-quotemarks	ἔχων τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην	1	having this seal	Paul uses this phrase to introduce two direct quotations. The statements that follow in the rest of this verse describe two aspects of the basis that God has provided for people to continue to believe in him. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these statements as quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-2TI	2	19	nd7t	figs-idiom	ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1	who names the name of the Lord	The expression **names the name of the Lord** is an idiom that refers to saying the name of the Lord in order to declare that one belongs to him. Alternate translation: “who says he believes in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TI	2	19	nd7t	figs-idiom	ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1	who names the name of the Lord	The expression **names the name of {the} Lord** is an idiom that refers to saying the name of the Lord in order to declare that one belongs to him. Alternate translation: “who says he believes in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	2	19	y3bc	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποστήτω ἀπὸ ἀδικίας	1	must abstain from unrighteousness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “must stop doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	2	20	p060	figs-metaphor	ἐν μεγάλῃ δὲ οἰκίᾳ, οὐκ ἔστιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα	1	Now in a great house, there are not only gold and silver containers, but also wood and clay	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor that compares the containers that are in the home of a wealthy person with people in the church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this is a metaphor or illustration. Alternate translation: “Consider this illustration: in the home of a wealthy person, there are containers made of gold and silver, and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	20	p060	figs-metaphor	ἐν μεγάλῃ δὲ οἰκίᾳ, οὐκ ἔστιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα	1	Now in a great house, there are not only gold and silver containers, but also wood and clay	To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor that compares the **containers** that are in the home of a wealthy person with people in the church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this is a metaphor or illustration. Alternate translation: “Consider this illustration: in the home of a wealthy person, there are containers made of gold and silver, and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	20	p061	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα	1	but also wood and clay	Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TI	2	20	j75l		σκεύη	1	containers	The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
 2TI	2	20	mt5e	figs-abstractnouns	ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν	1	both some for honor and some for dishonor	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	2	21	jm3p	figs-metaphor	ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων	1	has cleansed himself from these	Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	21	g79f	figs-metaphor	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	21	jm3p	figs-metaphor	ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων	1	has cleansed himself from these	Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	21	g79f	figs-metaphor	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	Paul speaks of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of **container**. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p062	figs-explicit	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	21	mh63		ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work	These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
 2TI	2	21	p063	figs-activepassive	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	21	nl5d	figs-metaphor	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	21	p064	figs-metaphor	εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ	1	useful to the Master	In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	21	p064	figs-metaphor	εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ	1	useful to the Master	In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p065	figs-activepassive	εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	having been prepared for every good work	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who has gotten himself ready to do any good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	2	22	h9p6	figs-metaphor	τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε	1	flee youthful lusts	Paul speaks about youthful desires as if they were a dangerous person or animal that Timothy should run away from. Alternate translation: “control your youthful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	22	p066	figs-metonymy	τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε	1	flee youthful lusts	Paul speaks figuratively of immoral activities by association with the desires that lead a person to engage in them. Alternate translation: “refuse to do the wrong things that young people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	22	h9p6	figs-metaphor	τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε	1	flee youthful lusts	Paul speaks about **youthful** desires as if they were a dangerous person or animal that Timothy should run away from. Alternate translation: “control your youthful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	22	p066	figs-metonymy	τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε	1	flee youthful lusts	Paul speaks of immoral activities by association with the desires that lead a person to engage in them. Alternate translation: “refuse to do the wrong things that young people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	22	srb7	figs-metaphor	δίωκε δὲ δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην	1	and pursue righteousness, faith, love, and peace	Paul is using the verb **pursue** in contrast to **flee**. He speaks of these positive things as if Timothy should run towards them because they will do him good. Alternate translation: “be eager to do what is right, to believe in God, to love God and others, and to live in peace with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	22	p067	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην	1	righteousness, faith, love, and peace	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **righteousness**, **faith**, **love**, and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “do what is right, believe in God, love other people, and live peacefully with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	22	hg99		μετὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	with those who call on the Lord from a clean heart	This likely means that Paul wants Timothy to pursue these positive things together with others who are sincere in their faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this phrase at the beginning of Paul’s command to Timothy, as in the UST, before **pursue**. Alternate translation: “together with those who worship the Lord with sincere intentions”
-2TI	2	22	gl3q	figs-idiom	τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον	1	those who call on the Lord	The expression **call on the Lord** is an idiom that means to trust and worship the Lord. Alternate translation: “those who worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	2	22	p068	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a clean heart	Paul uses a physical part of the body, the **heart**, figuratively to represent the intentions and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with sincere intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	22	gl3q	figs-idiom	τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον	1	those who call on the Lord	The expression **calling on the Lord** is an idiom that means to trust and worship the Lord. Alternate translation: “those who worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TI	2	22	p068	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a clean heart	Paul uses a physical part of the body, the **heart**, to represent the intentions and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with sincere intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	22	b2ti	figs-metaphor	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a clean heart	Paul uses the word **clean** to describe the intentions or thoughts of a person as though they were an object that could be made clean. Alternate translation: “with sincere intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	23	tmf7	figs-metonymy	τὰς…μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ	1	avoid foolish and ignorant questions	Paul refers to certain kinds of discussions figuratively by association with the kind of questions that people might ask that would lead to these discussions or by association with the kind of people that would ask these questions. Alternate translation: “do not become involved in foolish and ignorant discussions” or “do not allow people to involve you in discussions that they start because they are foolish and ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	23	tmf7	figs-metonymy	τὰς…μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ	1	avoid foolish and ignorant questions	Paul refers to certain kinds of discussions by association with the kind of **questions** that people might ask that would lead to these discussions or by association with the kind of people that would ask these questions. Alternate translation: “do not become involved in foolish and ignorant discussions” or “do not allow people to involve you in discussions that they start because they are foolish and ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	23	p069	figs-doublet	μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις	1	foolish and ignorant questions	Paul may be using the words **foolish** and **ignorant** together to emphasize a single idea. Alternate translation: “very stupid questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2TI	2	23	kh6p	figs-metaphor	γεννῶσι μάχας	1	they give birth to battles	Paul speaks of the **questions** figuratively as if they were women giving birth to children (the **battles**). Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	23	p070	figs-metaphor	μάχας	1	battles	Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	24	p071	figs-metaphor	δοῦλον…Κυρίου	1	the slave of the Lord	Paul is using the expression **slave of the Lord** figuratively to refer to leaders in the church, including Timothy, who do what God tells them to do. This includes teaching the believers and interacting with the quarrelsome teachers who challenge their authority and the truth. Alternate translation: “a leader in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	24	p072	figs-metaphor	οὐ δεῖ μάχεσθαι	1	must not battle	Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “must not argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	23	kh6p	figs-metaphor	γεννῶσι μάχας	1	they give birth to battles	Paul speaks of the **questions** as if they were women giving birth to children (the **battles**). Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	23	p070	figs-metaphor	μάχας	1	battles	Paul uses the term **battles** to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	24	p071	figs-metaphor	δοῦλον…Κυρίου	1	the slave of the Lord	Paul is using the expression **slave of {the} Lord** to refer to leaders in the church, including Timothy, who do what God tells them to do. This includes teaching the believers and interacting with the quarrelsome teachers who challenge their authority and the truth. Alternate translation: “a leader in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	24	p072	figs-metaphor	οὐ δεῖ μάχεσθαι	1	must not battle	Paul uses the term **battle** to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “must not argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	25	un9l	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πραΰτητι	1	in meekness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **meekness** in this expression with an adverb. Alternate translation: “meekly” or “gently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	2	25	u6rp		παιδεύοντα	1	educating	Paul presents this as the godly response to quarrels. This term can mean “teach” or “correct.” Alternate translation: “teaching” or “correcting”
+2TI	2	25	u6rp		παιδεύοντα	1	educating	Paul presents **educating** as the godly response to quarrels. This term can mean “teach” or “correct.” Alternate translation: “teaching” or “correcting”
 2TI	2	25	jt1r	figs-metaphor	μήποτε δώῃ αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς μετάνοιαν	1	God may perhaps give them repentance	Paul speaks of **repentance** as if it were an object that God could give people. Alternate translation: “God may cause them to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	25	u8dy		εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας	1	for the knowledge of the truth	Paul speaks of the result of **repentance** as knowing the truth. Alternate translation: “so that they will know the truth”
+2TI	2	25	u8dy		εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας	1	for the knowledge of the truth	Paul speaks of the result of **repentance** as knowing the **truth**. Alternate translation: “so that they will know the truth”
 2TI	2	26	p073	figs-ellipsis	ἀνανήψωσιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος	1	they may become sober again from the trap of the devil	As Paul moves from one metaphor into another, he leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they may become sober again and escape from the trap of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TI	2	26	ef3q	figs-metaphor	ἀνανήψωσιν	1	they may become sober again	Paul speaks of sinners learning to think correctly about God as if they were drunk people becoming sober again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	26	mql8	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος	1	from the trap of the devil	Paul refers to the deception of the devil as a physical trap that sinners are captured in. Alternate translation: “and escape from the devil’s deception” or “and reject the devil’s deception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	26	ef3q	figs-metaphor	ἀνανήψωσιν	1	they may become sober again	Paul speaks of sinners learning to think correctly about God as if they were drunk people becoming **sober again**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	26	mql8	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος	1	from the trap of the devil	Paul refers to the deception of **the devil** as a physical trap that sinners are captured in. Alternate translation: “and escape from the devil’s deception” or “and reject the devil’s deception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	26	p074	figs-activepassive	ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα	1	having been captured by him for his will	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “after the devil has captured them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	2	26	dj4j	figs-metaphor	ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα	1	having been captured by him for his will	Paul speaks of the devil’s deception as if the devil had physically captured them and made them do what he wanted. Alternate translation: “after the devil has deceived them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	3	intro	k2cr			0		# 2 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Many scholars understand the **last days** to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return, which includes Paul’s time. If so, then what Paul teaches in this chapter about being persecuted applies to all believers. But some scholars understand the **last days** to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. If that is the meaning, then Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. If possible, translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
-2TI	3	1	g65r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	in the last days	Paul is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the period of time before the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TI	2	26	dj4j	figs-metaphor	ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα	1	having been captured by him for his will	Paul speaks of the devil’s deception as if the devil had physically **captured** them and made them do what he wanted. Alternate translation: “after the devil has deceived them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	intro	k2cr			0		# 2 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Many scholars understand the **last days** to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return, which includes Paul’s time. If so, then what Paul teaches in this chapter about being persecuted applies to all believers. But some scholars understand the **last days** to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. If that is the meaning, then Paul is prophesying in verses 1–9 and 13 about those days. If possible, translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+2TI	3	1	g65r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	in the last days	Paul is using the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the period of time before the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	3	1	n7gs	figs-explicit	ἐνστήσονται καιροὶ χαλεποί	1	there will be difficult times	The implication from what Paul goes on to say about people becoming ungodly and violent is that it will be difficult for believers in this time period. Alternate translation: “believers will face difficult situations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	3	2	p075	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	men	Here Paul is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	3	2	jb27		φίλαυτοι	1	self-loving	Here, **self-loving** refers to loving oneself more than loving family or friends with a natural human love. This is not the kind of love that comes from God. Alternate translation: “self-centered”
@@ -216,18 +215,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	4	d6ng	figs-metaphor	τετυφωμένοι	1	puffed up	The expression **puffed up** is a metaphor for being proud and considering oneself better than others. Alternate translation: “haughty” or “conceited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	4	p076	figs-activepassive	τετυφωμένοι	1	puffed up	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “haughty” or “conceited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	3	5	k5dc	figs-idiom	ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας	1	having a form of godliness	The expression **a form of** indicates that their **godliness** is not genuine or true. Alternate translation: “appearing to have godliness” or “appearing to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	3	5	p077	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Paul uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2TI	3	5	p077	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Paul uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TI	3	5	p078	figs-nominaladj	τούτους ἀποτρέπου	1	turn away from these	The term **these** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to the people who show the ungodly qualities that Paul lists in the previous verses. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can add the word “people” in your translation. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2TI	3	5	xm1c	figs-metaphor	τούτους ἀποτρέπου	1	turn away from these	The expression **turn away** is a metaphor for avoiding someone. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	3	6	gu4b	figs-metaphor	αἰχμαλωτίζοντες	1	captivating	Here Paul uses the term **captivating** figuratively to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	6	gu4b	figs-metaphor	αἰχμαλωτίζοντες	1	captivating	Here Paul uses the term **captivating** to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	6	u9m5		γυναικάρια	1	foolish women	The term **foolish women** refers to women who are spiritually weak and immature. They allow these men into their homes and listen to them because they are weak, idle, and have many sins. Alternate translation: “women who are spiritually weak”
-2TI	3	6	e9ex	figs-metaphor	σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις	1	who are loaded with sins	Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) these women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) these women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	6	e9ex	figs-metaphor	σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις	1	who are loaded with sins	Paul speaks of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) these women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) these women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	6	p079	figs-activepassive	σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις	1	who are loaded with sins	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who sin often” or “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	3	6	p080	figs-activepassive	ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις	1	led away by various desires	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “various desires lead them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	3	6	izz9	figs-personification	ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις	1	led away by various desires	Paul speaks figuratively about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-2TI	3	7	p082	figs-metaphor	μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν δυνάμενα	1	never able to come to the knowledge of the truth	Paul speaks figuratively of the **knowledge of the truth** as if it were a destination at which people could arrive. Alternate translation: “never able to understand the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	6	izz9	figs-personification	ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις	1	led away by various desires	Paul speaks about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2TI	3	7	p082	figs-metaphor	μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν δυνάμενα	1	never able to come to the knowledge of the truth	Paul speaks of the **knowledge of the truth** as if it were a destination at which people could arrive. Alternate translation: “never able to understand the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	8	p083		ὃν τρόπον δὲ	1	And what way	Alternate translation: “Just as”
-2TI	3	8	b8el	translate-names	Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς	1	Jannes and Jambres	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	3	8	b8el	translate-names	Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς	1	Jannes and Jambres	**Jannes** and **Jambres** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	3	8	p084	figs-explicit	Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς	1	Jannes and Jambres	Paul assumes that Timothy will know that he is referring here to the magicians in Pharaoh’s court who tried to duplicate the miracles that Moses was doing. The Bible does not record their names, but according to Jewish tradition their names were Jannes and Jambres. These men wanted to show that Pharaoh did not have to listen to Moses or obey Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jannes and Jambres, Pharaoh’s magicians,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	3	8	p085	figs-nominaladj	οὗτοι	1	these	As in [3:5](../03/05.md), the term **these** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to the people who show the ungodly qualities that Paul has described. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can add the word “people” in your translation. Alternate translation: “these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2TI	3	8	p086	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	the truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -235,7 +234,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	8	p087	figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν	1	men whose mind is corrupted	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “men who cannot think rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	3	8	pfh1		ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	unapproved regarding the faith	Paul uses the adjective **unapproved** to convey the idea that these men have been tested regarding how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test because their faith is not real. Alternate translation: “without sincere faith” or “whose faith is not genuine”
 2TI	3	8	sppy	figs-explicit	ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here and say who does not approve of these men. Alternate translation: “God does approve of these men because they do not have a genuine faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	3	9	x9kx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’	1	But	This word makes a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you could remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	3	9	x9kx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’	1	But	The word **But** indicates a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you could remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	3	9	c6xx	figs-metaphor	οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον	1	they will not advance unto more	Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not continue to have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to continue teaching falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	9	mv4j	figs-hyperbole	ἡ…ἄνοια αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν	1	their foolishness will be obvious to all	The word **all** is a generalization. Paul has just said that these men will have a little success in deceiving some people. But ultimately their foolishness will become widely apparent, as happened to Jannes and Jambres, who were publicly discredited when they were not able to equal the powerful miracles of Moses. Alternate translation: “their foolishness will become widely apparent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	3	9	z4fu	figs-nominaladj	ἐκείνων	1	of those	The term **those** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to Jannes and Jambres. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can supply the names of the two men. Alternate translation: “of Jannes and Jambres” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -247,21 +246,21 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	10	p091	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ	1	patience	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **patience** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “how I am patient with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	10	p090	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	love	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “how I love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	10	l4pp	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ὑπομονῇ	1	longsuffering	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “how I endure when I suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	3	11	p092	translate-names	ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, ἐν Λύστροις	1	in Antioch, in Iconium, in Lystra	These are the names of three cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	3	11	p092	translate-names	ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, ἐν Λύστροις	1	in Antioch, in Iconium, in Lystra	**Antioch**, **Iconium**, and **Lystra** are the names of three cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	3	11	p093		οἵους διωγμοὺς ὑπήνεγκα	1	what kind of persecutions I endured	Paul is reminding Timothy that he knows of the various ways in which Paul suffered and how he endured until God rescued him. Alternate translation: “how I endured various persecutions”
-2TI	3	11	r9vk	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πάντων, με ἐρρύσατο ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord rescued me from them all	Paul speaks figuratively as if God had physically removed him from a situation of danger. Alternate translation: “the Lord preserved me through them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	11	r9vk	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πάντων, με ἐρρύσατο ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord rescued me from them all	Paul speaks as if God had physically removed him from a situation of danger. Alternate translation: “the Lord preserved me through them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	12	ke7f		ζῆν εὐσεβῶς	1	to live piously	The term **piously** means in an obedient way that honors God. Alternate translation: “to live in a godly way”
 2TI	3	12	xm9l	figs-activepassive	διωχθήσονται	1	will be persecuted	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “people will persecute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	3	13	p094	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωποι	1	men	Here Paul is using the term **men** in a generic sense that can include both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	3	13	xo4q	figs-hendiadys	πονηροὶ…ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες	1	evil men and impostors	This is probably a hendiadys, and the **evil men and impostors** are not two groups of people, but one group of people. Alternate translation: “evil people who only pretend to follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	3	13	s7f2		γόητες	1	impostors	The term **impostors** refers here to a person who wants other people to think he is a true Christian when he is not. Alternate translation: “people who are pretending to be believers”
-2TI	3	13	imc8	figs-metaphor	προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον	1	will advance unto the worse	Paul speaks figuratively of evil people and their character as something that moves forward physically, making gradual progress in a direction. Alternate translation: “will become worse and worse” or “will become even more evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	13	imc8	figs-metaphor	προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον	1	will advance unto the worse	Paul speaks of evil people and their character as something that moves forward physically, making gradual progress in a direction. Alternate translation: “will become worse and worse” or “will become even more evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	13	p095	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον	1	unto the worse	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “worse and worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	3	13	eyx5	figs-metaphor	πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι	1	leading astray and being led astray	The expression **leading astray** uses the image of physically taking a person to a place that he didn’t think he was going to. This is a figurative reference to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	13	p096	figs-activepassive	πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι	1	leading astray and being led astray	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	3	14	ytg9	figs-metaphor	μένε ἐν οἷς ἔμαθες	1	remain in the things you have learned	Paul speaks of biblical instruction as if it were a place that Timothy could stay in. Alternate translation: “continue doing what you have learned” or “continue believing what you have learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	14	ytg9	figs-metaphor	μένε ἐν οἷς ἔμαθες	1	remain in the things you have learned	Paul speaks of biblical instruction as if it were a place in which Timothy could stay. Alternate translation: “continue doing what you have learned” or “continue believing what you have learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	14	p097	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστώθης	1	become convinced of	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “are confident about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	3	15	w9l5	figs-personification	τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι	1	which are able to make you wise	Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2TI	3	15	w9l5	figs-personification	τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι	1	which are able to make you wise	Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become **wise**. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2TI	3	15	p098	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	16	s274	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	16	hvr1		πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you could change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
@@ -272,15 +271,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	17	nb12	figs-gendernotations	ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος	1	the man of God	Paul is using the word **man** here in a generic sense that includes all believers in God, whether male or female. Of course, Paul also intends for Timothy to apply this to himself. Alternate translation: “the person who serves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	3	17	uu7i		ἄρτιος	1	proficient	Alternate translation: “fully capable”
 2TI	3	17	p099	figs-activepassive	ἐξηρτισμένος	1	equipped	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	4	intro	k2xa			0		# 2 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Paul gives a solemn charge to Timothy (4:1-8)<br>2. Paul tells Timothy how he is doing (4:9-18)<br>3. Paul sends personal greetings (4:19-22)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I adjure you”<br><br>With these words Paul challenges Timothy in the most serious way possible to do what he is telling him to do. It is a way of commanding Timothy, not by Paul’s own authority, but by the authority that he then refers to, that of God and Jesus Christ. In other words, Paul is saying that God and Jesus Christ are commanding Timothy through Paul.<br><br>### Crown<br><br>Scripture uses the image of a crown to represent different things. In this chapter, Paul describes Christ as awarding a crown to believers as a metaphor for the reward that Christ will give them for having lived rightly on this earth.
+2TI	4	intro	k2xa			0		# 2 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Paul gives a solemn charge to Timothy (4:1–8)<br>2. Paul tells Timothy how he is doing (4:9–18)<br>3. Paul sends personal greetings (4:19–22)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I adjure you”<br><br>With these words Paul challenges Timothy in the most serious way possible to do what he is telling him to do. It is a way of commanding Timothy, not by Paul’s own authority, but by the authority that he then refers to, that of God and Jesus Christ. In other words, Paul is saying that God and Jesus Christ are commanding Timothy through Paul.<br><br>### Crown<br><br>Scripture uses the image of a crown to represent different things. In this chapter, Paul describes Christ as awarding a crown to believers as a metaphor for the reward that Christ will give them for having lived rightly on this earth.
 2TI	4	1	eh3x		διαμαρτύρομαι	1	I adjure you	The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could refer to: (1) placing someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” (2) solemnly commanding someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
 2TI	4	1	cb15	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Here the word **before** means “in front of,” that is, “in the presence of.” The implication is that God and Christ Jesus will witness and approve this command or oath. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God and Christ Jesus” or “with God and Christ Jesus as the witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	4	1	u32g	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+2TI	4	1	u32g	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	Paul refers to **{the} living** and **{the} dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2TI	4	1	p100	figs-nominaladj	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-2TI	4	1	lwt2	figs-metonymy	καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	and by his appearing and his kingdom	Paul refers figuratively to Christ’s return by association to the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns, and he refers figuratively to Christ’s rule as king by association to the kingdom that he will rule. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on Christ’s return and on his rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	1	lwt2	figs-metonymy	καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	and by his appearing and his kingdom	Paul refers to Christ’s return by association to the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns, and he refers to Christ’s rule as king by association to the **kingdom** that he will rule. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on Christ’s return and on his rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	1	anqh		καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	and by his appearing and his kingdom	This can be understood in two different ways, depending on if Paul is placing Timothy under an oath or giving Timothy a command. (1) If Paul is placing Timothy under an oath, then he is saying that these are the things that Timothy would be denying if he fails to fulfill the oath. Alternate translation: “with an oath as strong as your desire for Christ’s return and for his rule as king” (2) If Paul is introducing a command in this verse, then Paul is appealing to these things to strengthen his command. Alternate translation: “and as surely as Christ will return and rule as king”
-2TI	4	2	j2z7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Paul is using the term **word** to refer figuratively to the whole message about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the Gospel message” or “the Good News” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	4	2	zzh4	figs-merism	εὐκαίρως, ἀκαίρως	1	opportunely, inopportunely	Paul means that Timothy should be ready to preach about Jesus when it seems like a good time to do so and also when it does not seem like a good time. He is using the two types of occasions together figuratively to indicate all occasions. Alternate translation: “when it is convenient and when it is not convenient” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+2TI	4	2	j2z7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Paul is using the term **word** to refer to the whole message about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the Gospel message” or “the Good News” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	2	zzh4	figs-merism	εὐκαίρως, ἀκαίρως	1	opportunely, inopportunely	Paul uses the opposite words **opportunely** and**inopportunely** to say that Timothy should be ready to preach about Jesus when it seems like a good time to do so and also when it does not seem like a good time. He is using the two types of occasions together to indicate all occasions. Alternate translation: “when it is convenient and when it is not convenient” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2TI	4	2	g7ax	figs-explicit	ἔλεγξον	1	reprove	The command to **reprove** implies that the action is directed toward people who have done something wrong and are in need of correction. Alternate translation: “correct those who have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	2	p101		ἐπιτίμησον	1	rebuke	The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
 2TI	4	2	p102	figs-hendiadys	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -289,71 +288,71 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	3	jv7a		ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε	1	there will be a time when	Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
 2TI	4	3	u2cc		οὐκ ἀνέξονται	1	they will not endure	Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
 2TI	4	3	ilx7	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀνέξονται	1	they will not endure	The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	4	3	fyl3	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας	1	healthy teaching	The expression **healthy teaching** figuratively means “correct teaching” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that correct teaching was reasonable. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	3	fyl3	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας	1	healthy teaching	The expression **healthy teaching** means “correct teaching” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that correct teaching was reasonable. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	3	e5t2	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους	1	they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires	Paul speaks of how people will obtain many teachers as if they were putting them into a heap or pile. They will want many teachers, but not value these teachers for how they live godly lives or how accurately they teach. Alternate translation: “they will gather many teachers for themselves who will teach what they want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	3	s375	figs-idiom	κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν	1	their ear itching	Paul speaks of people badly wanting to hear something as if their ears itched and could only be relieved if they found many teachers who would tell them what they wanted to hear. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	4	3	p104	figs-metonymy	κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν	1	their ear itching	Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean hearing. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	3	p104	figs-metonymy	κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν	1	their ear itching	Paul uses the **ear** to mean hearing. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	4	rh2i	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	4	p105	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	4	4	xrv7	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	4	p105	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul uses the **ear** to mean listening. Listening, in turn, means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	4	xrv7	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to **myths** as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	4	5	ehz7	figs-metaphor	νῆφε	1	be sober	Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	5	ehz7	figs-metaphor	νῆφε	1	be sober	Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to **be sober** rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	5	tv3k		εὐαγγελιστοῦ	1	of an evangelist	Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
 2TI	4	6	p107		ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
-2TI	4	6	sh23	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	6	sh23	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was **being poured out** as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	6	p108	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	6	fb7l	figs-euphemism	ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν	1	the time of my departure is here	Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	7	kq83	figs-metaphor	τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα	1	I have finished the race	Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	7	kq83	figs-metaphor	τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα	1	I have finished the race	Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a **race** on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	7	vk2p	figs-metaphor	τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα	1	I have kept the faith	Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean: (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	8	ujg5	figs-activepassive	ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος	1	the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	4	8	hg8i	figs-metaphor	τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος	1	the crown of righteousness	Here, the **crown** could: (1) figuratively represent the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	8	hg8i	figs-metaphor	τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος	1	the crown of righteousness	Here, the **crown** could: (1) represent the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	8	dwn6	translate-unknown	στέφανος	1	crown	See how you translated **crown** in [2:5](../02/05.md). The **crown** that Paul is using as an illustration of the future award from God was a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests. You can use a word in your language that would refer to a prize for winning a contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	4	8	n3k8	figs-explicit	ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on that day	As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	4	8	uh88		τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ	1	those who have loved his appearing	Alternate translation: “those who are looking forward to his return”
-2TI	4	8	p109	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ	1	his appearing	See how you translated **his appearing** in [4:1](../04/01.md). Paul is referring figuratively to Christ’s return by association with the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns. Alternate translation: “his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	4	9	t8b7		σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως	1	come … quickly	Alternate translation: “come … as soon as possible”
-2TI	4	10	e4xx	translate-names	Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος	1	Demas … Crescens … Titus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	10	ji2l	figs-metonymy	τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα	1	the present age	The expression **the present age** refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Paul refers to these worldly things figuratively by association with the present time when people generally desire them, as opposed to the future time when the things of God will be established throughout the earth. Alternate translation: “the temporary comforts of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	4	10	u2qb	figs-ellipsis	Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν, Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν	1	Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He means that like Demas, Crescens and Titus have left him. However, he is probably not saying that they did this because they also “loved this present age” like Demas. It is more likely that they are traveling to help the churches. Alternate translation: “Crescens has left me and gone to Galatia, and Titus has left me and gone to Dalmatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TI	4	8	uh88		πᾶσιν τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ	1	those who have loved his appearing	Alternate translation: “to all those who are looking forward to his return”
+2TI	4	8	p109	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ	1	his appearing	See how you translated **his appearing** in [4:1](../04/01.md). Paul is referring to Christ’s return by association with the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns. Alternate translation: “his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	9	t8b7		σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως	1	come … quickly	Alternate translation: “Come … as soon as possible”
+2TI	4	10	e4xx	translate-names	Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος	1	Demas … Crescens … Titus	**Demas**, **Crescens**, and **Titus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	10	ji2l	figs-metonymy	τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα	1	the present age	The expression **the present age** refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Paul refers to these worldly things by association with the present time when people generally desire them, as opposed to the future time when the things of God will be established throughout the earth. Alternate translation: “the temporary comforts of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	10	u2qb	figs-ellipsis	Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν, Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν	1	Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He means that like Demas, **Crescens** and **Titus** have left him. However, he is probably not saying that they did this because they also “loved this present age” like Demas. It is more likely that they are traveling to help the churches. Alternate translation: “Crescens has left me and gone to Galatia, and Titus has left me and gone to Dalmatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TI	4	10	gs61	translate-names	Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν	1	Galatia … Dalmatia	This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	11	p110	translate-names	Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον	1	Luke … Mark	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	11	p110	translate-names	Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον	1	Luke … Mark	**Luke** and **Mark** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	11	w21u		μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν	1	he is useful to me for service	This could mean: (1) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul to take care of his personal needs. Alternate translation: “he can help take care of my needs” (2) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul minister to others, especially by preaching and teaching. Alternate translation: “he is helpful to me in my ministry”
-2TI	4	12	p111	translate-names	Τυχικὸν	1	Tychicus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	12	p111	translate-names	Τυχικὸν	1	Tychicus	**Tychicus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	12	y60r		ἀπέστειλα	1	I sent	Timothy is at Ephesus when he receives this letter. It may be that Tychicus is the one who carried this letter to Timothy at Ephesus. If so, then Paul is writing from Timothy’s perspective, who would view Paul’s sending of Tychicus as a past event. If this is confusing in your language and you want to include this possibility, you may need to change the tense of the verb to future. Alternate translation: “soon I will be sending”
-2TI	4	12	p112	translate-names	Ἔφεσον	1	Ephesus	This is the name of a city. This is the city where Timothy is as he receives this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	12	p112	translate-names	Ἔφεσον	1	Ephesus	**Ephesus** is the name of a city. This is the city where Timothy is as he receives this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	13	d5rw	translate-unknown	φελόνην	1	cloak	The term **cloak** refers to a heavy garment worn over clothes. Alternate translation: “coat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-2TI	4	13	x1jb	translate-names	Τρῳάδι	1		This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	13	v9b6	translate-names	Κάρπῳ	1	Carpus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	13	x1jb	translate-names	Τρῳάδι	1		**Troas** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	13	v9b6	translate-names	Κάρπῳ	1	Carpus	**Carpus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	13	k6tj	translate-unknown	τὰ βιβλία	1	the books	The term **books** refers to scrolls. A scroll was a type of book made of a long sheet of papyrus or leather. After writing on a scroll or reading it, people would roll it up using rods on the ends. Alternate translation: “the scrolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	4	13	e395	translate-unknown	μάλιστα τὰς μεμβράνας	1	especially the parchments	The term **parchments** may refer to a specific type of scroll. Alternate translation: “especially those made from animal skins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	4	14	un4v	translate-unknown	Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς	1	Alexander the coppersmith	The term **coppersmith** refers to a person who worked with things made of copper and other metals. Alternate translation: “Alexander, who works with metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-2TI	4	14	kv94	translate-names	Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Alexander	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	14	wbx4	figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	The Lord will repay him according to his deeds	Paul speaks figuratively of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will give him the right punishment for what he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	14	kv94	translate-names	Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Alexander	**Alexander** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	14	wbx4	figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	The Lord will repay him according to his deeds	Paul speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will give him the right punishment for what he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	15	i4aj	figs-metonymy	ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις	1	he … opposed our words	The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “he … opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	16	v847		ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ	1	At my first defense	Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “At the opening session of my trial” or “When I first appeared in court and explained my actions”
 2TI	4	16	f2c3		οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο	1	no one appeared with me	Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
 2TI	4	16	rm2t	figs-activepassive	μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη	1	May it not be counted against them	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	4	17	t1fw	figs-metaphor	ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη	1	the Lord stood with me	Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	17	t1fw	figs-metaphor	ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη	1	the Lord stood with me	Paul is speaking as if **the Lord** had physically **stood** with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	17	y69m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ	1	so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) at his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	17	p113	figs-hyperbole	καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	and all the Gentiles might hear	Here, **all** could be: (1) a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court. Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TI	4	17	gsr8	figs-metaphor	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	Paul speaks figuratively as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	17	gsr8	figs-metaphor	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	Paul speaks as if he had been in danger of being killed by a **lion** at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	17	p114	figs-activepassive	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	18	p115	figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	to the ages of the ages	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	4	19	p116	translate-names	Πρίσκαν	1	Priscilla	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	19	p117	translate-names	Ἀκύλαν	1	Aquila	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	19	p116	translate-names	Πρίσκαν	1	Priscilla	**Priscilla** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	19	p117	translate-names	Ἀκύλαν	1	Aquila	**Aquila** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	19	n4zc	figs-metonymy	τὸν Ὀνησιφόρου οἶκον	1	the household of Onesiphorus	See how you translated this phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md). The word **household** refers to **Onesiphorus** and all the people in his family, possibly even his servants. Alternate translation: “Onesiphorus and everyone who lives with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	19	mef8	translate-names	Ὀνησιφόρου	1	of Onesiphorus	**Onesiphorus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	20	p118	translate-names	Κορίνθῳ	1	Corinth	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	20	lie9	translate-names	Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον	1	Erastus … Trophimus	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	20	wp9h	translate-names	Μιλήτῳ	1	Miletus	This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	20	p118	translate-names	Κορίνθῳ	1	Corinth	**Corinth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	20	lie9	translate-names	Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον	1	Erastus … Trophimus	**Erastus** and **Trophimus** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	20	wp9h	translate-names	Μιλήτῳ	1	Miletus	**Miletus** is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	21	cvc7		σπούδασον…ἐλθεῖν	1	Hasten to come	Alternate translation: “Do your best to come” or “Try as hard as you can to come”
-2TI	4	21	eh95	figs-explicit	πρὸ χειμῶνος	1	before winter	The implication is that Timothy should try to come to Paul before the cold weather arrives and makes travel difficult or even impossible. If winter is the warm season in your area and summer is the cold season, or if your area does not have a cold season but a rainy season, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “before the cold weather makes travel difficult” or “before the weather changes and makes travel difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	4	21	eh95	figs-explicit	πρὸ χειμῶνος	1	before winter	The implication is that Timothy should try to come to Paul before the cold weather arrives and makes travel difficult or even impossible. If **winter** is the warm season in your area and summer is the cold season, or if your area does not have a cold season but a rainy season, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “before the cold weather makes travel difficult” or “before the weather changes and makes travel difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	21	z1j9	figs-ellipsis	ἀσπάζεταί σε Εὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ Λίνος, καὶ Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	Eubulus greets you, and Pudens, and Linus, and Claudia, and the brothers	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. To make sure that the meaning is clear, you could supply these words. The people listed after Eubulus are also greeting Timothy. Eubulus is not greeting them. Alternate translation: “Eubulus greets you, and so do Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TI	4	21	p7px	translate-names	Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος	1	Eubulus … Pudens … Linus	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	21	er77	translate-names	Κλαυδία	1	Claudia	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	21	p7px	translate-names	Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος	1	Eubulus … Pudens … Linus	**Eubulus**, **Pudens**, and **Linus** are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TI	4	21	er77	translate-names	Κλαυδία	1	Claudia	**Claudia** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	21	mk26	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers	The word **brothers** means all believers, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	4	22	tx26	figs-you	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-2TI	4	22	p119	figs-synecdoche	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul figuratively describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+2TI	4	22	p119	figs-synecdoche	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TI	4	22	k85y	figs-you	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “May grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TI	4	22	p120		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”

en_tn_57-TIT.tsv

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-TIT	front	intro	m2jl			0		# Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
-TIT	1	intro	c7me			0		# Titus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
-TIT	1	1	rtc9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ πίστιν	1	for the faith	**Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you could translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+TIT	front	intro	m2jl			0		# Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1–16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1–3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12–15)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
+TIT	1	intro	c7me			0		# Titus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1–4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6–9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
+TIT	1	1	rtc9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ πίστιν	1	for the faith	The word **faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you could translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	xyz8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσιν	1	the knowledge	If it would be helpful in your language, you can translate the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	abc8	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθείας	1	of the truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you can translate the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	fyf8	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν	1	that agrees with godliness	Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ TIT	1	3	swi9	figs-metaphor	ἐφανέρωσεν…τὸν λόγον αὐτο
 TIT	1	3	abc9		ἐν κηρύγματι	1	by the proclamation	Alternate translation: “through the proclamation of the message”
 TIT	1	3	m41u	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ	1	that I was entrusted with	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he entrusted to me” or “he gave me the responsibility to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 TIT	1	3	dpn4		τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	of God our Savior	Alternate translation: “of God, who saves us”
-TIT	1	3	xy18	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	1	3	xy18	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	1	4	gu55	figs-metaphor	γνησίῳ τέκνῳ	1	a true son	Though Titus was not Paul’s biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “you are like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-TIT	1	4	wx6c		κοινὴν πίστιν	1	our common faith	Paul and Titus both share the same faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “our belief in Christ”
+TIT	1	4	wx6c		κοινὴν πίστιν	1	our common faith	Paul and Titus both share the same **faith** in Christ. Alternate translation: “our belief in Christ”
 TIT	1	4	h93t	figs-ellipsis	χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace	This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 TIT	1	4	s3yr		Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	Christ Jesus our Savior	Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
-TIT	1	4	xy17	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	1	4	xy17	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	1	5	ew8h	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τούτου χάριν	1	For this purpose	The connecting phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 TIT	1	5	lh9b		ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ	1	I left you in Crete	Alternate translation: “I told you to stay in Crete”
 TIT	1	5	ga62		ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ	1	that you might set in order things not yet complete	Alternate translation: “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
@@ -26,31 +26,31 @@ TIT	1	5	p56w		πρεσβυτέρους	1	elders	In the early Christian churches,
 TIT	1	6	wja4			0	Connecting Statement:	Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul then gives the requirements for elders.
 TIT	1	6	jen8		εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος	1	if anyone is blameless	This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
 TIT	1	6	ab70	figs-doublenegatives	ἀνέγκλητος	1	blameless	To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” You can state this positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-TIT	1	6	q6uy	figs-explicit	μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ	1	the husband of one wife	This means that he has only one wife; that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+TIT	1	6	q6uy	figs-explicit	μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ	1	the husband of one wife	This means that he has only **one wife**; that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 TIT	1	6	wd6q		τέκνα…πιστά	1	faithful children	This could refer to: (1) children who believe in Jesus. (2) children who are trustworthy.
 TIT	1	7	lz7x		τὸν ἐπίσκοπον	1	the overseer	The word **overseer** is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
-TIT	1	7	g2zf	figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον	1	the household manager of God	Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+TIT	1	7	g2zf	figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον	1	the household manager of God	Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s **household**, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	1	7	d6l1		μὴ πάροινον	1	not addicted to wine	Alternate translation: “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
 TIT	1	7	j1qq		μὴ πλήκτην	1	not a brawler	Alternate translation: “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
 TIT	1	8	i549	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Instead	The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 TIT	1	8	vkq1		φιλάγαθον	1	a friend of what is good	Alternate translation: “a person who loves to do good”
-TIT	1	8	xy11	figs-doublet	σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ	1	sensible … and self-controlled	These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-TIT	1	8	xy12	figs-doublet	δίκαιον, ὅσιον	1	righteous, holy	These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+TIT	1	8	xy11	figs-doublet	σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ	1	sensible … and self-controlled	The terms **sensible** and **self-controlled** are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+TIT	1	8	xy12	figs-doublet	δίκαιον, ὅσιον	1	righteous, holy	The terms **righteous** and **holy** are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 TIT	1	9	xwy6	figs-metaphor	ἀντεχόμενον	1	He must hold tightly to	Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He must be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	1	9	xy10		κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν	1	that is in accordance with the teaching	Alternate translation: “that agrees with the things that we taught him”
 TIT	1	9	abcj	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 TIT	1	9	pzi1		τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ	1	sound teaching	The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
 TIT	1	10	xsq9			0	Connecting Statement:	Because of those that would oppose God’s word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God’s word and warns him about false teachers.
-TIT	1	10	w9kk	figs-metaphor	ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι	1	rebellious, empty talkers	These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here, **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-TIT	1	10	ga6n		φρεναπάται	1	deceivers	This phrase describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who persuade others to believe things that are not true”
+TIT	1	10	w9kk	figs-metaphor	ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι	1	rebellious, empty talkers	These are **rebellious** people who do not obey the gospel message. Here, **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+TIT	1	10	ga6n		φρεναπάται	1	deceivers	The word **deceivers** describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who persuade others to believe things that are not true”
 TIT	1	10	abcd	figs-hendiadys	ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται	1	empty talkers and deceivers	Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people. They taught false, worthless things and wanted people to believe them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 TIT	1	10	pu74	figs-metonymy	οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς	1	those from the circumcision	This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 TIT	1	11	f4iy		οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν	1	It is necessary to stop them	Alternate translation: “You must prevent them from spreading their teachings” or “Someone must stop them from influencing others by their words”
 TIT	1	11	aqi5		ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν	1	are upsetting whole households	The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith. Alternate translation: “are ruining entire families”
 TIT	1	11	tw4e		διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ	1	teaching what they should not	These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the law because they are not true.
-TIT	1	11	at7c		αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν	1	for the sake of shameful profit	This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
+TIT	1	11	at7c		αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν	1	for the sake of shameful profit	This refers to **profit** that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
 TIT	1	12	tr1j		τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης	1	One of them, of their own prophets	Alternate translation: “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
-TIT	1	12	y3zb	figs-hyperbole	Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται	1	Cretans are always liars	This is an exaggeration that means that Cretans had a reputation to be liars. Alternate translation: “Cretans lie all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+TIT	1	12	y3zb	figs-hyperbole	Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται	1	Cretans are always liars	This is an exaggeration that means that **Cretans** had a reputation to be **liars**. Alternate translation: “Cretans lie all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 TIT	1	12	h3jb	figs-metaphor	κακὰ θηρία	1	evil beasts	This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. Alternate translation: “as dangerous as wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	1	12	xyz1	figs-synecdoche	γαστέρες ἀργαί	1	lazy bellies	The part of the body that stores food is used to represent the person who eats all the time. Alternate translation: “lazy gluttons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 TIT	1	13	fif8		δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως	1	For this reason, rebuke them severely	Alternate translation: “For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”
@@ -71,17 +71,17 @@ TIT	1	16	ja47		βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες	1	They are detestable	Alternate t
 TIT	2	intro	h3il			0		# Titus 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
 TIT	2	1	lfu1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.
 TIT	2	1	tpi2	figs-explicit	σὺ δὲ	1	But you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you could include the name “Titus” here, as in the UST. ([[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-TIT	2	1	ph2j		τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	with sound teaching	See the note on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
-TIT	2	2	xyz3	figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτας…εἶναι	1	Older men are to be	The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+TIT	2	1	ph2j		τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	with sound teaching	See the note about **sound teaching** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
+TIT	2	2	xyz3	figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτας…εἶναι	1	Older men are to be	The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We could supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 TIT	2	2	xy13	figs-doublet	νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας	1	temperate, dignified, sensible	These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 TIT	2	2	xc6t		νηφαλίους	1	temperate	Alternate translation: “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
-TIT	2	2	y3j2		εἶναι…σώφρονας	1	to be … sensible	Alternate translation: “to … control their desires”
+TIT	2	2	y3j2		σώφρονας	1	to be … sensible	Alternate translation: “in control of their desires”
 TIT	2	2	abc1		ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει	1	sound in faith	Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
 TIT	2	2	m14y	figs-abstractnouns	ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει	1	sound in faith	You can state the abstract noun **faith** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	2	2	z14y	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	in love	You can state the abstract noun **love** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	2	2	a14y	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ὑπομονῇ	1	and in perseverance	You can state the abstract noun **perseverance** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and continually serve God even when things are difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-TIT	2	3	gl8e	figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως	1	Older women likewise are to be	The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only “older women likewise.” We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women to be” or “Also teach older women to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-TIT	2	3	v9cp		διαβόλους	1	slanderers	This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
+TIT	2	3	gl8e	figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως	1	Older women likewise are to be	The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only “older women likewise.” We could continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women to be” or “Also teach older women to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+TIT	2	3	v9cp		διαβόλους	1	slanderers	The word **slanderers** refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
 TIT	2	3	g9re	figs-metaphor	οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας	1	enslaved to much wine	People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “controlled by their desire for wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	2	3	xyz4	figs-activepassive	οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας	1	enslaved to much wine	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 TIT	2	3	abc4		καλοδιδασκάλους	1	but to be teachers of what is good	The Greek word used here means “a teacher of what is good.” The phrase **but to be** has been added in the English to contrast this good quality with the two preceding bad qualities. Consider if you need to use a similar word to make a contrast between the good and bad qualities.
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ TIT	2	7	x73u		σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος	1	present yourself	Alternat
 TIT	2	7	ym6x		τύπον καλῶν ἔργων	1	as an example of good works	Alternate translation: “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
 TIT	2	8	xy14		ὑγιῆ	1	sound	This word **sound** has the same basic meaning as “uncorrupted” in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: “uncorrupted,” meaning, “without error,” and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound**, meaning “correct.” Both terms refer to Titus’ teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
 TIT	2	8	xt6v	figs-hypo	ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ	1	so that the opponent may be ashamed	This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-TIT	2	8	xy15	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	us	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-TIT	2	9	xyz5	figs-ellipsis	δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1	Slaves are to be subject to their own masters	The Greek does not have **are**, but only “slaves to be subject to their masters.” We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is “urge” or “exhort.” Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+TIT	2	8	xy15	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	us	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	2	9	xyz5	figs-ellipsis	δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1	Slaves are to be subject to their own masters	The Greek does not have **are**, but only “slaves to be subject to their masters.” We could apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is “urge” or “exhort.” Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 TIT	2	9	abcc		ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1	are to be subject	Alternate translation: “must obey”
 TIT	2	9	if6v		ἐν πᾶσιν	1	in everything	Alternate translation: “in every situation” or “always”
 TIT	2	9	id15		εὐαρέστους εἶναι	1	to be pleasing	Alternate translation: “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
@@ -107,26 +107,26 @@ TIT	2	10	f8jy		τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος
 TIT	2	10	pn93		Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	God our Savior	Alternate translation: “our God who saves us”
 TIT	2	10	xy16	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	2	11	y44u			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus’ coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
-TIT	2	11	gp2z	figs-personification	ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the grace of God has appeared	Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+TIT	2	11	gp2z	figs-personification	ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the grace of God has appeared	Paul speaks of **the grace of God** as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 TIT	2	12	qy8k	figs-personification	παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς	1	training us	Paul speaks of the grace of God (2:11) as if it were a person who trains other people how to live holy lives. Alternate translation: “by which God trains us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-TIT	2	12	abce	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	2	12	abce	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	2	12	lxb3		τὴν ἀσέβειαν	1	godlessness	Alternate translation: “things that dishonor God”
 TIT	2	12	n3k5		τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας	1	worldly passions	Alternate translation: “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
 TIT	2	12	xy19		ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς	1	godlessness … godly way	These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
 TIT	2	12	fk8j		ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι	1	in the present age	Alternate translation: “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
-TIT	2	13	rz93		προσδεχόμενοι	1	while we look forward to receiving	**while we wait to welcome**
+TIT	2	13	rz93		προσδεχόμενοι	1	while we look forward to receiving	Alternate translation: “while we wait to welcome”
 TIT	2	13	xyz6	figs-metonymy	τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα	1	the blessed hope	Here, what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 TIT	2	13	pss7	figs-metonymy	καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ	Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 TIT	2	13	abcf	figs-hendiadys	τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης	1	the blessed hope and appearing of the glory	Both **blessed hope** and **appearing of the glory** refer to the same event. This can be shown clearly. Alternate translation: “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-TIT	2	13	xyz7	figs-hendiadys	τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ	Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-TIT	2	14	niu4	figs-explicit	ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν	1	gave himself for us	This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: “gave himself to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-TIT	2	14	xy20	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	us	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	2	13	xyz7	figs-hendiadys	τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ	Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, **Jesus Christ**. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+TIT	2	14	niu4	figs-explicit	ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν	1	gave himself for us	This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: “gave himself to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+TIT	2	14	xy20	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	us	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	2	14	gxe7	figs-metaphor	λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας	1	to redeem us from all lawlessness	Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-TIT	2	14	xy21	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	2	14	xy21	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	2	14	fjy1		λαὸν περιούσιον	1	a special people	Alternate translation: “a group of people that he treasures”
 TIT	2	14	ii18		ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων	1	zealous for good works	Alternate translation: “who are eager to do good deeds”
 TIT	2	15	abc7		παρακάλει	1	exhort	Alternate translation: “encourage them to do these things”
-TIT	2	15	b94z	figs-explicit	ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς	1	rebuke with all authority	If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+TIT	2	15	b94z	figs-explicit	ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς	1	rebuke with all authority	If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should **rebuke** can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 TIT	2	15	h15y		μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω	1	Let no one disregard you	Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
 TIT	2	15	xy22	figs-doublenegatives	μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω	1	Let no one disregard you	You can state this positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 TIT	2	15	jbu1	figs-explicit	σου περιφρονείτω	1	Let … disregard you	The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -134,58 +134,58 @@ TIT	3	intro	zh6x			0		# Titus 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting
 TIT	3	1	y9tr			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
 TIT	3	1	j2sa		ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1	Remind them to submit	Alternate translation: “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
 TIT	3	1	w3fy		ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν	1	to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them	Alternate translation: “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
-TIT	3	1	wa9x	figs-doublet	ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις	1	to rulers and authorities	These words have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-TIT	3	1	xy25	figs-doublet	ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν	1	to submit … to obey them	These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+TIT	3	1	wa9x	figs-doublet	ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις	1	to rulers and authorities	The words **rulers** and **authorities** have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+TIT	3	1	xy25	figs-doublet	ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν	1	to submit … to obey them	The words **submit** and **obey** have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 TIT	3	1	in7u		πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι	1	be ready for every good work	Alternate translation: “to be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
 TIT	3	2	lug7		βλασφημεῖν	1	to revile	Alternate translation: “to speak evil of”
 TIT	3	2	abcx	figs-doublenegatives	ἀμάχους εἶναι	1	to be uncontentious	You can state this positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 TIT	3	3	m9zd		ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	For once we also were	Alternate translation: “This is because we ourselves were once”
 TIT	3	3	me7b		ποτε	1	once	Alternate translation: “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
-TIT	3	3	bl8e	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	3	3	bl8e	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	Here, **we** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	3	3	rrx9		ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι	1	were foolish	Alternate translation: “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
-TIT	3	3	qt8f	figs-personification	πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures	Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+TIT	3	3	qt8f	figs-personification	πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures	Here, **passions** and **pleasures** are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 TIT	3	3	xy27	figs-activepassive	πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 TIT	3	3	tl5n		ἐπιθυμίαις	1	passions	Alternate translation: “lusts” or “desires”
 TIT	3	3	dec4		ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες	1	We lived in evil and envy	Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. The word **evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
 TIT	3	3	y5lp		στυγητοί	1	detestable	Alternate translation: “causing others to hate us”
-TIT	3	4	xy28	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-TIT	3	4	ba5a	figs-personification	ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared	Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+TIT	3	4	xy28	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	**But** is used here to mark the important contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1–3) and the goodness of God (verses 4–7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+TIT	3	4	ba5a	figs-personification	ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared	Paul speaks of God’s **kindness** and **love** as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 TIT	3	4	abcg	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared	You can state the abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-TIT	3	4	abch	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	3	4	abch	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	3	5	n4ug		κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1	by his mercy	Alternate translation: “because he had mercy on us”
-TIT	3	5	k1a6	figs-metaphor	λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας	1	the washing of new birth	Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+TIT	3	5	k1a6	figs-metaphor	λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας	1	the washing of new birth	Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically **washing** them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	3	6	fby9	figs-metaphor	οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως	1	whom God richly poured on us	It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: “whom God gave to us generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-TIT	3	6	xy24	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	3	6	xy24	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	3	6	q9ze		διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	through our Savior Jesus Christ	Alternate translation: “when Jesus Christ saved us”
-TIT	3	6	xy23	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+TIT	3	6	xy23	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	3	7	di3g	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες	1	having been justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 TIT	3	7	q1cm	figs-metaphor	κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου	1	we might become heirs according to the certain hope of everlasting life	The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-TIT	3	8	j8md		ὁ λόγος	1	This message	This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
-TIT	3	8	xy29		τούτων	1	these things	This refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1-7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
+TIT	3	8	j8md		ὁ λόγος	1	This message	This **message** is the one just expressed in verses 4–7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
+TIT	3	8	xy29		τούτων	1	these things	Here, **{these} things** refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1–7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
 TIT	3	8	kqm6		φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι	1	may be careful to engage themselves in good works	Alternate translation: “may seek to do good works”
 TIT	3	9	tzh9			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers.
 TIT	3	9	j1hf		δὲ…περιΐστασο	1	But avoid	Alternate translation: “So avoid” or “Therefore, avoid”
 TIT	3	9	xnf9		μωρὰς…ζητήσεις	1	foolish debates	Alternate translation: “arguments concerning unimportant matters”
-TIT	3	9	qk66		γενεαλογίας	1	genealogies	This is the study of family kinship relationships. See the Introduction to Titus.
-TIT	3	9	xu7f		ἔρεις	1	strife	arguments or fights
+TIT	3	9	qk66		γενεαλογίας	1	genealogies	The word **genealogies** refers to the study of family kinship relationships. See the Introduction to Titus.
+TIT	3	9	xu7f		ἔρεις	1	strife	Alternate translation: “arguments” or “fights”
 TIT	3	9	ky3n		νομικὰς	1	about the law	Alternate translation: “about the law of Moses”
 TIT	3	10	x3fh		αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον…παραιτοῦ	1	Reject a divisive person	Alternate translation: “Stay away from a person who causes division”
 TIT	3	10	xzx1		μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν	1	after one or two warnings	Alternate translation: “after you have warned that person once or twice”
 TIT	3	11	r7pc		ὁ τοιοῦτος	1	such a person	Alternate translation: “a person like that”
-TIT	3	11	inh5	figs-metaphor	ἐξέστραπται	1	has turned from the right way	Paul speaks of someone who chooses to do wrong things as if he were leaving the right path to walk in the wrong direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+TIT	3	11	inh5	figs-metaphor	ἐξέστραπται	1	has turned from the right way	Paul speaks of someone who chooses to do wrong things as if he were leaving the **right** path to walk in the wrong direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	3	11	p81k		ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος	1	being self-condemned	Alternate translation: “bringing judgment on himself”
 TIT	3	12	z7i4			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by giving greetings from those with him.
 TIT	3	12	mba6		ὅταν πέμψω	1	When I send	Alternate translation: “After I send”
-TIT	3	12	c32w	translate-names	Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν	1	Artemas … Tychicus	These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+TIT	3	12	c32w	translate-names	Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν	1	Artemas … Tychicus	**Artemas** and **Tychicus** are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 TIT	3	12	knt1		σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν	1	hurry to come	Alternate translation: “come quickly”
-TIT	3	12	xy30		σπούδασον	1	hurry	The verb is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
+TIT	3	12	xy30		σπούδασον	1	hurry	The verb **hurry** is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
 TIT	3	12	gdw9		παραχειμάσαι	1	to spend the winter	Alternate translation: “to stay for the winter”
-TIT	3	13	a46f	translate-names	Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν	1	Zenas … Appollos	These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+TIT	3	13	a46f	translate-names	Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν	1	Zenas … Appollos	**Zenos** and **Apollos** are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 TIT	3	13	s757		καὶ Ἀπολλῶν	1	and Apollos	Alternate translation: “and also Apollos”
 TIT	3	13	j496		σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον	1	Diligently send on their way	Alternate translation: “Do not delay in sending”
 TIT	3	13	xy31	figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ	1	so that they lack nothing	You can state this positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 TIT	3	14	v7wg			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs.
-TIT	3	14	fw98		οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	our own	Paul is referring to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
+TIT	3	14	fw98		οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	our own	Here, **our own** refers to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
 TIT	3	14	xy33	figs-exclusive	οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	our own	Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 TIT	3	14	tn24		εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας	1	toward essential needs	Alternate translation: “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
 TIT	3	14	mji4	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι	1	in order not to be unfruitful	Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

en_tn_58-PHM.tsv

@@ -1,52 +1,52 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-PHM	front	intro	sz2w			0		# Introduction to Philemon<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>2. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>3. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Saul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a believer in Jesus who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison there, where Paul brought Onesimus to Jesus.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does this letter approve the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean that Paul thought that slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people being reconciled to each other and that they serve God in whatever situation they were in. It is important to note that in the culture of the time, people became slaves for various reasons and it was not considered a permanent state.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter (in verses 1, 9, and 19). Evidently Timothy was with him and may have written down the words as Paul said them. All instances of “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of “you” and “your” refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+PHM	front	intro	sz2w			0		# Introduction to Philemon<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1–3)<br>2. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4–21)<br>3. Conclusion (1:22–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Saul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a believer in Jesus who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison there, where Paul brought Onesimus to Jesus.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does this letter approve the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean that Paul thought that slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people being reconciled to each other and that they serve God in whatever situation they were in. It is important to note that in the culture of the time, people became slaves for various reasons and it was not considered a permanent state.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter (in verses 1, 9, and 19). Evidently Timothy was with him and may have written down the words as Paul said them. All instances of “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of “you” and “your” refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 PHM	1	1	ne8k	figs-123person	Παῦλος	1		Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Use that here. Alternate translations: “From me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 PHM	1	1	cgs4		δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	a prisoner of Christ Jesus	Paul was in prison because people in authority did not want him to preach about Jesus. They put him there in order to stop him and to punish him. This does not mean that Jesus had put Paul in prison. Alternate translation: “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus”
-PHM	1	1	sv3p		ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	our brother	Paul is using the term **brother** figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our companion in the faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-PHM	1	1	y9zu	figs-exclusive	ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Timothy to Paul and the readers as a brother in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could follow the original wording, which says, “the brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHM	1	1	gvmy	translate-names	Φιλήμονι	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-PHM	1	1	q84z	figs-explicit	Φιλήμονι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to Philemon, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHM	1	1	sv3p		ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	our brother	Paul is using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our companion in the faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+PHM	1	1	y9zu	figs-exclusive	ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		Here, the word **{our}** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **{our}** would be inclusive, relating Timothy to Paul and the readers as a brother in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could follow the original wording, which says, “the brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+PHM	1	1	gvmy	translate-names	Φιλήμονι	1		**Philemon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+PHM	1	1	q84z	figs-explicit	Φιλήμονι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to **Philemon**, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHM	1	1	r3l9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHM	1	1	ww3l		καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν	1	and our fellow worker	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
-PHM	1	2	b37l	translate-names	Ἀπφίᾳ	1		This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-PHM	1	2	bb1s	figs-exclusive	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHM	1	2	hhpc	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Paul is using the term **sister** figuratively to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+PHM	1	2	b37l	translate-names	Ἀπφίᾳ	1		**Apphia** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+PHM	1	2	bb1s	figs-exclusive	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Here, the word **{our}** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **{our}** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+PHM	1	2	hhpc	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Paul is using the term **sister** to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 PHM	1	2	e8su	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHM	1	2	kyzo		Ἀπφίᾳ…Ἀρχίππῳ…τῇ…ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		The letter is predominantly addressed to Philemon. It could be misleading to suggest Paul is writing to **Apphia**, **Archippus**, and **the church** in Philemon’s house, on the same level as he is writing to Philemon.
-PHM	1	2	sq44	translate-names	Ἀρχίππῳ	1	Archippus	This is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+PHM	1	2	sq44	translate-names	Ἀρχίππῳ	1	Archippus	**Archippus** is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHM	1	2	mnn5	figs-metaphor	τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν	1	our fellow soldier	Paul speaks here of Archippus as if he and Archippus were both soldiers in an army. He means that Archippus works hard, as Paul himself works hard, to spread the gospel. Alternate translation: “our fellow spiritual warrior” or “who also fights the spiritual battle with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHM	1	2	uof9		καὶ τῇ κατ’ οἶκόν σου ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		Apphia and Archippus were probably also members of the church that met at Philemon’s house. If mentioning them separately would imply that they were not part of the church, you could include a word like “other.” Alternate translation: “to the other members of the church in your house”
+PHM	1	2	uof9		καὶ τῇ κατ’ οἶκόν σου ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		Apphia and Archippus were probably also members of the **church** that met at Philemon’s house. If mentioning them separately would imply that they were not part of the church, you could include a word like “other.” Alternate translation: “to the other members of the church in your house”
 PHM	1	3	r4nq	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace to you and peace from God our Father and our Lord Jesus Christ	After introducing the senders and recipients of the letter, Paul gives a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-PHM	1	3	iv7e	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace**behind them with adjectives such as “gracious” and “peaceful.” Alternate translation: “May God our Father and our Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and make you peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHM	1	3	iv7e	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **Grace** and **peace** with adjectives such as “gracious” and “peaceful.” Alternate translation: “May God our Father and our Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and make you peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	3	e5z8	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	our	The word **our** here is inclusive, referring to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHM	1	3	qglx	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1		Here, **you** is plural, referring to all of the recipients named in verses 1–2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHM	1	3	lh8a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+PHM	1	3	lh8a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 PHM	1	4	puh8	figs-yousingular	σου	1		Here, the word **you** is singular and refers to Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHM	1	5	l3i2	figs-abstractnouns	ἀκούων σου τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους	1	figs-abstractnouns	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **love** and **faith** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs instead. Alternate translation: “hearing how much you love and believe in the Lord Jesus and all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	5	ojcu	writing-poetry	ἀκούων σου τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους	1	writing-poetry	Paul is using a poetic structure here in which the first and last parts relate and the second and third parts relate. Therefore, the meaning is: “hearing of the faith that you have in the Lord Jesus and of your love for all the saints.”Paul said exactly that in Colossians 1:4 without the poetic structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
 PHM	1	5	pf1y	figs-yousingular	σου…ἔχεις	1		Here, the words **your** and **you** are singular and refer to Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHM	1	6	mfrp	figs-explicit	ὅπως	1		Here, **that** introduces the content of the prayer that Paul mentions in verse 4. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the idea of prayer here. Alternate translation: “I pray that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHM	1	6	t54l	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου	1	the fellowship of your faith	The word translated **fellowship** means a sharing or a partnership in something. Paul probably intends both meanings, but if you must choose, it could mean: (1) that Philemon shares the same faith in Christ as Paul and others. Alternate translation: “the faith that you share with us” (2) that Philemon is a partner with Paul and others in working for Christ. Alternate translation: “your working together with us as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHM	1	6	hcwp	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου, ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν εἰς Χριστόν.	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind these abstract nouns **faith** and **knowledge**behind **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe,” and **knowledge** with a verb such as “know” or “learn.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in the Messiah along with us, you may become increasingly better at serving the Messiah, as you learn about all of the good things that he has given us to use for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHM	1	6	hcwp	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου, ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν εἰς Χριστόν.	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe,” and behind **knowledge** with a verb such as “know” or “learn.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in the Messiah along with us, you may become increasingly better at serving the Messiah, as you learn about all of the good things that he has given us to use for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	6	pxw1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ	1	may be effective for the knowledge of everything good	This could mean: (1) “and will result in you knowing every good thing” (2) “so that those you share your faith with will know every good thing” Alternate translation: “by knowing everything good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	6	n25e	figs-explicit	εἰς Χριστόν	1	in Christ	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHM	1	7	vyc7	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰν γὰρ πολλὴν ἔσχον καὶ παράκλησιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **joy** and **comfort**behind them with adjectives. Alternate translation: “For you made me very joyful and comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHM	1	7	vyc7	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰν γὰρ πολλὴν ἔσχον καὶ παράκλησιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **joy** and **comfort** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “For you made me very joyful and comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	7	xlp6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ σου	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a verb. Alternate translation: “because you love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	7	shpv	figs-activepassive	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ	1	the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have refreshed the inward parts of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHM	1	7	aq4g	figs-metonymy	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων	1	the inward parts of the saints	Here, **inward parts** figuratively refers to a person’s emotions or inner being. Use the figure that is normal in your language for this, such as “hearts” or “livers,” or give the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHM	1	7	z0ne	figs-metaphor	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ	1		Here, **being refreshed** figuratively refers to the feeling of encouragement or relief. Alternate translation: “you have encouraged the saints” or “you have helped the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHM	1	7	aq4g	figs-metonymy	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων	1	the inward parts of the saints	Here, **inward parts** refers to a person’s emotions or inner being. Use the figure that is normal in your language for this, such as “hearts” or “livers,” or give the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHM	1	7	z0ne	figs-metaphor	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ	1		Here, **being refreshed** refers to the feeling of encouragement or relief. Alternate translation: “you have encouraged the saints” or “you have helped the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	7	m5ip	figs-metaphor	σοῦ, ἀδελφέ	1	you, brother	Paul called Philemon **brother** because they were both believers, and he wanted to emphasize their friendship. Alternate translation: “you, dear brother” or “you, dear friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	8	ayy1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins his plea and the reason for his letter.
 PHM	1	8	fd84		πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν	1	all boldness in Christ	This could mean: (1) “all authority because of Christ” (2) “all courage because of Christ.”
 PHM	1	8	x3nc	grammar-connect-logic-result	διό	1		The word **Therefore** signals that what Paul has just said in verses 4–7 is the reason for what he is about to say. Use a connecting word or another way that your language uses to signal this relationship. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-PHM	1	9	l9fh	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην	1	because of love	Paul does not say for whom this love is. If you need to use a verb here and say who loves whom, this could refer to: (1) the mutual love between him and Philemon. See the UST. (2) Paul’s love for Philemon. Alternate translation: “because I love you” (3) Philemon’s love for his fellow believers. Alternate translation: “because I know that you love God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHM	1	9	l9fh	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην	1	because of love	Paul does not say for whom this **love** is. If you need to use a verb here and say who loves whom, this could refer to: (1) the mutual love between him and Philemon. See the UST. (2) Paul’s love for Philemon. Alternate translation: “because I love you” (3) Philemon’s love for his fellow believers. Alternate translation: “because I know that you love God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	9	sb31		δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		Paul was in prison because people in authority did not want him to preach about Jesus. They put him there in order to stop him and to punish him. This does not mean that Jesus had put Paul in prison. Alternate translation: “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus”
 PHM	1	10	lsr6	translate-names	Ὀνήσιμον	1		**Onesimus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHM	1	10	hnhz	figs-explicit	Ὀνήσιμον	1		The name **Onesimus** means “profitable” or “useful.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include this information in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHM	1	10	mui3	figs-metaphor	τέκνου, ὃν ἐγέννησα	1	whom I have fathered in my chains	Here, **fathered** is a metaphor that means that Onesimus became a believer as Paul taught him about Christ. Alternate translation: “who received new life and became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ” or “who became a spiritual son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHM	1	10	mui3	figs-metaphor	ὃν ἐγέννησα	1	whom I have fathered in my chains	Here, **fathered** is a metaphor that means that Onesimus became a believer as Paul taught him about Christ. Alternate translation: “who received new life and became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ” or “who became a spiritual son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	10	nx1p	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς	1	in my chains	Prisoners were often bound in **chains**. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “here in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHM	1	12	t1kp		ὃν ἀνέπεμψά σοι	1	I sent him back to you	Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
-PHM	1	12	fdwn	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα	1	my inward parts	The phrase **this one is my inward parts** is a metaphor for deep feelings about someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: “this is a person whom I love dearly” or “this person is very special to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHM	1	12	fdwn	figs-metaphor	τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα	1	my inward parts	The phrase **{this} one is my inward parts** is a metaphor for deep feelings about someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: “this is a person whom I love dearly” or “this person is very special to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	12	yn1d	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα	1		Here, ** inward parts** is figurative for the place of a person’s emotions. If your language has a similar figure, then use that. If not, use plain language. Alternate translation: “my heart” or “my liver” or “my deepest feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHM	1	13	t4xl		ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ	1	so that he might serve me on behalf of you	Paul knows that Philemon wants to help him, and so he suggests that a way to do that would be to allow Onesimus to serve Paul in prison. Alternate translation: “so that, since you could not be here, he might help me” or “so that he could help me in your place”
 PHM	1	13	bb3t	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς	1	in the chains	Prisoners were often bound in **chains**. Paul was in prison when he told Onesimus about the Messiah, and he was still in prison when he wrote this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -56,26 +56,26 @@ PHM	1	14	fg6l	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον.	1		If i
 PHM	1	15	tcrd	figs-activepassive	τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For perhaps the reason that God took Onesimus away from you for a time was so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHM	1	15	bx4q	figs-idiom	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, the phrase **for an hour** is an idiom meaning “for a short time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for this short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHM	1	16	l3e4		ὑπὲρ δοῦλον	1	better than a slave	Alternate translation: “more valuable than a slave” or “more dear than a slave”
-PHM	1	16	dg1w		οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον	1		This does not mean that Onesimus will no longer be a slave to Philemon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word such as “just” or “only.” Alternate translation: “no longer only as a slave”
+PHM	1	16	dg1w		οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον	1		This does not mean that Onesimus will no longer be a **slave** to Philemon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word such as “just” or “only.” Alternate translation: “no longer only as a slave”
 PHM	1	16	bynb		ὑπὲρ δοῦλον	1		Alternate translation: “more valuable than a slave”
-PHM	1	16	f8tz	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸν	1	a beloved brother	Here, **brother** is a metaphor for a fellow believer. Alternative translation, “spiritual brother” or “brother in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHM	1	16	f8tz	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν	1	a beloved brother	Here, **brother** is a metaphor for a fellow believer. Alternative translation, “a beloved spiritual brother” or “a brother whom we love in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	16	qxi0		ἀγαπητόν	1		Alternate translation: “dear” or “precious”
 PHM	1	16	scj1		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in the Lord	Alternate translation: “in the fellowship of brotherhood through Jesus” or “in the fellowship of believers in the Lord”
-PHM	1	17	e1j2	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…με ἔχεις κοινωνόν	1	if you have me as a partner	Paul is writing in a way that makes it seem as though it is possible that Philemon does not consider that Paul is his partner, but he knows that Philemon does consider Paul to be his partner. This is a way of getting Philemon to agree on one thing (that Paul is a partner) so that he will agree to the other thing (to receive Onesimus). If your language does not state something as uncertain if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have me as a partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+PHM	1	17	e1j2	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…με ἔχεις κοινωνόν	1	if you have me as a partner	Paul is writing in a way that makes it seem as though it is possible that Philemon does not consider that Paul is his partner, but he knows that Philemon does consider Paul to be his partner. This is a way of getting Philemon to agree on one thing (that Paul is a partner) so that he will agree to the other thing (to receive Onesimus). If your language does not state something as uncertain if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have me as a partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 PHM	1	17	e0es	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** means that what came before this word is the reason for what comes after it. It may be that Paul intends for everything that came before to be the reason, because this word also indicates that Paul is now coming to the main point of the letter. Use a natural method in your language to indicate this transition. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHM	1	17	d56r	figs-ellipsis	προσλαβοῦ αὐτὸν ὡς ἐμέ.	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words here that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “receive him just as you would receive me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHM	1	18	nq4j	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δέ τι ἠδίκησέν σε ἢ ὀφείλει	1		Onesimus certainly did wrong to Philemon by running away, and he probably also stole some of Philemon’s property. But Paul is stating these things as uncertain in order to be polite. If your language does not use a conditional statement in this way, then use a more natural way to state this. Alternate translation: “But whatever he has taken or whatever wrong he has done to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-PHM	1	18	w4ys		εἰ δέ τι ἠδίκησέν σε ἢ ὀφείλει	1		These two phrases mean similar things, although **wronged you** is more general than **owes you**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could put the more general phrase second. Alternate translation: “But if he owes you anything or has wronged you in any way”
+PHM	1	18	w4ys		εἰ δέ τι ἠδίκησέν σε ἢ ὀφείλει	1		These two phrases mean similar things, although **wronged you** is more general than **owes {you}**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could put the more general phrase second. Alternate translation: “But if he owes you anything or has wronged you in any way”
 PHM	1	18	j3ou		τοῦτο ἐμοὶ ἐλλόγα.	1		Alternate translation: “I will take responsibility for repaying you” or “say that I am the one who owes you”
 PHM	1	19	wb53		ἐγὼ Παῦλος ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί	1	I, Paul, write this with my own hand	Paul wrote this part with his **own hand** so that Philemon would know that these words were really from Paul, and that Paul really would pay him. He used the past tense here because the action of writing would be in the past when Philemon read the letter. Use the tense that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, write this myself.”
 PHM	1	19	gn6c	figs-irony	ἵνα μὴ λέγω σοι	1	in order not to say to you	Paul says that he will not say something to Philemon while saying it. This is a polite way of emphasizing the truth of what Paul is telling him. If your language would not use irony like this, then use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “I do not need to remind you” or “You already know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 PHM	1	19	st7e	figs-explicit	καὶ σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις	1	you also owe me your own self	Paul was implying that whatever Onesimus or Paul owed to Philemon was canceled by the larger amount that Philemon owed to Paul, which was Philemon’s own life. The reason that Philemon owed Paul his life can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “you even owe me your own life” or “you owe me much more because I saved your life” or “you owe me your own life because I told you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHM	1	20	mw03	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφέ	1		Here, **brother** is a metaphor for a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “spiritual brother” or “brother in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHM	1	20	cqd0	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		See how you translated **in the Lord** in verse 16. This metaphor refers to being a believer in Jesus and means the same as **in Christ**. Alternate translation: “as you serve the Lord” or “because we are fellow believers in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHM	1	20	cqd0	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		See how you translated **in {the} Lord** in verse 16. This metaphor refers to being a believer in Jesus and means the same as **in Christ**. Alternate translation: “as you serve the Lord” or “because we are fellow believers in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	20	xp0b	figs-explicit	ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐν Χριστῷ	1	refresh my inward parts in Christ	How Paul wanted Philemon to refresh him can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “refresh my inward parts in Christ by accepting Onesimus kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHM	1	20	j8lh	figs-metaphor	ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα	1	refresh my inward parts	Here, **refresh** is a metaphor for comfort or encourage. Alternate translation: “encourage me” or “comfort me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	20	kmpp	figs-metonymy	ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα	1	refresh my inward parts	Here, **inward parts** is a metonym for a person’s feelings, thoughts, or inner being. Alternate translation: “encourage me” or “comfort me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHM	1	21	azje	figs-abstractnouns	πεποιθὼς τῇ ὑπακοῇ σου	1	refresh my inward parts	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **confidence** and **obedience**behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “Because I am confident that you will obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHM	1	21	azje	figs-abstractnouns	πεποιθὼς τῇ ὑπακοῇ σου	1	refresh my inward parts	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **confidence** and **obedience** with verbs. Alternate translation: “Because I am confident that you will obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	21	lxxi		ἔγραψά σοι	1	refresh my inward parts	Paul used the past tense here because the action of writing would be in the past when Philemon read the letter. Use the tense that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I write to you”
 PHM	1	22	xpn6	checking/headings		0	Connecting Statement:	Here Paul closes his letter and gives final instruction to Philemon and a blessing on Philemon and on the believers that met for church in Philemon’s house. If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 22. Suggested heading: “Final Instruction and Blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 PHM	1	22	bx62	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἅμα	1	at the same time	The word translated **at the same time** indicates that Paul wants Philemon to do something else for him while he does the first thing. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while doing that” or “in addition to that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])

en_tn_61-1PE.tsv

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	1	g3n3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **dispersion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those whom God has elected and exiled among those whom God has dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	When Peter calls his readers **exiles**, he could mean: (1) they are **exiles** because they are far away from their true home in heaven. Alternate translation: “to the elect exiles of the dispersion who are far from their home in heaven” (2) they are **exiles** because they were forced to leave their homes and go far away to Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles of the dispersion who are far away from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	bg47	figs-metaphor	διασπορᾶς	1		Here, **dispersion** could refer to: (1) groups of Gentile Christians who were spread throughout the world instead of in their true home in heaven. In this case, **dispersion** would have a similar meaning to **exiles** and would add emphasis. Alternate translation: “among those dispersed outside of their true home in heaven” (2) the groups of Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel, which is the common technical meaning for this word. Alternate translation: “among the dispersed Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	1	qkl8	translate-names	Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, Ἀσίας, καὶ Βιθυνίας	1	Cappadocia … Bithynia	**Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia** are names of Roman provinces that were located in what is now the country of Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+1PE	1	1	qkl8	translate-names	Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, Ἀσίας, καὶ Βιθυνίας	1	Cappadocia … Bithynia	**Pontus**, **Galatia**, **Cappadocia**, **Asia**, and **Bithynia** are names of Roman provinces that were located in what is now the country of Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1PE	1	2	ba1h	figs-abstractnouns	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	the foreknowledge of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foreknowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “what God the Father foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	2	lcps	figs-explicit	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father planned previously” (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	2	z59t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	2	ukos	figs-explicit	εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **obedience** could refer to: (1) obeying God. Alternate translation: “for obedience of God and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ” (2) obeying Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “for obedience of Jesus Christ and the sprinkling of his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	2	oiuz	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	2	j96u	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which the Holy Spirit sanctifies believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	2	rwkk	figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ	Peter uses **sprinkling** figuratively to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	2	i9kf	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the blood of Jesus Christ	Here, **blood** refers figuratively to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	2	rwkk	figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ	Peter uses **sprinkling** to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	2	i9kf	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the blood of Jesus Christ	Here, **blood** refers to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	2	k547	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1PE	1	2	iam1	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	2	iam1	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **Grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	Peter speaks of **Grace** and **peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	2	gj71	figs-activepassive	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	3	y6aq			0	General Information:	Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. [Verses 3–5](../01/03.md) are one sentence, but you may need to divide them into shorter sentences in your language.
 1PE	1	3	l4vi	figs-declarative	εὐλογητὸς	1		Peter is using a statement to give an exhortation. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for exhortation. Alternate translation: “Let us bless” or “Let us praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -29,26 +29,26 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	3	cyf6	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	our … us	The words **our** and **us** are inclusive. They refer to Peter and those believers to whom he is writing. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1PE	1	3	ib1x	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe Jesus as the **Lord** who rules over those who believe in him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the person who is lord over us,” or “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	3	mdvi	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to his great merciful character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	3	c92y	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς	1	he has given us new birth	The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation and include an explanation if necessary. Alternate translation: “has caused us to be spiritually reborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	3	cbxb	figs-infostructure	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν, δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		The clause **into a living hope** is parallel to “into an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” in the next verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse in order to show that parallel structure. Alternate translation: “who has caused us to be born again through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from dead ones into a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+1PE	1	3	c92y	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς	1	he has given us new birth	The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation and include an explanation if necessary. Alternate translation: “who … has caused us to be spiritually reborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	3	cbxb	figs-infostructure	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν, δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		The clause **into a living hope** is parallel to “into an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” in the next verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse in order to show that parallel structure. Alternate translation: “who … has caused us to be born again through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from dead ones into a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	3	qe1c	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	3	kngt	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Peter uses **living** figuratively to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	3	kngt	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Peter uses **living** to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	3	lh0r	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	4	v9jq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a second purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. This clause states what the “living hope” in the previous verse is. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1PE	1	4	b2zy	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	4	cy1g	figs-metaphor	κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	an … inheritance	Peter uses **inheritance** figuratively to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	4	cy1g	figs-metaphor	κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	an … inheritance	Peter uses **inheritance** to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	4	z6w4	figs-activepassive	τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	reserved in heaven for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God has kept in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	5	r4es	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους	1	who are protected by the power of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is protecting with his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	5	a4ab	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ πίστεως	1	through faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	5	ymh2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God is protecting believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1PE	1	5	gj5s	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for the time when God saves you, which is ready to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	5	g4rb	figs-activepassive	ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1	that is ready to be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is ready to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	5	xsp2	figs-explicit	ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ	1		Here, **the last time** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when Jesus returns to the world to judge everyone and vindicate those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the last time, when Jesus returns and judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	1	5	xsp2	figs-explicit	ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ	1		Here, **{the} last time** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when Jesus returns to the world to judge everyone and vindicate those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the last time, when Jesus returns and judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	6	p1ta	writing-pronouns	ἐν ᾧ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the “last time” referred to at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “About this last time” (2) everything described in [verses 3–5](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “In all of this that I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1PE	1	6	hy8d	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	In this you greatly rejoice	**In** here introduces the reason why Peter’s readers rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of this you greatly rejoice” or “Because of this you greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	1	6	dtvb	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary, and it is, to have been distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+1PE	1	6	dtvb	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary, and it is, to have been distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1PE	1	6	a2bq	figs-activepassive	ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary for various trials to distress you a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	7	vvp1	figs-metaphor	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως…διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	so that the proof of your faith	Here Peter speaks of **faith** figuratively, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** figuratively to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	7	vvp1	figs-metaphor	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως…διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	so that the proof of your faith	Here Peter speaks of **faith**, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	7	ct3n	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	the proof of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	7	g1oe	figs-infostructure	ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “so that the genuineness of your faith might be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; that faith is more precious than the perishing gold, but being tested by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	7	u63m	figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes. But, being tested by fire	In this clause Peter means that **faith** is more valuable than **gold** because faith lasts forever but gold does not, even if it is refined by someone passing it through **fire**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “of your faith, which is more precious than gold because even gold that is tested by fire can perish, but your faith will not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -56,32 +56,32 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	7	lewt	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the future **revelation of Jesus Christ**, when Jesus returns to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future revelation of Jesus Christ” or “when Jesus Christ reveals himself again in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	7	bkr9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	at the revealing of Jesus Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	8	eka3	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ	1	with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory	Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	1	9	hw6y	figs-metaphor	κομιζόμενοι…σωτηρίαν	1	the salvation	Here Peter speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	9	hw6y	figs-metaphor	κομιζόμενοι…σωτηρίαν	1	the salvation	Here Peter speaks of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	9	jkcb	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	9	j2qe	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	9	uk4a	figs-synecdoche	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	Here, **souls** refers to the individual Christians to whom Peter is writing this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	1	10	yyz4	figs-doublet	ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν	1	searched and inquired carefully	The phrases **searched** and **inquired carefully** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	10	gmcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἧς σωτηρίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	10	wx95	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος	1		Here, **this grace** refers to **this salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1PE	1	10	wx95	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος	1		Here, **{this} grace** refers to **{this} salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	11	j917	figs-explicit	εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν	1		The word translated **whom** could also be translated “what.” In that case, “what” would refer to the time when salvation would take place and **what time** would then refer to the specific circumstances. However, most translations agree with the ULT’s use of **whom**. Alternate translation: “into what time or what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	11	w3n8	figs-possession	τὸ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	the Spirit of Christ	Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as being **the Spirit** that is associated with **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, associated with Christ,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	11	hjq5		προμαρτυρόμενον	1		This could indicate: (1) the time when **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “when testifying beforehand” (2) the means by which **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “by means of testifying beforehand”
 1PE	1	11	x5x8	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glories**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about how Christ would suffer, and glorious things would happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	12	x4b1	figs-activepassive	οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη	1	It was revealed to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	12	hi9u	figs-activepassive	ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which those who proclaimed the gospel to you have now declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	12	c7jz	figs-explicit	Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the evangelists proclaimed the gospel to Peter’s readers. Peter uses **the Holy Spirit** here to refer specifically to the Holy Spirit’s work of giving those evangelists the ability or power to proclaim the gospel effectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit sent from heaven enabling them to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	1	12	c7jz	figs-explicit	Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the evangelists proclaimed the gospel to Peter’s readers. Peter uses **{the} Holy Spirit** here to refer specifically to the Holy Spirit’s work of giving those evangelists the ability or power to proclaim the gospel effectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit sent from heaven enabling them to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	12	yzqk	figs-activepassive	ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	12	lyzl	figs-explicit	εἰς ἃ	1		Here, **things** refers to what God had revealed to the prophets and some evangelists had proclaimed to Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into which things God revealed to the prophets and which were declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	12	xi4d	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι	1	into which things angels long to look	Peter uses **look** figuratively to refer to getting a clearer understanding of what God has revealed about salvation. This does not mean that the angels do not understand salvation at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which angels desire to understand more clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	12	lyzl	figs-explicit	εἰς ἃ	1		Here, **{things}** refers to what God had revealed to the prophets and some evangelists had proclaimed to Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into which things God revealed to the prophets and which were declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	1	12	xi4d	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι	1	into which things angels long to look	Peter uses **look** to refer to getting a clearer understanding of what God has revealed about salvation. This does not mean that the angels do not understand salvation at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which angels desire to understand more clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	13	bjg9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	So	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has written in [verses 1–12](../01/01.md). If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this concisely. Alternate translation: “Since all these things I have just written are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1PE	1	13	zvgh	figs-declarative	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν, νήφοντες, τελείως ἐλπίσατε	1		The clauses **having girded up the loins of your mind** and **being sober** could indicate: (1) two commands in addition to the command to **hope fully** that occurs in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, hope fully” (2) two actions that are means by which Peter wants his readers to obey the command to **hope fully**. Alternate translation: “hope fully, by having girded up the loins of your mind and by being sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	1	13	u87y	figs-idiom	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν	1	having girded the loins of your mind	Girding up **the loins** is an idiom that means to prepare to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one’s robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having prepared your minds for action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	1	13	i56f	figs-metaphor	νήφοντες	1		Here Peter uses **sober** figuratively to refer to mental clarity and alertness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	13	i56f	figs-metaphor	νήφοντες	1		Here Peter uses **sober** to refer to mental clarity and alertness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	13	y771	figs-activepassive	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	the grace that is being brought to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace God is bringing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	13	ut69	figs-metaphor	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	the grace that is being brought to you	Here Peter speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that could be brought to people. If this might confuse you readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the grace God is giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	13	qk5s	figs-metonymy	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1		Here, **the grace** refers to salvation, as it also does in [verse 10](../01/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gracious salvation being brought to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	13	l45d	figs-possession	ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the revelation of Jesus Christ	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	14	opvh	figs-metaphor	ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Here Peter uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not express the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “Like children of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	14	opvh	figs-metaphor	ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Here Peter uses **children** to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not express the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “Like children of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	14	n5wg	figs-possession	τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are characterized by **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “obedient” instead of the noun “obedience.” Alternate translation: “obedient children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	14	e4tb	figs-idiom	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1	not being conformed to your former desires	Here, **not being conformed to** is an idiom meaning “not letting one’s life be controlled by.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “not being controlled by your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	1	14	nepq	figs-declarative	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “do not be conformed to your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -92,15 +92,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	16	e6el	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		Here Peter uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 11:44](../lev/11/44.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	1	16	tt52	figs-declarative	ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε	1		Peter quotes God using a future statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “You must be holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	1	16	s8kz	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος	1	You will be holy, because I am holy	In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because I, God, am holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	1	17	x0xl	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐπικαλεῖσθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because you call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+1PE	1	17	x0xl	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐπικαλεῖσθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because you call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1PE	1	17	c53b	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀπροσωπολήμπτως κρίνοντα	1		This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who judges impartially” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	17	s6gv	figs-metaphor	τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον	1	conduct yourselves in fear during the time of your journey	Here Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land far away from their homes. Like people living away from home, so are Christians living away from their home in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “during the time that you are living away from your true home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	18	pcm5	figs-infostructure	οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you have been redeemed from your futile behavior handed down from your fathers, not with perishable things, with silver or with gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	18	q4pc	figs-activepassive	ἐλυτρώθητε	1	you have been redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	18	git3	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		Here, **handed down** figuratively refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	18	git3	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		Here, **handed down** refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	18	ctgm	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	18	b5qa	figs-activepassive	πατροπαραδότου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	19	s4jd	figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ	1	with the precious blood of Christ	Peter uses **the blood of Christ** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	19	s4jd	figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ	1	with the precious blood of Christ	Peter uses **{the} precious blood of Christ** to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	19	gk6a	figs-simile	ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	as an unblemished and spotless lamb	Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	1	19	smu8	figs-doublet	ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	unblemished and spotless	The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	20	msw5	figs-activepassive	προεγνωσμένου	1	He has been chosen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -108,59 +108,59 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	20	ky7a	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the foundation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	20	dkk2	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος	1	he has been revealed … for your sake	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having revealed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	20	pmf2	figs-explicit	φανερωθέντος	1		Here, **having been revealed** refers to the first time Jesus came to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been revealed when he came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	20	kzi0	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων	1		Here, **the last of the times** refers to the final period of history which began when Jesus came to the earth for the first time. This period will end when Jesus returns to earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this final time period of history” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	1	20	kzi0	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων	1		Here, **{the} last of the times** refers to the final period of history which began when Jesus came to the earth for the first time. This period will end when Jesus returns to earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this final time period of history” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	21	lt5u	figs-idiom	τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	who has raised him from the dead	Here, to **raise him** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	1	21	f7mn	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα	1	has given him glory	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	21	k85r	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	22	hj14	figs-metaphor	τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες	1	Having purified	**Having purified** figuratively refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	22	hj14	figs-metaphor	τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες	1	Having purified	**Having purified** refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	22	luj3	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1	Having purified your souls	See how you translated **souls** in [verse 9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	1	22	qyt5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	by obedience to the truth	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	22	iyze	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Here, **the truth** refers to the true teaching about Jesus, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	22	j777	figs-gendernotations	φιλαδελφίαν	1	brotherly love	Although **brotherly** is a masculine word, Peter is using the phrase **brotherly love** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	1	22	e9wr	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	love one another earnestly from a pure heart	Peter uses **heart** here figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	22	e9wr	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	love one another earnestly from a pure heart	Peter uses **heart** here to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	23	k79f	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεγεννημένοι	1		See how you translated **born again** in [verse 3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	23	w4v3	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς	1	having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable	The word **seed** usually refers to either the seed of a plant or the sperm cell of a man, which is used to produce a baby. However, here Peter uses **seed** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) the **word of God** mentioned later in the verse. In this case, Peter is saying what the **word of God** is not. Alternate translation: “not by means of a human message that can perish” (2) physical human birth, in which case the meaning is similar to the idea expressed in [John 1:13](../jhn/01/13.md). Alternate translation: “not by means of mortal physical birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	23	nh9r	figs-ellipsis	ἀφθάρτου	1	from imperishable	Peter is leaving out a word that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “from imperishable seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	1	23	tjq9	figs-metonymy	λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	through the living and enduring word of God	Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	23	nh9r	figs-ellipsis	ἀφθάρτου	1	from imperishable	Peter is leaving out a word that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “from imperishable seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	1	23	tjq9	figs-metonymy	λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	through the living and enduring word of God	Here Peter uses **word** to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	23	pkpl	figs-doublet	ζῶντος…καὶ μένοντος	1		Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	24	kyc5	writing-quotations	διότι	1		**For** here introduces a quotation of some phrases from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	1	24	e299	figs-quotemarks	πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν,	1		In these clauses and the first clause of the next verse, Peter quotes parts of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	1	24	dr75	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	All flesh	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	24	zaa4	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using **glory** figuratively to refer to whatever is beautiful or magnificent about humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is glorious about humankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	24	dr75	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	All flesh	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	24	zaa4	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using **glory** to refer to whatever is beautiful or magnificent about humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is glorious about humankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	24	ysnb	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of **grass** and flowers in general, not of one particular blade of **grass** or one **flower**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “flowers of grass. Grass dried up, and flowers fell off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1PE	1	24	w0s8	figs-possession	ἄνθος χόρτου	1		Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form to describe the **flower** that grows in the **grass**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flower that grows in the grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	24	r0fd	figs-simile	ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος	1	All flesh is like grass … The grass dries up	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between humankind and **grass**. Just like **grass** dies quickly, so human beings only live a short time. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “Like the grass dries up, so do people die after a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	1	24	hd2f	figs-simile	τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1	all its glory is like the flower of the grass … its flower falls off	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between the glory of humankind and flowers. Just like a **flower** dies and falls to the ground, so does the beauty of mankind disappear. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “like the flower that fell off the plant, so does everything that is glorious about humankind come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	1	25	lqjz	figs-quotemarks	τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα Κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause completes Peters quotation of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md) that began in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this ending by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	1	25	aba2	figs-metonymy	τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	25	aba2	figs-metonymy	τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	25	pp62	figs-metonymy	τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα	1		Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	25	s11j	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν	1	the word that has been proclaimed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	intro	a121			0		# 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../eph/02/20.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care of believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
 1PE	2	1	n3x5	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1PE	2	1	inct	figs-declarative	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	2	1	g65y	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander	Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	1	g65y	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander	Peter speaks of these sinful actions as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	1	r853	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	2	y6fv	figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	2	2	y6fv	figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	2	2	rm71		ἐπιποθήσατε	1	long for	Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
-1PE	2	2	fn81	figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	pure spiritual milk	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks figuratively of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	2	ypy6	figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	you may grow up	Peter speaks figuratively of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	2	fn81	figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	pure spiritual milk	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	2	ypy6	figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	you may grow up	Peter speaks of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	2	vg76	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	to salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	2	wmw2	figs-explicit	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Here, **salvation** refers to when Jesus returns and God completes the **salvation** of his people. Peter also uses this meaning for **salvation** in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated **salvation** there. Alternate translation: “until God saves you completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	3	uja9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have tasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1PE	2	3	tui9	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	if you have tasted that the Lord is kind	Peter uses **tasted** figuratively to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	3	uja9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have tasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+1PE	2	3	tui9	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	if you have tasted that the Lord is kind	Peter uses **tasted** to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	3	hruw	figs-quotemarks	ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος	1		This clause is a paraphrase of [Psalm 34:8](../psa/34/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	4	n5pm	figs-explicit	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι	1		Here, **coming** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “being built up” in the next verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “Come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	4	apbp	writing-pronouns	πρὸς ὃν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, who is called “Lord” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	2	4	c4lu	figs-metaphor	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα	1	coming to him, a living stone	Peter refers to Jesus figuratively as if he were a **stone** in a building. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “coming to him, who is like a living stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	4	ihq2	figs-personification	λίθον ζῶντα	1	him, a living stone	Peters speaks of a **stone** figuratively as if it were **living**. This could refer to: (1) a stone that is alive. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus is alive even though he had died. Alternate translation: “a stone that lives” (2) a stone that gives life. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus gives eternal life to everyone who believes in him. Alternate translation: “a stone that gives eternal life to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1PE	2	4	c4lu	figs-metaphor	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα	1	coming to him, a living stone	Peter refers to Jesus as if he were a **stone** in a building. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “coming to him, who is like a living stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	4	ihq2	figs-personification	λίθον ζῶντα	1	him, a living stone	Peters speaks of a **stone** as if it were **living**. This could refer to: (1) a stone that is alive. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus is alive even though he had died. Alternate translation: “a stone that lives” (2) a stone that gives life. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus gives eternal life to everyone who believes in him. Alternate translation: “a stone that gives eternal life to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1PE	2	4	e8sy	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον	1	having been rejected by men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one that men have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	4	euuz	figs-gendernotations	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	2	4	a438	figs-activepassive	παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν	1	but chosen by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	5	z11h	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	Peter uses **stones** figuratively to refer to his readers, people who believe in Jesus. Just as people in the Old Testament used **stones** to build the temple that God dwelled in, God is using believers to bring together a group of people in whom he will dwell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, like stones that are put together and built into a house, are living stones that are being brought together into a spiritual community in which God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	5	g33x	figs-simile	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες	1	you, like living stones	Peters uses **stones** figuratively as if they were **living**. This emphasizes the fact that Peter’s readers have eternal life because they believe in Jesus. In this verse, **living** cannot mean to give life, because only God can give life. Alternate translation: “like stones that live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	2	5	v3jw	figs-activepassive	οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is building up as a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	5	e6dm	figs-explicit	οἰκοδομεῖσθε	1		Here, **are being built up** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “coming to him” in the previous verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “be built up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	5	i4bn	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας	1	a holy priesthood to offer the spiritual sacrifices	Here Peter speaks of believers figuratively as if they were part of a **priesthood** and as if their good deeds and acts of worship were **sacrifices** offered to God. Just as the priests in the Old Testament offered sacrifices to God, so should believers do good deeds and worship God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a synonym. Alternate translation: “like the holy priesthood that offered sacrifices to God, so you are made into a group which does good spiritual deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	5	z11h	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	Peter uses **stones** to refer to his readers, people who believe in Jesus. Just as people in the Old Testament used **stones** to build the temple that God dwelled in, God is using believers to bring together a group of people in whom he will dwell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, like stones that are put together and built into a house, are living stones that are being brought together into a spiritual community in which God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	5	g33x	figs-simile	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες	1	you, like living stones	Peters uses **stones** as if they were **living**. This emphasizes the fact that Peter’s readers have eternal life because they believe in Jesus. In this verse, **living** cannot mean to give life, because only God can give life. Alternate translation: “like stones that live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	2	5	v3jw	figs-activepassive	οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you … that God is building up as a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1PE	2	5	e6dm	figs-explicit	οἰκοδομεῖσθε	1		Here, **are being built up** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “coming to him” in the previous verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “you … be built up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	2	5	i4bn	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας	1	a holy priesthood to offer the spiritual sacrifices	Here Peter speaks of believers as if they were part of a **priesthood** and as if their good deeds and acts of worship were **sacrifices** offered to God. Just as the priests in the Old Testament offered sacrifices to God, so should believers do good deeds and worship God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a synonym. Alternate translation: “like the holy priesthood that offered sacrifices to God, so you are made into a group which does good spiritual deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	5	ekkp	grammar-collectivenouns	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον	1		The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of holy priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1PE	2	5	zf45	figs-explicit	πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους	1		This could mean: (1) the **sacrifices** are of a spiritual, rather than physical, nature. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices of a spiritual nature that are acceptable” (2) the **sacrifices** are offered by the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices offered by the power of the Holy Spirit, which are acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	6	ibi1	figs-personification	περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ	1	it stands in scripture	Here the quotation of **scripture** that occurs next in the verse is spoken of as if it were a person who **stands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is written in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -168,18 +168,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	6	wdwx	figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ.	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	6	q7jx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter quotes Isaiah using **Behold** to call his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	6	skrt	figs-123person	τίθημι	1		In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, lay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	2	6	xsx8	figs-metaphor	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον	1	a cornerstone	Here God refers to the Messiah figuratively as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	6	xsx8	figs-metaphor	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον	1	a cornerstone	Here God refers to the Messiah as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	6	klv2	figs-distinguish	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον	1	a cornerstone, chosen, precious	Here, **chosen** and **precious** show a distinction between this **cornerstone** and any other **cornerstone**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “a cornerstone that is chosen and precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1PE	2	6	lrxm	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. God uses them together to emphasize the truth of this statement. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1PE	2	7	ze1c	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		Here, **this honor** refers to the statement in the previous verse that people who believe in Jesus will “certainly not be ashamed.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this honor of never being ashamed is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	7	rdhk	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		The phrase translated **this honor** could also be translated as “precious,” in which case it would refer to the “cornerstone” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	7	sj13	figs-ellipsis	ἀπιστοῦσιν δὲ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But to those who do not believe, God says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	2	7	ze1c	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		Here, **the honor** refers to the statement in the previous verse that people who believe in Jesus will “certainly not be ashamed.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this honor of never being ashamed is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	2	7	rdhk	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		The phrase translated **the honor** could also be translated as “precious,” in which case it would refer to the “cornerstone” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	2	7	sj13	figs-ellipsis	ἀπιστοῦσιν δὲ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But to those who do not believe, God says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	2	7	hext	figs-quotemarks	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:22](../psa/118/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	7	uu3j	figs-metaphor	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The stone that was rejected by … has become the head of the corner	The author uses **stone** figuratively to refer to the Messiah, and he uses **builders** figuratively to refer to those who **rejected** Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The Messiah who was rejected just like builders reject a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	7	uu3j	figs-metaphor	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The stone that was rejected by … has become the head of the corner	The author uses **stone** to refer to the Messiah, and he uses **builders** to refer to those who **rejected** Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The Messiah who was rejected just like builders reject a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	7	ql12	figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner	This phrase has the same meaning as “cornerstone” in the previous verse. It refers to the most important stone in a building. Here it refers specifically to the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who is like a cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	k0dm	writing-quotations	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	2	8	vxhb	figs-quotemarks	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking figuratively of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	ydkr	figs-possession	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	2	8	ptx5	figs-parallelism	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	2	8	h7ta	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	stumble because they disobey the word	Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -190,22 +190,22 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	8	uwg1	figs-explicit	εἰς ὃ	1		Here, **which** refers back to the previous part of this sentence. Those who do not believe in Jesus were appointed to stumble and disobey the word. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “To this, stumbling and disobeying the word,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	9	dc8m	figs-quotemarks	γένος ἐκλεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1		All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament. The phrase **a chosen people** is from [Isaiah 43:20](../isa/43/20.md), **a royal priesthood** and **a holy nation** are from [Exodus 19:6](../exo/19/06.md), and **a people for possession** is from [Isaiah 43:21](../isa/43/21.md). It may be helpful for your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	9	zla9	figs-activepassive	γένος ἐκλεκτόν	1	a chosen people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a family whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	9	g39z	figs-explicit	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	a royal priesthood	This could refer to: (1) members of a priesthood who are also members of the king’s family. Alternate translation: “a kingly priesthood” (2) a priesthood which serves the king. Alternate translation: “a priesthood which serves the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	2	9	g39z	figs-explicit	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	a royal priesthood	This could refer to: (1) members of a **priesthood** who are also members of the king’s family. Alternate translation: “a kingly priesthood” (2) a **priesthood** which serves the king. Alternate translation: “a priesthood which serves the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	9	m1f8	grammar-collectivenouns	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1		The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of royal priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1PE	2	9	qk7f	figs-abstractnouns	λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	a people for possession	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	9	ra7z	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐκ σκότους ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος, εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	who called you from	This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who called you from darkness into his marvelous light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	9	nvf5	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	from darkness into his marvelous light	Here, **darkness** refers figuratively to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers figuratively to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	9	nvf5	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	from darkness into his marvelous light	Here, **darkness** refers to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	10	pveb	figs-quotemarks	οὐ λαὸς…λαὸς Θεοῦ…οὐκ ἠλεημένοι…ἐλεηθέντες	1		All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament ([Hosea 1:6–10](../hos/01/06.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	11	jnr9			0	General Information:	Peter begins to tell his readers how to live Christian lives.
 1PE	2	11	ve9u	figs-doublet	παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	2	11	x8af	figs-metaphor	παροίκους	1		Peter uses **foreigners** here figuratively to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	11	x8af	figs-metaphor	παροίκους	1		Peter uses **foreigners** here to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	11	hjuk	figs-metaphor	παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	See how you translated **exiles** in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	11	ubn9	figs-metonymy	ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν	1	to abstain from fleshly desires	Here, **fleshly** refers figuratively to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	2	11	q4zn	figs-personification	στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς	1	make war against your soul	Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** figuratively as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1PE	2	11	ubn9	figs-metonymy	ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν	1	to abstain from fleshly desires	Here, **fleshly** refers to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	2	11	q4zn	figs-personification	στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς	1	make war against your soul	Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1PE	2	11	x3q5	figs-genericnoun	τῆς ψυχῆς	1	your soul	Peter is referring to each individual Christian to whom he is writing this letter, not one particular **soul**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your souls” or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1PE	2	12	uiwd	figs-declarative	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for command, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Keep your behavior among the Gentiles good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	2	12	b5nv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1	keeping your behavior among the Gentiles good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	12	nqql	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Peter uses **Gentiles** here figuratively to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	12	nqql	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Peter uses **Gentiles** here to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	12	mkt4		ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς	1	in whatever they speak about you as	Alternate translation: “with regard to what they slander you for as ” or “with respect to the very things that they slander you for as”
 1PE	2	12	w3yn	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες	1	from observing your good works	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	12	s2ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	in the day of visitation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -218,12 +218,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	14	bxm9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν, ἔπαινον δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **punishment** and **praise**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to punish evildoers and praise those who do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	15	mh6s	figs-infostructure	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1	doing good to silence the ignorant talk of foolish people	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to silence the ignorance of foolish people by doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	2	15	nzwv	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good to silence the ignorant things that foolish people are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	16	zqe3	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἐλεύθεροι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. These words could be: (1) the command to submit to authorities stated in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “submit as free people” (2) an implied imperative verb. Alternate translation: “act as free people” or “live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	2	16	zqe3	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἐλεύθεροι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. These words could be: (1) the command to submit to authorities stated in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “submit as free people” (2) an implied imperative verb. Alternate translation: “act as free people” or “live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	2	16	y9pg	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα…τῆς κακίας	1	as a covering for wickedness	Here, **covering** could refer to: (1) something to prevent people from knowing about one’s evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as a way to prevent others from seeing your evil” (2) an excuse or pretext to do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as an excuse to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	17	gwy8	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀδελφότητα	1	the brotherhood	Here, **brotherhood** refers to all Christian believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	18	w2nc			0	General Information:	Peter begins to speak specifically to people who were slaves who worked in people’s houses.
 1PE	2	18	xgk8	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν	1	the good and gentle	The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	2	18	mueb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1		Here, **crooked ones** is used figuratively to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	18	mueb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1		Here, **crooked {ones}** is used to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	19	r1h1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…χάρις	1	this is praiseworthy	Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to finding **favor** with God, which is what he states in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is deserving of God’s favor” or “this is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	19	zm8e	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1	because of awareness of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	19	rjyf	figs-possession	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **consciousness** that is about or concerning **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of having consciousness about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -234,33 +234,33 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	20	qii1		τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ Θεῷ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse.
 1PE	2	21	c1jn	figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers back to what Peter stated at the end of the previous verse. Believers are called by God to endure suffering while doing what is good. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to endure suffering when you have done what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	21	xit1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο…ἐκλήθητε	1	to this you were called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	21	si3l	figs-metaphor	ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	for you so that you might follow in his footsteps	Peter uses **follow in his footsteps** figuratively to refer to following Jesus’ example about enduring suffering. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	21	si3l	figs-metaphor	ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	for you so that you might follow in his footsteps	Peter uses **follow in his footsteps** to refer to following Jesus’ example about enduring suffering. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	22	wii5	figs-quotemarks	ὃς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:9](../isa/53/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	22	tyz4	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	22	cjai	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Peter quotes Isaiah referring to **deceit** figuratively as if it were an object that could be found inside someone’s mouth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither was deceit spoken out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	22	lw1u	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	Peter quotes Isaiah figuratively describing something the Messiah would say by association with **his mouth**, which he would use to say something. In this case it is something the Messiah did not say. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “neither did he say something deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	2	22	cjai	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Peter quotes Isaiah referring to **deceit** as if it were an object that could be found inside someone’s mouth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither was deceit spoken out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	22	lw1u	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	Peter quotes Isaiah describing something the Messiah would say by association with **his mouth**, which he would use to say something. In this case it is something the Messiah did not say. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “neither did he say something deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	2	23	lj4a	figs-activepassive	ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει	1	He, being reviled, did not revile back	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people reviled, did not revile them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	23	gqb5	figs-explicit	παρεδίδου…τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως	1		Here, **the one who judges justly** refers to God. This means that Jesus trusted God to punish those who reviled him or to prove that he was innocent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entrusted himself to God, who judges justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	2	23	gqb5	figs-explicit	παρεδίδου…τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως	1		Here, **the one judging justly** refers to God. This means that Jesus trusted God to punish those who reviled him or to prove that he was innocent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entrusted himself to God, who judges justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	24	k632	figs-rpronouns	ὃς τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν	1	He himself	Peter uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that Jesus alone is the one who bore our sins. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus bore our sins” or “Jesus, that very person, bore our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1PE	2	24	w49m	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον	1	carried our sins in his body to the tree	Peter uses **bore our sins** figuratively to refer to Jesus being punished for **our sins** as if **sins** were an object that he carried on **his body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	24	zl8e	figs-metonymy	τὸ ξύλον	1	the tree	Peter uses **tree** figuratively to refer to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	2	24	w49m	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον	1	carried our sins in his body to the tree	Peter uses **bore our sins** to refer to Jesus being punished for **our sins** as if **sins** were an object that he carried on **his body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	24	zl8e	figs-metonymy	τὸ ξύλον	1	the tree	Peter uses **tree** to refer to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	2	24	x7ni	figs-metaphor	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1		Here, **having died to sins** is a metaphor that means to no longer be controlled by sin. Like a dead person is free from sinning because they are no longer alive, so believers are free to stop sinning because Jesus bore the punishment for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	24	fxej	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1		This clause refers to an event that occurs before the event in the next clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “after having died to sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1PE	2	24	jaka	figs-exclusive	τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζήσωμεν	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and other believers in Christ, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1PE	2	24	w69k	figs-quotemarks	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1		This clause is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:5](../isa/53/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	24	ep4s	figs-activepassive	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1	of whose wounds you were healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has healed you by means of his wounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	24	lx3n	figs-synecdoche	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι	1		Here, **wounds** figuratively refers to all the suffering Jesus endured when he was beaten and killed on the cross. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by whose suffering and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1PE	2	24	lx3n	figs-synecdoche	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι	1		Here, **wounds** refers to all the suffering Jesus endured when he was beaten and killed on the cross. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by whose suffering and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	2	24	n0l5	figs-metaphor	ἰάθητε	1		Here, **healed** could mean: (1) being freed from the penalty and power of sin, which could include physical healing. Alternate translation: “you were freed from the effects of sin” (2) being forgiven for their sins and having a restored relationship with God. Alternate translation: “you were forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	25	sgt9	figs-simile	ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι	1	you as sheep are being led astray	Peter speaks figuratively about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep that were wandering around aimlessly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were living aimlessly without knowing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	2	25	sgt9	figs-simile	ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι	1	you as sheep are being led astray	Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep that were wandering around aimlessly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were living aimlessly without knowing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	2	25	jkfu	figs-activepassive	ἐπεστράφητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	25	i5lu	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	the shepherd and guardian of your souls	Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	25	i5lu	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	the shepherd and guardian of your souls	Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	25	z6q2	figs-synecdoche	τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	intro	cqf4			0		# 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
+1PE	3	intro	cqf4			0		# 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
 1PE	3	1	p454			0	General Information:	In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
 1PE	3	1	wp5p	figs-metonymy	τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ	1	some are disobedient to the word	Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	1	kbis	figs-activepassive	κερδηθήσονται	1	they will be won	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	1	bs56	figs-idiom	κερδηθήσονται	1	they will be won	Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	3	1	qp4q	figs-ellipsis	ἄνευ λόγου	1	without a word	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	3	1	qp4q	figs-ellipsis	ἄνευ λόγου	1	without a word	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	3	1	b56u	figs-metonymy	ἄνευ λόγου	1		Here, **word** refers to anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	2	rzrl	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποπτεύσαντες	1		This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1PE	3	2	zft4	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	having seen your pure behavior with respect	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -270,11 +270,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	4	oav8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1PE	3	4	m2n3	figs-metonymy	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	4	l2yq	figs-possession	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	the inner person of the heart	Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	4	l1js	figs-possession	ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1		Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1PE	3	4	l1js	figs-possession	ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1		Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable {thing}** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	3	4	spi6	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1		Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean the opposite of loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	4	gbw9	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1	of a gentle and quiet spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	4	j5bu	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές	1	which is precious before God	Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	5	dq60	figs-metaphor	ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς	1		Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something with which they **adorned themselves**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	4	j5bu	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές	1	which is precious before God	Peter refers to God’s opinion as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	5	dq60	figs-metaphor	ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς	1		Peter speaks of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something with which they **adorned themselves**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	5	jbuf		ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md).
 1PE	3	6	kpnl	translate-names	Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		**Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1PE	3	6	t3xl	figs-idiom	ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα	1	whose children you have become	Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has qualities similar to theirs. Women who believe and who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -282,24 +282,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	7	lbc2			0	General Information:	In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands.
 1PE	3	7	uddn	figs-genericnoun	συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ	1		Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1PE	3	7	lulz	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ γνῶσιν	1	live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	7	eq1z	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει	1	as with a weaker container	Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	7	eq1z	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει	1	as with a weaker container	Here Peter refers to women as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	7	a88w	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	7	n4rf	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	fellow heirs of the grace of life	Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	7	n4rf	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	fellow heirs of the grace of life	Peter speaks of **{the} grace of life** as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	7	quba	figs-possession	χάριτος ζωῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	3	7	dwm6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν	1	so that your prayers will not be hindered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	8	nk97			0	General Information:	In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers.
 1PE	3	8	f5y7		ὁμόφρονες	1	be likeminded	Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be”
 1PE	3	8	tzgc	figs-gendernotations	φιλάδελφοι	1		Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	3	9	z5u3	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας	1	Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult	Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insulting someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	9	t6il	figs-ellipsis	εὐλογοῦντες	1	blessing	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	3	9	z5u3	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας	1	Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult	Peter uses **paying back** to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insulting someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	9	t6il	figs-ellipsis	εὐλογοῦντες	1	blessing	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	3	9	w5df	figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε	1	to this you were called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	9	wx2r	figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	9	n3xc	figs-metaphor	ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε	1	so that you might inherit a blessing	Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	9	n3xc	figs-metaphor	ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε	1	so that you might inherit a blessing	Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	10	dpf2	writing-quotations	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	3	10	tce3	figs-quotemarks	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω	1		From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	3	10	p9bl	figs-parallelism	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to love life and to see good days	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1PE	3	10	btkp	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to see good days	Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	10	rqa9	figs-synecdoche	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	his tongue … his lips	Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively to refer to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1PE	3	10	btkp	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to see good days	Peter quotes David speaking of experiencing a good lifetime as **to see good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	10	rqa9	figs-synecdoche	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	his tongue … his lips	Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** to refer to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	3	10	y4kd	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	11	n5sr	figs-metaphor	ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ	1	let him turn away from evil	Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	11	fu8e	figs-doublet	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν	1		The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	12	r5xf	figs-idiom	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	3	12	tytz	figs-explicit	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	The idea that the Lord listens to the requests of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listens to and grants their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	12	p2vi	figs-genericnoun	δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	Here, **request** refers to requests in general, not to one particular **request**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	3	12	es9n	figs-synecdoche	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	12	t22b	figs-idiom	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1PE	3	12	es9n	figs-synecdoche	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **face** refers to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1PE	3	12	t22b	figs-idiom	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **{the} face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “but the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	3	12	gw7w	figs-quotemarks	ποιοῦντας κακά	1		After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	3	13	wkw4			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them.
 1PE	3	13	e1ma	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε?	1	who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -319,11 +319,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	14	j8ds	figs-quotemarks	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	3	14	f9u8	figs-parallelism	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1	But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled	These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	3	14	yz6y	figs-possession	τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε	1	their fear	This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	15	vgv7	figs-metaphor	Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts	Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	15	vgv7	figs-metaphor	Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts	Peter uses **sanctify {the} Lord Christ** to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	15	qjg3	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	15	d69e	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἀπολογίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	15	q8i1	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον	1		Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	15	w3xw	figs-metaphor	περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος	1		Peter speaks of **hope** figuratively as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	15	q8i1	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον	1		Peter uses **word** to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	15	w3xw	figs-metaphor	περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος	1		Peter speaks of **hope** as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	16	hzya	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	16	ctk3	figs-abstractnouns	συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν	1		This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	16	wrk5	figs-infostructure	ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed about why you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -331,75 +331,75 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	16	qflw	figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	16	dvwr	figs-activepassive	καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	17	bt09	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας	1		These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	3	17	x8qu	figs-metonymy	εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	17	x8qu	figs-metonymy	εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **the will of God** to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	18	me4u	figs-explicit	περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν	1		Here, **sins** implies the **sins** of people other than Jesus, because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	18	q9fa	figs-activepassive	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	18	j5lh	figs-metonymy	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	18	q9fa	figs-activepassive	θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having indeed killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1PE	3	18	j5lh	figs-metonymy	θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having indeed been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	18	h6v4	figs-activepassive	ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι	1	having been made alive in the spirit	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	18	n7nh	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι	1	in the spirit	Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made alive spiritually” or “having been made alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	19	hp82	figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ	1	in which	Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	19	ewuu	figs-ellipsis	ἐκήρυξεν	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death, which he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely to be correct, because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Noah preaching or Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	3	18	n7nh	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι	1	in the spirit	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made alive spiritually” or “having been made alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	3	19	hp82	figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ	1	in which	Here, **which** refers to “spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	3	19	ewuu	figs-ellipsis	ἐκήρυξεν	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death, which he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely to be correct, because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Noah preaching or Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	3	19	ez3d	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν	1	to the spirits in prison	Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls,” as in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	19	zpyr	figs-metaphor	ἐν φυλακῇ	1		Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	20	qxah	figs-ellipsis	ἀπειθήσασίν	1	when the patience of God was waiting	Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	3	20	s7qm	figs-metonymy	ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία	1	the patience of God	Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	20	yyth	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε	1		Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	20	qxah	figs-ellipsis	ἀπειθήσασίν	1	when the patience of God was waiting	Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	3	20	s7qm	figs-metonymy	ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία	1	the patience of God	Peter uses **patience of God** to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	20	yyth	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε	1		Here Peter uses **days of Noah** to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	20	c6mi	figs-activepassive	κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ	1	in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	21	dqjy	writing-pronouns	ὃ	1		Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1PE	3	21	vxoh	figs-infostructure	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	3	21	tz6l	figs-explicit	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, now saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	21	ium3	figs-metonymy	βάπτισμα	1		Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	21	ium3	figs-metonymy	βάπτισμα	1		Here Peter uses **baptism** to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	21	owi3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	21	hmp9	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1		Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	21	hmp9	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1		Here, Peter uses **flesh** to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	21	uz0u	figs-explicit	συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	21	jti3	figs-infostructure	καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,	1	through the resurrection of Jesus Christ	Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+1PE	3	21	jti3	figs-infostructure	καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,	1	through the resurrection of Jesus Christ	Here, **through {the} resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	3	21	rixf	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	22	p5ij	figs-infostructure	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1		The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the event in the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	3	22	g4qh	figs-metonymy	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	22	g4qh	figs-metonymy	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	Here, Peter uses **right hand** to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	22	ldrw	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1		In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	22	q72i	figs-doublet	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1		The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	3	22	f6jq	figs-activepassive	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1	after … had been subjected to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	intro	zh5n			0		# 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br>2. How believers should act because the end is near (4:7–11)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>Although the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>In [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he were telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands, like the UST does.
 1PE	4	1	b8d4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1PE	4	1	ess6	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ	1	in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	1	p2rv	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε	1	arm yourselves with the same intention	Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	1	p2rv	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε	1	arm yourselves with the same intention	Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	1	yxs5	figs-explicit	τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν	1		Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had when he suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	1	d66g	figs-explicit	πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας	1	has ceased from sin	Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	2	tjdq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1		Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	4	2	d49a	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον	1		Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	4	2	d49a	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον	1		Peter uses **time in {the} flesh** to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	4	2	fsvk	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	2	gbb6	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1	for the desires of men	Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	4	3	anhj		ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος	1		Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
-1PE	4	3	efte	figs-metaphor	τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	3	rp5p	figs-metaphor	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	3	efte	figs-metaphor	τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Here Peter uses **Gentiles** to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	3	rp5p	figs-metaphor	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		Peter speaks of these different sins as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	3	lm35	figs-abstractnouns	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	4	c4ma	figs-metaphor	μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1		Peter uses **running into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	4	q6k6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	outpouring of their reckless behavior	Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	4	c4ma	figs-metaphor	μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1		Peter uses **running into** to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	4	q6k6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	outpouring of their reckless behavior	Peter uses **outpouring** to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	4	w1d8	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀσωτίας	1	of their reckless behavior	The word **recklessness** refers to dangerous behavior that shows that a person does not care about the consequences of his actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of careless sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	5	datm	figs-metaphor	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	5	r288	figs-metonymy	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	5	xw39	figs-explicit	τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι	1	to the one who is ready to judge	Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	4	5	datm	figs-metaphor	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **give** to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	5	r288	figs-metonymy	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **word** to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	4	5	xw39	figs-explicit	τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι	1	to the one who is ready to judge	Here, **the one being ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	5	dx7v	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1PE	4	6	u54m	figs-explicit	καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached also to the dead	Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before Jesus himself died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” The Bible does not state that God gave anyone a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	6	ql11	figs-activepassive	εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	6	hsg6	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1PE	4	6	hsg6	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσι μὲν κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God indeed judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	6	gm1m	figs-gendernotations	κατὰ ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	4	6	s72f	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	4	6	s72f	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	Here Peter uses **in {the} flesh** to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	4	6	encm	figs-explicit	ζῶσι	1		Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	6	h154	figs-explicit	ζῶσι…πνεύματι	1		Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	7	e445	figs-explicit	πάντων…τὸ τέλος	1	the end of all things	Here, **the end of all things** refers to the end of the world, when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	7	qs1t	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	has come near	Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	6	h154	figs-explicit	ζῶσι…πνεύματι	1		Here, **{the} spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	4	7	e445	figs-explicit	πάντων…τὸ τέλος	1	the end of all things	Here, **the end of all {things}** refers to the end of the world, when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	4	7	qs1t	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	has come near	Peter uses **has come near** to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	7	ubd4	figs-doublet	σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε	1	be of sound mind, and be sober	The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	4	7	k5hh	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	be sober	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	7	qb4j	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς προσευχάς	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	4	8	f1lr	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	8	f1lr	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter describes **love** as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	9	g3vw	figs-explicit	φιλόξενοι	1	hospitable	The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	9	rzbi	figs-litotes	ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ	1		Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1PE	4	10	xvj3	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα	1	Just as each one has received a gift	Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	10	a30t	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to Christians using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if they were managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing well the diverse grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	10	a30t	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **stewards** to refer to Christians using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if they were managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing well the diverse grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	10	smyw	figs-possession	ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse, gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	4	11	b81x	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	4	11	vs2d	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	4	11	b81x	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	4	11	vs2d	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	4	11	ir6x	figs-activepassive	δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς	1	so that in all God may be glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	11	wq9e	figs-abstractnouns	ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	may be glorified	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	4	12	vw9s	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει	1	the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you	Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	4	16	xb0e	figs-123person	μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν	1		Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you could use the second person, as the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1PE	4	16	xm8z	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	in this name	Here, **this name** refers to the title “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name ‘Christian’” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	17	nawr	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	17	x9np	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the household of God	Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	17	v74q	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	4	17	x9np	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the household of God	Here Peter uses **household** to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	17	v74q	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	4	17	phx3	figs-exclusive	ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1PE	4	17	c8ke	figs-rquestion	τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ?	1	but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1PE	4	17	e5fn	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God?	Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -438,20 +438,20 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	1	n3em	figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **witness** and **sufferings**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who has witnessed Christ suffer in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	1	a6ve	figs-activepassive	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the glory that God is about to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	1	wead	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	1	yb3l	figs-explicit	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	The phrase **the glory that is about to be revealed** refers to Christ’s glorious return to earth in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the glory that is about to be revealed when Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	2	f63v	figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Shepherd the flock of God	Here Peter uses **Shepherd** figuratively to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** figuratively to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	1	yb3l	figs-explicit	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	The phrase **the glory being about to be revealed** refers to Christ’s glorious return to earth in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the glory that is about to be revealed when Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE	5	2	f63v	figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Shepherd the flock of God	Here Peter uses **Shepherd** to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	2	dvai	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	2	zfei	figs-ellipsis	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “exercising oversight over them—not doing this under compulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	5	2	zfei	figs-ellipsis	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “exercising oversight over them—not doing this under compulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	5	2	k4dk	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως	1		The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	5	2	cp7u	figs-explicit	κατὰ Θεόν	1		This phrase refers to acting according to God’s will or requirements. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” or “as God wants you to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	2	c6qf	figs-doublet	μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως	1		The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	5	3	lta9	figs-metaphor	ὡς κατακυριεύοντες	1	And not as lording it over those who are allotted to you, but be examples	Here Peter uses **lording it over** figuratively to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	3	lta9	figs-metaphor	ὡς κατακυριεύοντες	1	And not as lording it over those who are allotted to you, but be examples	Here Peter uses **lording it over** to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	3	xwr3	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν κλήρων	1	those who are allotted to you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	3	n485	figs-possession	τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	those who are allotted to you	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **examples** that are for **the flock**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being examples for the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	5	3	vg31	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ποιμνίου	1		See how you translated **flock** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	4	oz14	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	**And** here indicates that what follows is the result of obeying the commands that Peter gave in [verses 2–3](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result of doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1PE	5	4	pfjr	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	**Chief Shepherd** is a title for Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	4	td11	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	Here Peter speaks of Jesus figuratively as if he were a **shepherd** who has authority over all the leaders of the assemblies of believers. Peter told those leaders to shepherd their flocks in [verse 2](../05/02.md). Since **Chief Shepherd** is an important title for Jesus that connects to some prophecies about the Messiah in the Old Testament, you should keep the metaphor in your translation or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a lead shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	4	td11	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	Here Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a **Shepherd** who has authority over all the leaders of the assemblies of believers. Peter told those leaders to shepherd their flocks in [verse 2](../05/02.md). Since **Chief Shepherd** is an important title for Jesus that connects to some prophecies about the Messiah in the Old Testament, you should keep the metaphor in your translation or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a lead shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	4	qlek	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the Chief Shepherd appears” or “when God reveals the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	4	ll4r	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	the unfading crown of glory	Here,**crown** refers to a symbol of victory. It does not refer to the type of **crown** that kings wear. In ancient times an athlete would receive this **crown** as a reward for winning a competition. Those crowns were often made of leaves or flowers that would fade. Unlike those victory crowns, the reward that God gives will be **unfading**, which means that it will last forever. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a glorious reward that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	4	c6h3	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	crown of glory	This could refer to: (1) a **crown** that is characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “glorious crown” (2) a **crown** that is the **glory** referred to in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “crown, that is, glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -459,18 +459,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	5	z13n	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε	1	all of you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	5	bjt6	figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέροις	1	all of you	See how you translated **elders** in [verse 1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	5	uh4n	figs-explicit	πάντες	1	all of you	Here, **everyone** refers to all the believers to whom Peter is writing this letter, and not to all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	5	r6s6	figs-metaphor	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Peter speaks of **humility** figuratively as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	5	r6s6	figs-metaphor	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Peter speaks of **humility** as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	5	jr8h	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	5	v49g	writing-quotations	ὅτι	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Here, **for** introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is as Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	5	5	r4gv	figs-quotemarks	ὁ Θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	5	5	xgeg	figs-abstractnouns	δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	6	bie6	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter uses **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	5	6	bie6	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter uses **hand** to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	5	6	qwn9	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter is using a spatial metaphor to describe God honoring someone as if God would **lift** that person **up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God may show honor to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	7	c1uu	figs-metaphor	πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	having cast all your anxiety on him	Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** figuratively as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	7	c1uu	figs-metaphor	πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	having cast all your anxiety on him	Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	8	wbb5	figs-doublet	νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε	1	Be sober	The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	5	8	k9nt	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	Be sober	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	8	tl7i	figs-simile	ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν	1	the devil, is walking around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour	Peter speaks of **the devil** figuratively as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	5	9	v4t5	figs-ellipsis	στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “being firm in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1PE	5	8	tl7i	figs-simile	ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν	1	the devil, is walking around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour	Peter speaks of **{the} devil** as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	5	9	v4t5	figs-ellipsis	στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “being firm in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	5	9	vwtc	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		Here, **the faith** could refer to: (1) a person’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “in the faith that you have” (2) the Christian faith in general. Alternate translation: “in the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	9	tusy	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	9	uk06	figs-activepassive	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the same kind of sufferings are occurring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -487,13 +487,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	12	dhvh	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοῦ	1	Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly	Although **brother** is masculine and Silvanus is a man, here Peter is using **brother** in a generic sense to refer to another believer. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	5	12	ca38	writing-pronouns	ταύτην	1	this is the true grace of God	Here, **this** refers back to what Peter has written in this letter, especially the gospel message that the letter contains. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have written to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1PE	5	12	g1t6	figs-metonymy	ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this is the true grace of God	Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this letter I have written contains God’s true and gracious message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	5	12	cssm	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Peter uses **Stand** figuratively to refer to being strongly committed to something as if someone is standing firmly in one place and refusing to move. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	12	cssm	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Peter uses **Stand** to refer to being strongly committed to something as if someone is standing firmly in one place and refusing to move. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	12	nm72	writing-pronouns	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Here, **it** refers to **the true grace of God** mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Stand in this true grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1PE	5	13	muq7	writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτὴ	1	She who is in Babylon	**She** and **fellow-elect one** here both refer to the group of believers who were with Peter when he wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This group of believers in Babylon, who are fellow-elect ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	pzpw	writing-symlanguage	ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1		Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “in Rome, which is like Babylon” (2) the city of Babylon, as it appears in the ULT. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	rpf5	figs-activepassive	συνεκλεκτὴ	1	chosen together with you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	13	kc8s		ἀσπάζεται	1	chosen together with you	As was customary in this culture, Peter concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered by” or “says hello to”
-1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter refers to Mark figuratively as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter refers to Mark as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	13	d9hx	translate-names	Μᾶρκος	1		**Mark** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1PE	5	14	jqd8	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1		**Greet** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1PE	5	14	fc7b	translate-symaction	ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης	1	a kiss of love	A **kiss** was an action that expressed Christian affection in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “with a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

en_tn_62-2PE.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-2PE	front	intro	mvk9			0		# Introduction to 2 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>1. Reminder to live godly lives because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>1. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>1. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote the book of 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome, just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of Scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of Scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of Scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some ancient manuscripts have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some manuscripts have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Bosor” (2:15). A few other manuscripts read, “Beor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other manuscripts have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2PE	front	intro	mvk9			0		# Introduction to 2 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>1. Reminder to live godly lives because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>1. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>1. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote the book of 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome, just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of Scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of Scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of Scripture (1:20–21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some ancient manuscripts have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some manuscripts have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Bosor” (2:15). A few other manuscripts read, “Beor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other manuscripts have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2PE	1	intro	wjw5			0		# 2 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Reminder to live good lives, because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>3. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br><br>Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br><br>Having experiential knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is the knowledge of personal relationship in which God saves a person and gives him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br><br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is as though they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br><br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
 2PE	1	1	n1di	figs-123person	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Simon Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 2PE	1	1	xf2u	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		**Simon Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 2 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	2	vq19	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord	If you would not use an abstract noun here, you could translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because you know God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	2	xgax		ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		This could mean: (1) “because of knowing God and Jesus our Lord” or (2) “through knowing God and Jesus our Lord.”
 2PE	1	2	pmb9	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	1	3	ywj9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς…ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ…δεδωρημένης	1		Here, **as** indicates that this verse provides the reason for the expected result, which is Peter’s command in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Since his divine power has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2PE	1	3	ywj9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς…ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ…δεδωρημένης	1		Here, **As** indicates that this verse provides the reason for the expected result, which is Peter’s command in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Since his divine power has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	3	zwdo	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, **us** refers to Peter and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2PE	1	3	rtxn	writing-pronouns	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God’s divine power” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, by his power as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	3	xdrw	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “God, because he can do anything,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	3	xz3s	figs-personification	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ…δεδωρημένης	1		Peter is speaking figuratively of God’s **divine power** as if it were a living thing that could give something to people. God is the one who is giving, and he uses his **divine power** to do so. Alternate translation: “God has used his divine power to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	1	3	xz3s	figs-personification	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ…δεδωρημένης	1		Peter is speaking of God’s **divine power** as if it were a living thing that could give something to people. God is the one who is giving, and he uses his **divine power** to do so. Alternate translation: “God has used his divine power to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	1	3	x8qv	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν	1		Here, the word **for** indicates the purpose for which God has given all these things to believers. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of life and godliness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	1	3	epx9	figs-hendiadys	πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν	1	for life and godliness	Here, **godliness** describes the word **life**. Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2PE	1	3	xr1r	figs-abstractnouns	εὐσέβειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **godliness** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “acting honorably toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	4	f42f		διὰ τούτων	1		The word **through** here indicates the means by which you might be sharers of the divine nature. Alternate translation: “by means of them”
 2PE	1	4	umh8	writing-pronouns	διὰ τούτων	1		Here the pronoun **them** refers back to the precious and great promises of the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “through these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	4	yk7g	figs-abstractnouns	θείας…φύσεως	1		The abstract noun **nature** refers to the inherent features of something or what it is like. Alternate translation: “of what God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	4	p2yj	figs-metaphor	ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	4	p2yj	figs-metaphor	ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς	1		Peter speaks of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	4	xxuj	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **the world** could mean: (1) the place where we all live, where we are surrounded by sinful people and temptations to sin. Alternate translation: “that is all around us” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “of the world’s ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	4	wnec		ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ	1		Here, **by** indicates the means by which the world became corrupt. It does not indicate the means by which Peter’s addressees escaped corruption. Alternate translation: “by means of lust”
 2PE	1	4	kjnh	figs-abstractnouns	φθορᾶς	1	corruption	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **corruption** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “things that corrupt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	5	exd9	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ	1		The phrase **with respect to this very thing** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	5	exd9	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ	1		The phrase **{for} this same {reason}** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	5	ceir		σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες	1		The phrase **applying all diligence** indicates the means by which one is to do the action of supplying that follows. Alternate translation: “by means of applying all diligence”
 2PE	1	5	xp0n	figs-idiom	σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες	1		Here, **applying all diligence** is an idiom that means doing one’s best or making the best effort. Alternate translation: “making every effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	1	5	j0tr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ πίστει ὑμῶν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in Jesus, add” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	5	x74i	figs-ellipsis	ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν γνῶσιν	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in your goodness, knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	1	5	r61t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γνῶσιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	6	anfs	figs-ellipsis	ἐν δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐνκράτειαν	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in knowledge, self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2PE	1	6	anfa	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ γνώσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge**  by translating it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2PE	1	6	anfa	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ γνώσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	6	s5ni	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐνκράτειαν…τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **self-control** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “controlling yourself … controlling yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	6	wloy	figs-ellipsis	ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ τὴν ὑπομονήν	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in self-control, endurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	1	6	ajag	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ὑπομονήν…τῇ ὑπομονῇ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “enduring hardship … enduring hardship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -66,41 +66,41 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	7	h713	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	8	tlhv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα	1		The word **For** here indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Because these things existing and increasing in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	8	ecc5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		Peter is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if these things are existing and increasing in you, then they will cause you to be neither barren nor unfruitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
-2PE	1	8	jz77	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	8	jz77	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these {things}** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	8	l7yj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a field that will not produce a crop. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause you to be neither unproductive nor useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	8	qcav	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “cause you to produce and bear fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2PE	1	8	f9qm	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους	1		The words **barren** and **unfruitful** mean basically the same thing. In combination with the negatives **neither** and **nor**, they are used together to emphasize that this person will not be unproductive but will experience great benefits from knowing Jesus. If it is confusing in your language to use two words together that mean the same thing, you could just use one word with that meaning. Alternate translation: “not unproductive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	1	8	ppd8	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπίγνωσιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in your knowing our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	9	k6lv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that Peter is giving another reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Peter gave a positive reason in [1:8](../01/08.md) and gives a negative reason here. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	9	gg2c	figs-genericnoun	ᾧ…μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα, τυφλός ἐστιν	1	he in whom these things are not present	Here, **he** does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does not have these things. Alternate translation: “anyone who does not have these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-2PE	1	9	vycf	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		The phrase **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	1	9	h6fn	figs-metaphor	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1	is blind, nearsighted	In this metaphor, Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if the person were **blind** or **nearsighted**. He means this in a spiritual sense, that this person cannot see what is spiritually important. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is like a blind or shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	9	vycf	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		The phrase **these {things}** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	9	h6fn	figs-metaphor	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1	is blind, nearsighted	In this metaphor, Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if the person were **blind** or **nearsighted**. He means this in a spiritual sense, that this person cannot see what is spiritually important. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he … is like a blind or shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	9	xenf	figs-hendiadys	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1		Although the words **blind** and **nearsighted** have similar meanings, **blind** is more extreme than **nearsighted,** and a person cannot be both at the same time. If it is confusing in your language to describe someone using both of these words in this way, you could use a word like “or” between them or show how they might work together. Alternate translation: “he … is blind or nearsighted” or “he … is blindly nearsighted” or “he … is so nearsighted that he is blind to what is spiritually important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2PE	1	9	i0hq	figs-abstractnouns	λήθην λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **forgetfulness** in this phrase with a verb. Alternate translation: “having forgotten the cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	9	gq4d	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν	1	of the cleansing from his past sins	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **cleansing** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	9	gopx	figs-metaphor	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν.	1		Peter is speaking figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	9	gopx	figs-metaphor	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν.	1		Peter is speaking of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “of the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	10	ob38	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the two reasons for obedience given in [1:8–9](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	1	10	xfdb	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** figuratively as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	10	xfdb	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	10	ot7y	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2PE	1	10	raa1	figs-doublet	βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι	1	to make your calling and election sure	The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and both refer to God choosing believers to belong to him. Peter uses them together to emphasize this idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one word and provide the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2PE	1	10	pm78	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	1	10	pm78	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες	1		Here, **these {things}** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	10	xx39	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1		Peter is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if you do these things, then you will certainly not ever stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
-2PE	1	10	kd2t		οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1		The combination of words here expresses strong emphatic negation. Alternate translation: “you will most certainly never stumble”
+2PE	1	10	kd2t		οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1		The combination of the words **certainly not ever** here expresses strong emphatic negation. Alternate translation: “you will most certainly never stumble”
 2PE	1	10	jcv9	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1	you will not ever stumble	Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	11	xvh1	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	11	sl6c	figs-explicit	οὕτως	1		Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	11	f45v	figs-activepassive	πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν	1	will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	11	k1e4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	12	du69	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	1	12	xxjq	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	1	12	xxjq	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these {things}** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	12	onqh	figs-activepassive	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	1	12	l2kh	figs-metaphor	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1	you are strong in the present truth	Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	12	l2kh	figs-metaphor	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1	you are strong in the present truth	Here, **established** is used to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	12	jys8		ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
-2PE	1	12	pqq2	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **present** is used figuratively as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	12	pqq2	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **present** is used as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	12	yy7r	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective, such as “true.” Alternate translation: “in these true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	13	p1da	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**But** could mean: (1) Peter is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. His audience already knows the truth, but he wants to remind them again. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Nevertheless.” (2) Peter is connecting this statement with what he said at the beginning of the previous verse. Peter is always ready to remind them of the truth, and he thinks it is correct to do so. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2PE	1	13	ax2a	figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι	1	as long as I am in this tent	Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “as long as I am in this body” or “as long as I live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	13	vmj2	figs-metaphor	διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1	to stir you up in remembrance	Peter uses **arouse** figuratively to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this usage by translating this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	13	vmj2	figs-metaphor	διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1	to stir you up in remembrance	Peter uses **arouse** to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this usage by translating this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	13	q0sv	figs-abstractnouns	διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	14	slej	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1		In this clause Peter is giving a reason why he will always remind his audience of doctrinal truths in this letter, specifically faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	14	j8f5	figs-metaphor	ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου	1	the putting off of my tent is imminent	Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: “I will soon take off this body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -108,10 +108,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	14	yzag		καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, ἐδήλωσέν μοι	1		Suggested footnote: “Peter may be referring here to what Jesus told him, as recorded in John 21:18–19.”
 2PE	1	15	aau5	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ καὶ	1		**Likewise** here could mean that: (1) this statement is in addition to what Peter just said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Moreover” (2) this statement is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2PE	1	15	xz8d	figs-abstractnouns	ἑκάστοτε, ἔχειν ὑμᾶς…τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	15	c2iw	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1	of these things	Here, **these things** refers to what Peter has said in the previous verses, specifically the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	1	15	c2iw	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1	of these things	Here, **these {things}** refers to what Peter has said in the previous verses, specifically the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	15	ivw6	figs-euphemism	μετὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον	1	after my departure	Peter uses the word **departure** as a nice way to speak of his death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more common euphemism in your language, or state it directly. Alternate translation: “after my passing” or “after I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2PE	1	16	k3rm	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** indicates that in [1:16–21](../01/16.md) Peter explains to the believers why they should remember “these things,” which were mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	1	16	vc99	figs-exclusive	ἐγνωρίσαμεν	1	we have not followed	Here, **we** refers to Peter and the other apostles. It does not refer to his readers. Alternate translation: “we apostles did not follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+2PE	1	16	vc99	figs-exclusive	οὐ…ἐγνωρίσαμεν	1	we have not followed	Here, **we** refers to Peter and the other apostles. It does not refer to his readers. Alternate translation: “we apostles did not follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2PE	1	16	jwy8	figs-hendiadys	τὴν…δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν	1	the power and coming	The words **power** and **coming** work together to refer to the same thing; they may be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the powerful coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2PE	1	16	zs6v		τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν	1	coming of our Lord Jesus Christ	In this clause Peter refers to the second coming of the Lord Jesus to earth. This future event was foreshadowed by the powerful appearance of Jesus known as the “transfiguration,” which is described in Matthew 17:1–8, Mark 9:1–8, and Luke 9:28–36. Peter was an eyewitness of that event.
 2PE	1	16	v4kd	figs-exclusive	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	18	daqi	figs-explicit	τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει	1		The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	19	h498		ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1		The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
 2PE	1	19	z3na	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν	1	we have	Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2PE	1	19	l7zq	figs-explicit	βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1	this more certain prophetic word	Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	19	l7zq	figs-explicit	βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1	this more certain prophetic word	Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	19	sjd3	figs-pronouns	ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες	1	to which you do well to pay attention	Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	19	xilf	figs-declarative	ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες	1		Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 2PE	1	19	xt8i	figs-simile	ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ	1	as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn	Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2PE	1	19	hmb7	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ	1		Peter speaks figuratively of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	19	kc3l	figs-metaphor	φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	the morning star may rise in your hearts	Peter speaks figuratively of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	19	hmb7	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ	1		Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	19	kc3l	figs-metaphor	φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	the morning star may rise in your hearts	Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	19	v0ju	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	19	bl8s	figs-explicit	φωσφόρος	1	the morning star	The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which is sometimes visible in the sky just before the sun rises, thus indicating that daybreak is near. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “the star that appears just before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	20	wcn9		τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	Above all, you must understand	Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
@@ -150,9 +150,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	21	yxdx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	x2hv	figs-gendernotations	θελήματι ἀνθρώπου	1		Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	21	x1xw	figs-ellipsis	ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1		In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “men spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2PE	2	intro	mv79			0		# 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](../02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](../02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](../02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](../02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	21	x1xw	figs-ellipsis	ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1		In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2PE	2	intro	mv79			0		# 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](../02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](../02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](../02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](../02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	1	us8u	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		The term translated **Now** could refer to: (1) a new topic expressed by **Now** in the ULT. (2) a contrast between the false prophets in this clause and the true Old Testament prophets mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2PE	2	1	l2cg	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ λαῷ	1	false prophets also came to the people, as false teachers will also come to you	Here, **the people** refers specifically to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	1	tbz8	translate-unknown	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1	destructive heresies	Here, **heresies** refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. Alternate translation: “opinions of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -160,19 +160,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	1	jif2	figs-possession	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	1	wnuv		αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
 2PE	2	1	xscu	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master	Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	1	xaan	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	1	xk1x		ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
 2PE	2	1	flv3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	2	eevb	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	2	xzw1	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσουσιν	1		Here Peter uses the word **follow** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	2	eevb	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that **many** refers to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	2	xzw1	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσουσιν	1		Here Peter uses the word **follow** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	2	dg82	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις	1		Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	2	z53e		ταῖς ἀσελγείαις	1		Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
 2PE	2	2	fz5m	writing-pronouns	δι’ οὓς	1		Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	2	cqjb	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here figuratively to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	2	cqjb	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	2	vspm	figs-possession	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **truth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the true way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	2	nzx7	figs-activepassive	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1	the way of truth will be slandered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will slander the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	2	x3oo	figs-personification	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1		Peter speaks figuratively of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	2	2	x3oo	figs-personification	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1		Peter speaks of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	2	2	l8ta	figs-explicit	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1		Peter assumes that his audience will know that unbelievers will be the ones who slander the Christian faith when they see the sensual lives of the false teachers and their followers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way of truth will be slandered by unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	3	xs4g		ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ	1		Here, **in** indicates the reason for what the false teachers do. Alternate translation: “because of greed”
 2PE	2	3	td8q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **greed** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -183,22 +183,22 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	3	xvw3		οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ	1		Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
 2PE	2	3	k359	figs-parallelism	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2PE	2	3	jetw	figs-doublenegatives	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep	You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2PE	2	3	jvh9	figs-personification	τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1		Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** figuratively as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	2	3	jvh9	figs-personification	τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1		Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	2	3	c57u	figs-abstractnouns	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	4	k2g4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	2	4	s115	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2PE	2	4	s115	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2PE	2	4	pr13		οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	did not spare	Here, **spare** means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
 2PE	2	4	dzi2	figs-distinguish	ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων	1		Peter uses **who had sinned** to distinguish the angels who were punished by God from those that were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 2PE	2	4	xwxn	translate-textvariants	σειροῖς ζόφου	1		Some of the best ancient manuscripts read “pits” instead of “chains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2PE	2	4	uzy2	figs-metaphor	σειροῖς ζόφου	1	in chains of darkness	This phrase could refer to: (1) chains in a very dark place. Alternate translation: “in chains in darkness” (2) a very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains. Alternate translation: “bound in darkness like chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	4	b54v	translate-names	ταρταρώσας	1	having been thrown down to Tartarus	The word **Tartarus** is a term from Ancient Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Some Ancient Jewish literature written in Greek uses **Tartarus** as a term for the place where God punishes the wicked. Alternate translation: “he cast them into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	4	xgmp	figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν	1		God is the one who **handed over** the angels who had sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “God handed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	4	jjzw	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	4	jjzw	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν	1		Here, Peter speaks of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	4	c2ak	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κρίσιν	1	to judgment	This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	2	4	plhp	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίσιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **judgment** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	4	e0ue	figs-explicit	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	4	ppvc	figs-activepassive	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	5	zx4k	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2PE	2	5	zx4k	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2PE	2	5	hpv7	figs-metonymy	ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	he did not spare the ancient world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	5	f000		οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
 2PE	2	5	t2w9	writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -207,24 +207,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	5	llfu	figs-distinguish	Νῶε, δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα	1		This phrase gives us more information about Noah. It tells us that Noah proclaimed **righteousness** to the ungodly people of the ancient world. It does not distinguish this Noah from any other person named Noah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 2PE	2	5	kro6	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers righteous deeds. Alternate translation: “a preacher of righteous deeds” or “a preacher of how to act rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	5	xy9u	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα	1		Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) a preacher who is characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “a preacher who is righteous” (2) a preacher who tells others to live righteously. Alternate translation: “one who urged others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	5	enbs		κατακλυσμὸν κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας	1		This clause indicates when God protected Noah and his other seven family members, when he brought a flood upon the world, as it is translated in the UST.
+2PE	2	5	enbs		κατακλυσμὸν κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας	1		This clause indicates when God protected Noah and his other seven family members, when he **brought a flood upon {the} world**, as it is translated in the UST.
 2PE	2	5	z814	figs-possession	κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν	1		Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) the human content of the ancient world. Alternate translation: “the world that contained ungodly people” (2) the world as being characterized by ungodliness. Alternate translation: “the ungodly world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	6	xhcb	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2PE	2	6	xhcb	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2PE	2	6	ap1j	figs-infostructure	καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-2PE	2	6	gp3e		πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας	1	having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes	This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
-2PE	2	6	xi0n	translate-names	Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας	1		**Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2PE	2	6	gp3e		πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας	1	having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes	This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed **Sodom and Gomorrah**. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
+2PE	2	6	xi0n	translate-names	Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας	1		**Sodom** and **Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	6	xfyx	writing-pronouns	καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν	1		Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	6	w1b9	figs-abstractnouns	καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **destruction** by translating the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	6	hgt7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς	1	an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly	This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	6	eocy	figs-genericnoun	ἀσεβέσιν	1		Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-2PE	2	7	fm1p	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2PE	2	7	fm1p	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2PE	2	7	zif8	writing-pronouns	ἐρύσατο	1	the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality	Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	7	xjq6	translate-names	Λὼτ	1	Connecting Statement:	**Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	7	uknf	figs-distinguish	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1	Connecting Statement:	This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 2PE	2	7	mort	figs-activepassive	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	7	x8vy	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	7	wrba	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	7	wq2r		ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
+2PE	2	7	wq2r		τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones”
 2PE	2	7	xnys	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	7	k79d	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀθέσμων	1		Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	8	dvle	writing-background	γὰρ	1		Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -234,17 +234,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	8	xa7g	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the inhabitants of Sodom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **them** refers to. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	8	ujf1	figs-idiom	ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας	1		This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	8	hpi4	figs-synecdoche	ψυχὴν δικαίαν…ἐβασάνιζεν	1	was tormenting his righteous soul	Here, **soul** refers to Lot’s thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: “was greatly disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2PE	2	8	co5v		ἀνόμοις ἔργοις	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the lawless works were the means by which Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “with lawless works” (2) the lawless works were the reason why Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “because of lawless works”
+2PE	2	8	co5v		ἀνόμοις ἔργοις	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the **lawless works** were the means by which Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “with lawless works” (2) the **lawless works** were the reason why Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “because of lawless works”
 2PE	2	9	j0m1	grammar-connect-condition-fact	οἶδεν Κύριος	1		This verse and the next verse are the end of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is giving the result of the previous conditions being true. If you have made [2:4–10](../02/04.md) into separate sentences, then you will need to indicate that [2:9](../02/09.md) is the result of the previous conditions being true. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it is true that the Lord knows how” or “Since these things are true, it is also true that the Lord knows how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-2PE	2	9	xk2a	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+2PE	2	9	xk2a	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		Here, **and** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2PE	2	9	bcf3	figs-ellipsis	πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	2	9	xdos	grammar-connect-logic-goal	κολαζομένους	1		This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	2	9	qwcm	figs-activepassive	ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	9	ms6u		εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
 2PE	2	9	xnf3	figs-possession	ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	10	skh8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-2PE	2	10	xuxw	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀπίσω…πορευομένους	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses the phrase **going after** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “those habitually engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	10	eb1k	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1	those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement	Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this figure of speech literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2PE	2	10	xuxw	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀπίσω…πορευομένους	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses the phrase **going after** to refer to habitually doing something. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “those habitually engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	10	eb1k	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1	those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement	Here, **flesh** is used to refer to person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this figure of speech literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	10	xg5a		ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ	1	those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement	Here, **in** indicates that this phrase shows the means by which the wicked people go after the flesh. Alternate translation: “by means of practicing its lusts of defilement”
 2PE	2	10	xndv	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilement** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in its lusts that defile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	10	c571	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας	1		Here, **and** indicates that this clause provides an additional characteristic of those mentioned in the previous clause. It does not indicate a second group of wicked people. These wicked people not only pursue their sinful desires, but also despise authority. Alternate translation: “and who also despise authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -252,27 +252,27 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	10	n89f		τολμηταὶ	1		**Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
 2PE	2	10	nkjm	figs-exclamations	τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις	1		The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 2PE	2	10	esb2		αὐθάδεις	1	self-willed	**Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
-2PE	2	10	x82c	writing-pronouns	οὐ τρέμουσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	10	x82c	writing-pronouns	οὐ τρέμουσιν	1		Here, **They** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	10	f4gi		δόξας…βλασφημοῦντες	1		This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
 2PE	2	10	s7l1		δόξας	1		Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
 2PE	2	11	u2jk	figs-distinguish	ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες	1		This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 2PE	2	11	ljdy	figs-ellipsis	ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the surrounding context, which is a description of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “being greater in strength and power than these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	2	11	vg2j	figs-doublet	ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες	1		The words **strength** and **power** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Together, the words describe extreme power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “being much more powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	2	11	v1qt	writing-pronouns	οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν	1	do not bring insulting judgments against them	Here, **them** could mean: (1) the “glorious ones.” Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these glorious ones.” (2) the false teachers. Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these false teachers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	12	ytrj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		Here, **these** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	12	ytrj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		Here, **these {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	12	y4bl	figs-metaphor	οὗτοι…ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα	1	these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction.	Peter describes the false teachers by comparing them to **unreasoning animals**. Just as **animals** cannot think rationally, neither can these people. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like animals who are not capable of thinking rationally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	12	xhxj	figs-distinguish	γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν	1		This clause gives more information about the unreasoning animals and thus, by way of comparison, the false teachers. Alternate translation: “which have by nature been born for capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 2PE	2	12	yxsy		γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν	1		Here, **by nature** means that the unreasoning animals (and false teachers by comparison) were destined for capture and destruction due to their very nature as animals born for this purpose. Alternate translation: “according to their nature, these animals are born for capture and destruction”
 2PE	2	12	x14h	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν	1		This is a purpose clause. The word **for** here indicates that what follows it is the purpose for which these animals have been born. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	2	12	erfh	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	12	ipd4		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες	1		This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
-2PE	2	12	c4b8		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν	1		Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
+2PE	2	12	c4b8		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν	1		Here, **those {things}** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
 2PE	2	12	xzcp	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	12	jw8d	figs-activepassive	καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	12	h4v8		καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
 2PE	2	12	ai6a		ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
 2PE	2	12	ig4v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	13	p7g7	figs-metaphor	ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	13	p7g7	figs-metaphor	ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive as if it were a wage they had earned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	13	x4gd	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικίας	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **unrighteousness** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	13	xjr6	figs-abstractnouns	ἡδονὴν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **pleasure** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	13	e62s	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν	1	their reveling during the day	Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -281,24 +281,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	13	pwd5	figs-doublet	σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι	1	They are stains and blemishes	The words **stains** and **blemishes** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “unsightly stains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	2	13	vz0j	figs-ellipsis	σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι	1		For emphasis, here Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “They are stains and blemishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	2	13	x3uj	figs-abstractnouns	ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	14	v7t4	figs-metonymy	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1	having eyes full of adultery	Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2PE	2	14	v7t4	figs-metonymy	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1	having eyes full of adultery	Here, **eyes** refers to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	xo71		ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1		This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
 2PE	2	14	xb2q	figs-explicit	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	14	wt89	figs-synecdoche	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1	enticing unstable souls	Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2PE	2	14	mn07	figs-explicit	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	14	c55u	figs-metonymy	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1	hearts trained in covetousness	Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2PE	2	14	c55u	figs-metonymy	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1	hearts trained in covetousness	Peter is using **hearts** to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	sbp2	figs-abstractnouns	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	14	sv4r	figs-idiom	κατάρας τέκνα	1		Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	2	14	sv4r	figs-idiom	κατάρας τέκνα	1		Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here, **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	14	c7cc	figs-exclamations	κατάρας τέκνα	1		These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	15	ky5q	figs-idiom	εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	the right way	Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2PE	2	15	x3k9	figs-metaphor	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning {the} straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	ky5q	figs-idiom	εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	the right way	Here, **{the} straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	2	15	x3k9	figs-metaphor	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	b39g	figs-activepassive	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	15	xkt6	figs-explicit	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	15	xi4q	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	xi4q	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses the word **followed** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	v9lx	translate-names	Βαλαὰμ…Βοσὸρ	1	the right way	**Balaam** and **Bosor** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2PE	2	15	alxl	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** figuratively to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	alxl	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	v3wn	writing-pronouns	ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	15	befr	figs-possession	ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **wages** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “who loved the unrighteous wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	15	x5gg	figs-abstractnouns	μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with the adjective “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “the unrighteous wages” or “the wages for unrighteous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -307,51 +307,51 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	16	x7zu	figs-explicit	ἰδίας παρανομίας	1		This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	16	xspp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	16	tf38	figs-explicit	ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1	restrained the madness of the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	17	x5rj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		**These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	17	x5rj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		**These {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	hzu1	figs-metaphor	ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	von6	figs-doublet	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	2	17	xe3y	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται	1	for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	17	v90z		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
-2PE	2	17	xrpf	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	17	xrpf	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	18	xgoc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	18	cxt8		ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι	1	speaking arrogant things of vanity	This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
 2PE	2	18	x2by	figs-possession	ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος	1	speaking arrogant things of vanity	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	18	n2pr	figs-abstractnouns	ματαιότητος	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vanity** with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	18	f8tg	writing-pronouns	δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1	They entice people by the lusts of the flesh	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	18	t543	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	18	t543	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	18	bibq		ἀσελγείαις	1		Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
-2PE	2	18	nks3	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους	1	those who are barely escaping from those who live in error	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	18	nks3	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους	1	those who are barely escaping from those who live in error	Here, Peter speaks of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xqla		ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1		This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
 2PE	2	19	uyw6	figs-metaphor	ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1	promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption	Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	je1k	writing-pronouns	ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	19	n0bh	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς;	1		Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-2PE	2	19	v5tt	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	19	v5tt	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι	1		Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xyua	figs-possession	δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	19	b79v	figs-metaphor	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1	For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved	Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this non-figuratively or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	19	b79v	figs-metaphor	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1	For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved	Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xqmy	figs-activepassive	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive sentence with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	20	v3xc		γὰρ	1		Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
-2PE	2	20	q96i	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-2PE	2	20	efnj	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	20	q96i	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2PE	2	20	efnj	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	20	xpo9	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilements** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	lu22	figs-metonymy	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1	the impurities of the world	Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	20	bi73	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	zxcf	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	20	noa9	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	20	noa9	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, the pronoun **these {things}** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	20	d6ra	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	20	d42g	figs-nominaladj	γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last has become worse for them than the first	Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+2PE	2	20	d42g	figs-nominaladj	γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last has become worse for them than the first	Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **{things}** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2PE	2	21	x7gd	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	21	e3dv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	21	xg05	figs-possession	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	21	pm7b	figs-idiom	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the way of righteousness	Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	2	21	pm7b	figs-idiom	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the way of righteousness	Peter speaks of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	21	lib0		ἐπιγνοῦσιν	1		This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
 2PE	2	21	ic3c	figs-metaphor	ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	to turn away from the holy commandment	Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	21	j7s6	figs-genericnoun	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 2PE	2	21	xwid	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	21	blr5	figs-activepassive	τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	the holy commandment delivered to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	22	hqr3	writing-pronouns	συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	22	hqr3	writing-pronouns	συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, **{This}** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	22	pc36	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	22	h42r	writing-proverbs	κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου	1	A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud	Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning by translating these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 2PE	2	22	xgjp	translate-unknown	κύων	1		A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **dog** was an insult. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -359,9 +359,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	intro	c1id			0		# 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2PE	3	1	n92f	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	1	aah9	writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς	1		Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	1	gc3m	figs-metaphor	διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1	I am stirring up your sincere mind	Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	1	gc3m	figs-metaphor	διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1	I am stirring up your sincere mind	Here, Peter uses **arouse**, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	1	deoa	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	2	bp8r	grammar-connect-logic-goal	μνησθῆναι	1		Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	3	2	gxj7	figs-activepassive	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1	the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	2	p4i5	figs-metonymy	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων	1		Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -376,21 +376,21 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	3	lm1a		τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	knowing this first	Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
 2PE	3	3	xcd9	figs-declarative	τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	knowing this first	Peter is using a statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this by translating it as a command. If you do so, it might be helpful to start a new sentence here. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Above all, know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 2PE	3	3	mjgr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεύσονται…ἐν ἐμπαιγμονῇ ἐμπαῖκται	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mockery** with a verb. Alternate translation: “mockers will come and mock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	3	s69n	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, Peter uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something, like someone who walks toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	3	s69n	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, Peter uses **going** to refer to habitually doing something, like someone who walks toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	3	znh2	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	4	fe37	writing-quotations	καὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 2PE	3	4	hgdm	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2PE	3	4	lw3y	figs-idiom	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1		Here, **Where** is used idiomatically to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	3	4	lw3y	figs-idiom	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1		Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	3	4	zrj7	figs-metonymy	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	4	wm6z	writing-pronouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	4	u54w	figs-explicit	τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	4	xfkr	figs-metaphor	ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1		Here, **the fathers** is used figuratively. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	4	xfkr	figs-metaphor	ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1		Here, **the fathers** is used. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	4	t6hl	figs-euphemism	οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1	the fathers fell asleep	Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2PE	3	4	c2en	figs-hyperbole	πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation	Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2PE	3	4	c2en	figs-hyperbole	πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation	Here, **all {things}** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2PE	3	4	yue7	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	from the beginning of creation	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **creation** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	5	g2ph	figs-activepassive	λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	5	xgsy	figs-ellipsis	θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2PE	3	5	mku9	figs-activepassive	γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	5	mku9	figs-activepassive	γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth out of water and through water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	5	s77f		ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα	1	had been formed from water and through water	This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
 2PE	3	5	o7sz	figs-metonymy	τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	6	jh4r	writing-pronouns	δι’ ὧν	1	through which	Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	7	y3gg	figs-abstractnouns	ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **judgment** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind and destroys the ungodly men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	7	zxxk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of the ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2PE	3	8	s5cy		ἓν…τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς	1		Alternate translation: “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing”
-2PE	3	8	enh9		ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη	1	that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years	Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
+2PE	3	8	enh9		ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη	1	that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years	Here, **with {the} Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
 2PE	3	8	o1wc	figs-doublet	μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	3	9	zv9m	figs-metonymy	οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1		Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	9	dzq8	figs-explicit	ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται	1	as some consider slowness	Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -426,23 +426,23 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	10	z9f6		γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
 2PE	3	11	buq4	grammar-connect-logic-result	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	11	tpfg	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	11	tpfg	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these {things}** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	11	t8wx	figs-rquestion	ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς?	1		Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this emphasis by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2PE	3	11	qoui	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις	1		Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	3	12	bqnn		προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας	1		Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
 2PE	3	12	b73o	writing-pronouns	δι’ ἣν	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	12	ko6c		πυρούμενοι	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
 2PE	3	12	rq9g	figs-activepassive	οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	12	v15i		στοιχεῖα…τήκεται	1	the elements	Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
+2PE	3	12	v15i		στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα, τήκεται	1	the elements	Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed by heat” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed by heat” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
 2PE	3	12	i1ry		καυσούμενα	1	the elements	This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being burned up by heat”
 2PE	3	13	ptmy	figs-infostructure	καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν	1		Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2PE	3	13	r2y9	writing-pronouns	κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	13	evi0		τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
-2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	3	13	r5qo	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	14	d178	grammar-connect-logic-result	διό	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	14	qjca	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	14	ndxd	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	14	ndxd	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these {things}** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	14	fj1l	figs-activepassive	σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	14	s141	figs-doublet	ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι	1	spotless and blameless	The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	3	14	byr8	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -450,29 +450,29 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	15	g35u	figs-explicit	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1	consider the patience of our Lord as salvation	Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	15	pd30	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation** by translating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vbso	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **salvation** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	15	vo82	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος	1		Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+2PE	3	15	vo82	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος	1		Peter is using the term **brother** to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	15	esr7	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **wisdom** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	16	zzko	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς	1		Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	16	wil1	writing-pronouns	λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	16	wil1	writing-pronouns	λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων	1		Here, **these {things}** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	16	z4cj	writing-pronouns	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	16	sg60	figs-explicit	ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς	1		Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	sh4j	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	16	wrqu	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	17	kn3d	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2PE	3	17	kn3d	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	17	wk5v	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	17	bq8o	grammar-connect-logic-result	προγινώσκοντες	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	v5cb	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 2PE	3	17	um49	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	17	xjht	figs-activepassive	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	17	h2ik	figs-metaphor	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	17	h2ik	figs-metaphor	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		Here, Peter uses **led astray** to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	px85		τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
-2PE	3	18	ccm3	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	Here, **grow** is used figuratively to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	18	ccm3	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	Here, **grow** is used to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	18	zjqa		ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει	1		Here, **in** means “with reference to.” Alternate translation: “with reference to the grace and knowledge”
 2PE	3	18	lk3c	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **grace** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “kind acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	18	qlbc	figs-abstractnouns	γνώσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	18	z13o	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction and indicates that our also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” If you include both of these phrases in your translation, then you will also need to put a comma at the end of the second phrase. Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	3	18	bpnr	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May everyone glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	18	u1g9	figs-idiom	εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος	1		Here, **to the day of the age** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	3	18	u1g9	figs-idiom	εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος	1		Here, **to {the} day of {the} age** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

en_tn_64-2JN.tsv

@@ -1,24 +1,24 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-2JN	front	intro	vpa9			0		# Introduction to 2 John<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 John<br><br>1. Opening of letter (1:1-3)<br>2. Encouragement and the commandment to love one another (1:4-6)<br>3. Warning about false teachers (1:7-11)<br>4. Closing of letter (1:12-13)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?<br><br>The author of this letter identifies himself only as “the elder.” However, the content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s gospel. This suggests that the apostle John wrote this letter, and he would have done so near the end of his life.<br><br>### To whom was the Book of 2 John written?<br><br>The author addresses this letter to someone he calls “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). Although this could refer to a specific woman and her children, that interpretation is unlikely. More probably, this is a figurative way to refer to a specific congregation and its members. This interpretation is supported by the way that John refers to the congregation with him as “the children of your chosen sister” in verse 13. This would be a readily understandable metaphor, since the word for “church” in Greek is a feminine noun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What is the book of 2 John about?<br><br>It appears that John addressed this letter to a specific congregation of believers. John’s purpose in writing this letter to them was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers.<br><br>He probably intended this message to be passed on to all believers in general.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.<br><br>### Who were the people John spoke against?<br><br>The people John spoke against may have been those who later became known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since the physical body was seen as evil, they did not think that God could become human. Therefore, they believed that Jesus was divine but denied that he was human. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 John?<br><br>In [1:12](../01/12.md), most modern versions of the Bible read “our joy.” There is another traditional reading that says “your joy.” If a version of the Bible already exists in your region, you should consider using the reading of that version in your translation. If not, you may wish to follow the reading that most Bible scholars consider to be authentic and say “our joy.” In this case, “our” would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2JN	front	intro	vpa9			0		# Introduction to 2 John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 John<br><br>1. Opening of letter (1:1–3)<br>2. Encouragement and the commandment to love one another (1:4–6)<br>3. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)<br>4. Closing of letter (1:12–13)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?<br><br>The author of this letter identifies himself only as “the elder.” However, the content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s gospel. This suggests that the apostle John wrote this letter, and he would have done so near the end of his life.<br><br>### To whom was the Book of 2 John written?<br><br>The author addresses this letter to someone he calls “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). Although this could refer to a specific woman and her children, that interpretation is unlikely. More probably, this is a figurative way to refer to a specific congregation and its members. This interpretation is supported by the way that John refers to the congregation with him as “the children of your chosen sister” in verse 13. This would be a readily understandable metaphor, since the word for “church” in Greek is a feminine noun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What is the book of 2 John about?<br><br>It appears that John addressed this letter to a specific congregation of believers. John’s purpose in writing this letter to them was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers.<br><br>He probably intended this message to be passed on to all believers in general.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.<br><br>### Who were the people John spoke against?<br><br>The people John spoke against may have been those who later became known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since the physical body was seen as evil, they did not think that God could become human. Therefore, they believed that Jesus was divine but denied that he was human. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 John?<br><br>In [1:12](../01/12.md), most modern versions of the Bible read “our joy.” There is another traditional reading that says “your joy.” If a version of the Bible already exists in your region, you should consider using the reading of that version in your translation. If not, you may wish to follow the reading that most Bible scholars consider to be authentic and say “our joy.” In this case, “our” would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2JN	1	1	uspy	figs-123person	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	The elder	In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 2JN	1	1	z4tk	figs-explicit	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	The elder	**The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age, or because he is a leader in the church, or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	1	y7hw	figs-123person	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	to the chosen lady and her children	In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-2JN	1	1	a9w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	1	a9w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	1	ueev	figs-idiom	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2JN	1	1	axty	figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	and her children	Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	1	axty	figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	and her children	Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” refers to a church, **her children** refers to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	1	src4	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	love in the truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	1	a50f	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	all who have known the truth	John uses the phrase **all the ones having known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2JN	1	2	spdg	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the truth	John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this termbehind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	2	et6b	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν	1	us … us	If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2JN	1	2	a7rm	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	to the age	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2JN	1	3	gad9	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace**behind them with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2JN	1	3	gad9	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, and use **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	3	zfgr		ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us	In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
 2JN	1	3	vpl9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Υἱοῦ	1	the Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2JN	1	3	w6tr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ	1	in truth and love	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** by stating the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternate translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	4	ir6v	figs-you	σου	1	your	The word **your** is singular here, since John is either addressing one woman, or the church collectively, as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2JN	1	4	ajlf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐχάρην λείαν	1		If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2JN	1	4	a3vs	figs-metaphor	τῶν τέκνων σου	1	your children	See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2JN	1	4	w2b6	figs-metaphor	περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	walking in the truth	John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	4	w2b6	figs-metaphor	περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	walking in the truth	John refers to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	4	ddnx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	4	s7hr		καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός	1	just as we have received a commandment from the Father	The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
 2JN	1	4	w7f1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	5	u38f	figs-explicit	οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι	1	not as writing a new commandment to you	John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	5	uhs8	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	from the beginning	The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	5	vmm8		ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους	1	the beginning—that we should love one another	If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
-2JN	1	6	nw4g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε	1	we should walk according to … you should walk in	In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	6	nw4g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε	1	we should walk according to … you should walk in	In these instances the expression **walk** means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	6	cl95	figs-you	ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε	1	you heard … you should walk	The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2JN	1	7	u749	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2JN	1	7	w25m	figs-explicit	ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	For many deceivers have gone out into the world	This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10-11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2JN	1	7	w25m	figs-explicit	ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	For many deceivers have gone out into the world	This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10–11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	7	x8yl	figs-metonymy	Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί	1	Jesus Christ coming in flesh	The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2JN	1	7	vqnb	figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	This is the deceiver and the antichrist	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you could make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	7	vfdn		ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	the deceiver and the antichrist	In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
 2JN	1	8	it9t	figs-explicit	βλέπετε ἑαυτούς	1	Watch yourselves	The implication is that the believers are to “watch” themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	8	i8n6	figs-explicit	ἃ	1	what	The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	8	r9ky	figs-exclusive	εἰργασάμεθα	1	we have worked for	The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2JN	1	9	mn3v	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	John refers to **the teaching of Christ** figuratively as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	9	mn3v	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	John refers to **the teaching of Christ** as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	9	x3ae	figs-infostructure	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2JN	1	9	xty9	figs-explicit	Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει	1	does not have God	To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	9	x523		ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει	1	The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son	Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	11	uhea		ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν	1	the one who says to him, “Greetings”	Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
 2JN	1	11	n7zt		κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς	1	shares in his evil deeds	The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
 2JN	1	12	gq26	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	I did not want with paper and ink	Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2JN	1	12	nx77	figs-metonymy	διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	with paper and ink	John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2JN	1	12	nx77	figs-metonymy	διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	with paper and ink	John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2JN	1	12	v4v2	figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι	1	to speak mouth to mouth	The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2JN	1	12	auwq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2JN	1	12	hwtk	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	12	lt77	translate-textvariants	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	your joy might be made complete	See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2JN	1	12	k9yt	figs-exclusive	ὑμῶν	1	your	If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2JN	1	13	fh6j	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	13	fh6j	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	13	aonw	figs-idiom	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2JN	1	13	a4rc		ἀσπάζεταί σε	1	greet you	As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
 2JN	1	13	qjdz	figs-you	σε…σου	1	your … you	The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

en_tn_65-3JN.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-3JN	front	intro	kwv9			0		# Introduction to 3 John\n\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 3 John\n\n1. Introduction (1:1)\n2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)\n3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)\n4. Conclusion (1:13-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?\n\nThe letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.\n\n### What is the Book of 3 John about?\n\nJohn wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?\n\nThe author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.\n\nJohn also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
+3JN	front	intro	kwv9			0		# Introduction to 3 John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2–8)<br>3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9–12)<br>4. Conclusion (1:13–14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
 3JN	1	1	rni7	figs-you		0	General Information:	This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 3JN	1	1	w99t	figs-explicit	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	The elder	**The elder** refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 3JN	1	1	lls6	translate-names	Γαΐῳ	1	to … Gaius	**Gaius** is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

en_tn_66-JUD.tsv

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ JUD	1	4	qevn	figs-ellipsis	παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρ
 JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	4	c7a6	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	4	u2oj	figs-explicit	ἀσεβεῖς	1		Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1–2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	4	g35s	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1		Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JUD	1	4	esef	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	4	tmju	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective phrase. Alternate translation: “into licentious behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ JUD	1	6	ccz6	figs-explicit	μεγάλης ἡμέρας	1	of the great day	Here,
 JUD	1	7	yn36	figs-metonymy	Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις	1		Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in the region of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JUD	1	7	r3e9	writing-pronouns	τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις	1	having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these	Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	7	tr3y	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκπορνεύσασαι	1	having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sexual immortality** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JUD	1	7	q9jk	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	7	q9jk	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	7	wp6v		σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
 JUD	1	7	pi4t	figs-explicit	πρόκεινται δεῖγμα	1		The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	7	jhdl	figs-abstractnouns	πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **punishment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ JUD	1	8	ez4l	figs-metonymy	σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν	1		Here, **fl
 JUD	1	8	q9ct		κυριότητα	1		Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
 JUD	1	8	qvhs	figs-abstractnouns	κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	8	pn3j		δόξας	1	the glorious ones	Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
-JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	9	v9fh	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him of slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	9	lxf3	figs-possession	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JUD	1	10	h6sq	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -75,32 +75,32 @@ JUD	1	11	yg9b	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κάϊν	1		Here Jude compares the false tea
 JUD	1	11	zsdw		ἐξεχύθησαν	1		Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
 JUD	1	11	tmf2	figs-explicit	τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	11	qlof	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κόρε	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	11	tspu	figs-pastforfuture	ἀπώλοντο	1		Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JUD	1	11	tspu	figs-pastforfuture	ἀπώλοντο	1		Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	12	r875	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	12	e25d	figs-metaphor	σπιλάδες	1	hidden reefs	Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	aq79	translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγάπαις	1		Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JUD	1	12	emua	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	12	s2st	figs-metaphor	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	emua	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες	1		Here Jude speaks of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	s2st	figs-metaphor	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	diqd	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JUD	1	12	gs99	figs-metaphor	δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα	1		Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	12	doxh	figs-pastforfuture	δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JUD	1	12	gs99	figs-metaphor	δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα	1		Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	doxh	figs-pastforfuture	δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	12	zk57		δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
-JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	g76g	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JUD	1	13	e4rm	figs-metaphor	κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	13	fgr9	figs-metaphor	ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας	1		Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	13	r6rj	figs-metaphor	ἀστέρες πλανῆται	1	wandering stars	Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	e4rm	figs-metaphor	κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης	1		Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	fgr9	figs-metaphor	ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας	1		Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	r6rj	figs-metaphor	ἀστέρες πλανῆται	1	wandering stars	Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	13	djm4	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται	1		If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	13	n4oc	writing-pronouns	οἷς	1		Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	13	iast		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
-JUD	1	13	oey6	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	oey6	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	14	crwg	translate-names	Ἑνὼχ	1		**Enoch** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JUD	1	14	e5wv		ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ	1		Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
 JUD	1	14	br8e	translate-names	Ἀδὰμ	1		**Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JUD	1	14	marg	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	14	yenq	writing-quotations	λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JUD	1	14	lu2y	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	14	acin	figs-pastforfuture	ἦλθεν Κύριος	1		Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JUD	1	14	lu2y	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	14	acin	figs-pastforfuture	ἦλθεν Κύριος	1		Here Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	14	pylm		Κύριος	1		Here, **Lord** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The Lord Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God”
 JUD	1	14	tyf8	translate-unknown	μυριάσιν	1		The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000) but is often used to refer to a large number. You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JUD	1	14	ljm1		ἁγίαις	1		Here, **holy ones** could refer to: (1) angels, as suggested by the presence of angels in similar statements about judgment in Matthew 24:31, 25:31, Mark 89:38, and 2 Thessalonians 1:7. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “his holy angels” (2) believers. Alternate translation: “his holy believers” or “his saints”
@@ -112,11 +112,11 @@ JUD	1	15	y4y5		τῶν σκληρῶν	1		Here, **harsh {things}** refers to har
 JUD	1	15	d6hy	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	16	a4le	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	16	zs28		εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι	1		Here the terms **murmurers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
-JUD	1	16	z5bn	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	16	z5bn	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses **going** to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	16	jhrq		τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν	1		Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “their sinful desires”
 JUD	1	16	xum2		τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ	1		Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
 JUD	1	16	xuf0	figs-metonymy	τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ	1	their mouth speaks	Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JUD	1	16	eaf2		λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα	1	speaks boastful things	Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
+JUD	1	16	eaf2		λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα	1	speaks boastful things	Here, **boastful {things}** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
 JUD	1	16	w3ma	figs-idiom	θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα	1		This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JUD	1	16	j8rh	figs-metonymy	θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα	1		Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JUD	1	17	vpgz	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -125,20 +125,20 @@ JUD	1	17	nyja	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lor
 JUD	1	17	qjsf	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JUD	1	18	toms		ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν	1		This phrase indicates that this verse contains the content of the “words” spoken by the apostles, which Jude referred to in the previous verse.
 JUD	1	18	nlh9	figs-idiom	ἐσχάτου χρόνου	1		Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JUD	1	18	w1mx	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	18	w1mx	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses the word **going** to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	18	j5m4		κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας…τῶν ἀσεβειῶν	1		Here, **lusts of ungodliness** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
 JUD	1	19	r28j	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	19	l568	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **divisions** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	19	jwyt	figs-explicit	Πνεῦμα	1		Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	19	ba6u	figs-metonymy	ψυχικοί	1		Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JUD	1	19	qn4p	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	19	ba6u	figs-metonymy	ψυχικοί	1		Jude is using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JUD	1	19	qn4p	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	20	xm93	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	20	cc68	figs-metaphor	ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1	building yourselves up	Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	20	cc68	figs-metaphor	ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1	building yourselves up	Here Jude speaks of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	20	c2o9		ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς	1	building yourselves up	This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
 JUD	1	20	uyfx	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	20	m3rg		ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι	1		This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
 JUD	1	21	j9su	translate-versebridge	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-JUD	1	21	zd2c	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	21	zd2c	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	Here Jude speaks of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	21	s6w6		προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	waiting for	This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this connection explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
 JUD	1	21	p3bw	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	21	mzqu	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -147,13 +147,13 @@ JUD	1	21	qb29	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίο
 JUD	1	22	ynz1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεᾶτε	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	22	wbr5		οὓς…διακρινομένους	1		The phrase **{some} who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
 JUD	1	23	gx9t		ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this connection explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
-JUD	1	23	wkj9	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	23	wkj9	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		Here Jude speaks of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	23	ign7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεᾶτε	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	23	uavk		ἐν φόβῳ	1		This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
 JUD	1	23	u4px	figs-hyperbole	μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα	1		Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JUD	1	23	sexc	figs-metaphor	τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	23	sexc	figs-metaphor	τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	24	r3jx	figs-explicit	τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι	1		Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	24	w1dc	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	24	gq9e		ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1		This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
 JUD	1	25	a3ua		μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν	1	to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord	Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”

manifest.yaml

@@ -369,21 +369,21 @@ dublin_core:
   description: "Open-licensed exegetical notes that provide historical, cultural, and linguistic information for translators. It provides translators and checkers with pertinent, just-in-time information to help them make the best possible translation decisions."
   format: 'text/tsv'
   identifier: 'tn'
-  issued: '2022-08-18'
+  issued: '2022-10-11'
   language:
     direction: 'ltr'
     identifier: 'en'
     title: 'English'
-  modified: '2022-08-18'
+  modified: '2022-10-11'
   publisher: 'unfoldingWord'
   relation:
-  - 'en/ult?v=40'
-  - 'en/ust?v=39'
-  - 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.29'
-  - 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.29'
-  - 'en/ta?v=32'
-  - 'en/tq?v=37'
-  - 'en/tw?v=35'
+  - 'en/ult?v=41'
+  - 'en/ust?v=40'
+  - 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.30'
+  - 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.30'
+  - 'en/ta?v=33'
+  - 'en/tq?v=38'
+  - 'en/tw?v=36'
   rights: 'CC BY-SA 4.0'
   source:
   - identifier: 'tn'
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ dublin_core:
   subject: 'TSV Translation Notes'
   title: 'unfoldingWord® Translation Notes'
   type: 'help'
-  version: '65'
+  version: '66'
 checking:
   checking_entity:
   - 'unfoldingWord'